14Sorento En.Pdf

Home , Drive Slow

XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 1 applicable to your specific Kia vehicle. a result, you may encounter material in this manual that is not and explanations of optional as well standard equipment. As This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions improvement can be carried out. changes at any time so that our policy of continual product the time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at expectations. ing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your ity, value for money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to provid- As a global vehicle manufacturer focused on building high-qual- Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle. THE COMPANY Kia, Drive safely and enjoy your Kia! XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 2

Foreword Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle. When you require service, remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians, recommended special tools, genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction. Because subsequent owners require this important information as well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold. This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is supplemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle. We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle. Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equipment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle. The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga- tion. If you have questions, always check with your Kia dealer. We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.

© 2013 Kia Canada Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc. Printed in U. S. A.

i XM(FL) CAN(ENG) FOREWORD.QXP 1/23/2013 3:19 PM Page 3

Introduction How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process / Vehicle handling instructions / 1 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment 2

Safety features of your vehicle Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag 3 Features of your vehicle Keys / Door locks / Tailgate / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Panoramic sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors 4 / Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc. table of contents Driving your vehicle Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / All Wheel Drive (AWD) / Brake system / 5 Cruise control system / Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.

What to do in an emergency Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / Flat tire / Towing / Etc. 6

Maintenance Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid / 7 Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Etc. Specifications & Consumer information 8

Index I

ii XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 1

Introduction

How to use this manual ...... 1-2 1 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 • Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol...... 1-3 • Do not use methanol ...... 1-4 • Fuel Additives ...... 1-4 • Operation in foreign countries...... 1-4 Vehicle handling instructions ...... 1-5 Vehicle break-in process ...... 1-5 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 2

Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest The general layout of the manual is You will find various WARNINGs, possible driving pleasure from your provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can Use the index when looking for a manual. These WARNINGs were pre- assist you in many ways. We strong- specific area or subject; it has an pared to enhance your personal safely recommend that you read the alphabetical listing of all information ty.You should carefully read and follow entire manual. In order to minimize in your manual. ALL procedures and recommenda- the chance of death or injury, you Sections: This manual has eight sections provided in these WARNINGs, must read the WARNING and CAU- tions plus an index. Each section CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. TION sections in the manual. begins with a brief list of contents so Illustrations complement the words you can tell at a glance if that section in this manual to best explain how to has the information you want. WARNING enjoy your vehicle. By reading your A WARNING indicates a situa- manual, you will learn about fea- tion in which harm, serious bod- tures, important safety information, ily injury or death could result if and driving tips under various road the warning is ignored. conditions.

CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored.

✽ NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provided.

21 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 3

Introduction

FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new vehicle is designed to use Pursuant to EPA regulations, ethanol only unleaded fuel having a pump WARNING may be used in your vehicle. octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 • Do not "top off" after the noz- Do not use gasohol containing more (Research Octane Number 91) or zle automatically shuts off than 10% ethanol, and do not use higher. when refueling. gasoline or gasohol containing any • Tighten the cap until it clicks methanol. Ethanol provides less Your new vehicle is designed to one time, otherwise the Check energy than gasoline and it attracts obtain maximum performance with Engine light will illumi- water, and it is thus likely to reduce UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini- nate. your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results. mize exhaust emissions and spark • Always check that the fuel cap plug fouling. is installed securely to pre- Methanol may cause drivability prob- vent fuel spillage, especially lems and damage to the fuel system. CAUTION in the event of an accident. Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur. Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank Vehicle damage or drivability prob- Gasoline containing alcohol and lems may not be covered by the other than what has been speci- methanol fied. (Consult an authorized Kia manufacturer’s warranty if they result dealer for details.) Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and from the use of: ethanol (also known as grain alco- 1. Gasoline or gasohol containing hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- methanol. taining methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed 2. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol. along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline.

13 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 4

Introduction

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com- Use of MTBE Fuel Additives prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Kia recommends that you use good percent gasoline, and is manufac- taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl quality gasolines treated with deter- tured exclusively for use in Flexible Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen gent additives such as TOP TIER Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compati- Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. Detergent Gasoline, which help pre- ble with your vehicle. Use of “E85” Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vent deposit formation in the engine. may result in poor engine perform- vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) These gasolines will help the engine ance and damage to your vehicle's may reduce vehicle performance and run cleaner and enhance perform- engine and fuel system. Kia recom- produce vapor lock or hard starting. ance of the Emission Control mends that customers do not use System. For more information on fuel with an ethanol content exceed- TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, ing 15%. CAUTION please go to the website (www.top- Your New Vehicle Limited tiergas.com) CAUTION Warranty may not cover damage For customers who do not use TOP Your New Vehicle Limited to the fuel system and any per- TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, Warranty does not cover dam- formance problems that are and have problems starting or the age to the fuel system or any caused by the use of fuels con- engine does not run smoothly, addi- performance problems caused taining methanol or fuels con- tives that you can buy separately by the use of “E85” fuel. taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary may be added to the gasoline. Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive CAUTION should be added to the fuel tank at Do not use methanol every 7,500miles or every engine oil Never use gasohol which con- Fuels containing methanol (wood change is recommended. Additives tains methanol. Discontinue use alcohol) should not be used in your are available from your authorized of any gasohol product which vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce Kia dealer along with information on impairs drivability. vehicle performance and damage how to use them. Do not mix other components of the fuel system. additives.

41 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 1.QXP 3/21/2013 3:25 PM Page 5

Introduction

VEHICLE HANDLING VEHICLE BREAK-IN Operation in foreign countries INSTRUCTIONS PROCESS If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to: As with other vehicles of this type, No special break-in period is need- failure to operate this vehicle correct- ed. By following a few simple precau- • Observe all regulations regarding ly may result in loss of control, an tions for the first 1,000 km (600 registration and insurance. accident or vehicle rollover. miles) you may add to the perform- • Determine that acceptable fuel is Specific design characteristics (high- ance, economy and life of your vehi- available. er ground clearance, track, etc.) give cle. this vehicle a higher center of gravity • Do not race the engine. than other types of vehicles. In other • While driving, keep your engine words they are not designed for cor- speed (rpm, or revolutions per nering at the same speeds as con- minute) between 2,000 rpm and ventional 2-wheel drive vehicles. 4,000 rpm. Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Again, failure to operate this • Do not maintain a single speed for vehicle correctly may result in loss of long periods of time, either fast or control, an accident or vehicle slow. Varying engine speed is rollover. Be sure to read the needed to properly break-in the “Reducing the risk of a rollover” engine. driving guidelines, in section 5 of • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- this manual. gencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly. • Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time. • Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

15 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 1

Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview .I ...... 2-2 ExteriorInterior overview overview .II...... 2-32-4 InteriorInstrument overview panel overview ...... 2-42-5 InstrumentEngine compartment panel overview ...... 2-52-6 2 Engine compartment ...... 2-6 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 2

Your vehicle at a glance

EXTERIOR OVERVIEW

■ Front view

1. Hood...... 4-38 2. Head lamp...... 4-108 3. Fog lamp ...... 4-112 4. Wheel and tire ...... 7-50 5. Outside rearview mirror...... 4-64 6. Panorama sunroof...... 4-44 7. Front windshield wiper blades...... 7-44 8. Windows ...... 4-33

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OXMA013001

22 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 3

Your vehicle at a glance

■ Rear view

9. Door locks ...... 4-21 10. Fuel filler lid ...... 4-40 11. Rear combination lamp 12. High mounted stop lamp 13. Rear window wiper blade ...... 7-45 14. Tailgate ...... 4-25 15. Antenna ...... 4-159 16. Rearview camera ...... 4-106 17. Parking assist system ...... 4-102

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. OXM013002L

23 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 4

Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

1. Driver position memory system button .....3-8 2. Inside door handle...... 4-22 3. Power window switch...... 4-33 4. Central door lock switch ...... 4-23 5. Power window lock button ...... 4-36 6. Outside rearview mirror control...... 4-65 7. Outside rearview mirror folding ...... 4-66 8. Fuel filler lid open switch ...... 4-40 9. Parking assist system On/Off button.....4-102 10. AWD Lock button...... 5-23 11. ESC Off button ...... 5-36 12. Instrument panel illumination control switch ...... 4-69 13. BSD On/OFF button ...... 5-49 14. Steering wheel...... 4-49 15. Steering wheel warmer On/Off Button ..4-51 16. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever...... 4-50 17. Lighting control lever...... 4-109 18. Inner panel fuse panel...... 7-65 19. Parking brake pedal...... 5-32 20. Hood release lever...... 4-38 21. AC inverter...... 4-152 22. Active ECO ...... 5-54 23. Seat...... 3-2 ❈ The actual interior in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OXMA013003N

42 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 5

Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

1. Audio remote control buttons ...... 4-160 2. Driver’s front air bag ...... 3-60 3. Horn...... 4-51 4. Instrument cluster...... 4-68 5. Wiper and washer control lever...... 4-113 6. Ignition switch or Engine start/stop button...... 5-5, 5-8 7. Cruise control button ...... 5-44 8. Digital clock ...... 4-154 9. Audio ...... 4-159 10. Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 11. Climate control system...... 4-121, 4-131 12. Front seat warmer / Seat cooler...... 3-12, 3-14 13. Power outlet...... 4-151 14. Cup holder...... 4-149 15. Center console storage box ...... 4-146 16. Rear seat warmer...... 3-21 17. Glove box ...... 4-146 18. Passenger’s front air bag ...... 3-60

❈ The actual instrument panel in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OXM013004L

25 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 2.QXP 1/23/2013 3:21 PM Page 6

Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT ■ Gasoline Engine (Theta II 2.4L) - GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir...... 7-34 2. Engine oil filler cap ...... 7-31 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...... 7-36 4. Air cleaner...... 7-39 5. Fuse box ...... 7-64 6. Negative battery terminal...... 7-47 7. Positive battery terminal ...... 7-47 ■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.3L) - GDI 8. Radiator cap ...... 7-35 9. Engine oil dipstick ...... 7-31 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-37

❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. ODMEMC2001/ONCEIN2007

62 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:22 PM Page 1

Safety features of your vehicle

Seats...... 3-2 • Side air bag ...... 3-66 • Front seat adjustment - Manual ...... 3-5 • Curtain air bag ...... 3-67 • Front seat adjustment - Power...... 3-6 • Inflation and non-inflation conditions of • Seat warmer...... 3-12 the air bag ...... 3-70, 3-72 • Seat cooler ...... 3-14 • SRS Care ...... 3-74 • Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-15 • Additional safety precautions...... 3-75 Seat belts ...... 3-25 • Air bag warning label ...... 3-77 • Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-25 3 • Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-31 • Seat belt precautions ...... 3-34 • Care of seat belts ...... 3-37 Child restraint system ...... 3-38 • Using a child restraint system ...... 3-40 • Tether Anchor system ...... 3-43 • Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system ...... 3-44 Air bag - supplemental restraint system ...... 3-47 • How does the air bag system operate ...... 3-48 • Do not Installing a child restraint on a front passenger's seat ...... 3-50 • Air bag warning light ...... 3-50 • SRS components and functions ...... 3-51 • Occupant classification system...... 3-54 • Main components of occupant detection system . . . 3-55 • Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-60 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:22 PM Page 2

Safety features of your vehicle

SEATS Front seat (1) Forward and backward (2) Seatback angle (3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat) (4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*

Manual seat (5) Seat warmer* / Manual seat Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat)* (6) Headrest

2nd row seat (7) Forward and backward* Power seat Power seat (8) Seatback angle and folding (9) Headrest (10) Armrest (11) Seat warmer*

3rd row seat* (12) Seatback folding (13) Headrest

* if equipped

OXMA033001

23 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:22 PM Page 3

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING - Loose WARNING - Driver WARNING - Driver’s seat objects responsibility for front seat • Never attempt to adjust the Loose objects in the driver’s passenger seat while the vehicle is mov- foot area could interfere with Riding in a vehicle with a front ing. This could result in loss the operation of the foot pedals, seatback reclined could lead to of control, and an accident possibly causing an accident. serious or fatal injury in an acci- causing death, serious injury, Do not place anything under the dent. If a front seat is reclined or property damage. front seats. during an accident, the occu- • Do not allow anything to inter- pant’s hips may slide under the fere with the normal position lap portion of the seat belt, apply- of the seatback. Storing items WARNING - Uprighting ing great force to the unprotect- against a seatback or in any seat ed abdomen. Serious or fatal other way interfering with internal injuries could result. The When you return the seatback proper locking of a seatback driver must advise the front pas- to its upright position, hold the could result in serious or fatal senger to keep the seatback in seatback and return it slowly injury in a sudden stop or col- an upright position whenever the lision. and be sure there are no other vehicle is in motion. passengers around the seat. If • Always drive and ride with the seatback is returned with- your seatback upright and the out being held and controlled, lap portion of the seat belt the back of the seat could WARNING snug and low across the hips. spring forward resulting in acci- Do not use a sitting cushion that This is the best position to dental injury to a person struck reduces friction between the seat protect you in case of an acci- by the seatback. and passenger. The passenger’s dent. hips may slide under the lap por- (Continued) tion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate normally.

33 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:22 PM Page 4

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) WARNING - Rear seat- (Continued) • In order to avoid unnecessary backs • When resetting the seatback to and perhaps severe air bag • The rear seatback must be the upright position, make sure injuries, always sit as far back securely latched. If not, pas- it is securely latched by push- as possible from the steering sengers and objects could be ing it forward and backwards. wheel while maintaining com- thrown forward resulting in • To avoid the possibility of fortable control of the vehicle. serious injury or death in the burns, do not remove the car- We recommend that your chest pet in the cargo area. Emission event of a sudden stop or col- control devices beneath this be at least 25 cm (10 inches) lision. away from the steering wheel. floor generate high tempera- • Luggage and other cargo tures. should be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. Under no circum- WARNING stances should cargo be piled After adjusting the seat, always higher than the seatbacks. check that it is securely locked Failure to follow these warnings into place by attempting to could result in serious injury or move the seat forward or back- death in the event of a sudden ward without using the lock stop, collision or rollover. release lever. Sudden or unex- • No passenger should ride in pected movement of the dri- the cargo area or sit or lie on ver's seat could cause you to folded seatbacks while the lose control of the vehicle vehicle is moving. All passen- resulting in an accident. gers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding. (Continued)

43 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:22 PM Page 5

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat adjustment - manual Seatback angle WARNING Forward and backward • Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on the abdomen. • Use extreme caution so that hands or other objects are not caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving. • Do not put a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you OXM039003 operate the seat, gas may OXM039002 To recline the seatback: gush out of the lighter and cause fire. To move the seat forward or back- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the ward: seatback recline lever. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment 2. Carefully lean back on the seat lever up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire. 2. Slide the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. 3. Release the lever and make sure (The lever MUST return to its orig- the seat is locked in place. inal position for the seatback to Adjust the seat before driving, and lock.) make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

35 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 6

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat) Lumbar support (if equipped) Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper position so you can easily control the steering wheel, pedals and switches on the instrument panel.

WARNING OXM039004 OXM033018 The power seat is operable with To change the height of the seat, The lumbar support can be adjusted the ignition OFF. push the lever upwards or down- by pressing the lumbar support Therefore, children should wards. switch on the side of the seat. never be left unattended in the • To lower the seat cushion, push the 1. Press the front portion of the vehicle. lever down several times. switch to increase support, or the • To raise the seat cushion, pull the rear portion of the switch, to lever up several times. decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.

63 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 7

Safety features of your vehicle

Forward and backward Seatback angle CAUTION • The power seat is driven by an electric motor. Stop operating once the adjustment is completed. Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment. • When in operation, the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, don’t adjust the OXM039006 OXM039007 power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not Push the control switch forward or Push the control switch forward or running. backward to move the seat to the backward to move the seatback to • Do not operate two or more desired position. Release the switch the desired angle. Release the power seat control switches at once the seat reaches the desired switch once the seat reaches the the same time. Doing so may position. desired position. result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunction.

37 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 8

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat height (for driver’s seat) Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Driver position memory system (if equipped, for power seat)

OXM039008 OXM039009 Pull the front portion of the control The lumbar support can be adjusted OXM033002 switch up to raise or press down to by pressing the button. A driver position memory system is lower the front part of the seat cush- provided to store and recall the driv- ion. Pull the rear portion of the con- er seat and outside rearview mirror trol switch up to raise or press down position with a simple button opera- to lower the rear part of the seat tion. By saving the desired position cushion. Release the switch once the into the system memory, different seat reaches the desired position. drivers can reposition the driver seat based upon their driving preference. If the battery is disconnected, the desired seat position memory will need to be re-saved.

83 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 9

Safety features of your vehicle

Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory WARNING using the buttons on the door 1. Shift the shift lever into P (for Never attempt to operate the Storing driver’s seat positions Automatic transaxle) while the driver position memory system 1. Shift the shift lever into P (for engine start/stop button is ON or while the vehicle is moving. Automatic transaxle) while the ignition switch ON. This could result in loss of con- engine start/stop button is ON or 2. To recall the position in the memo- trol, and an accident causing ignition switch ON. ry, press the desired memory but- death, serious injury, or property 2. Adjust the driver’s seat and out- ton (1 or 2). The system will beep damage. side rearview mirror comfortable once, then the driver’s seat will for the driver. automatically adjust to the stored position. 3. Press SET button on the control panel. The system will beep once. Adjusting the control switch for the driver’s seat while the system is 4. Press one of the memory buttons recalling the stored position will (1 or 2) within 5 seconds after cause the movement to stop and pressing the SET button. The sys- move in the direction that the control tem will beep twice when memory switch is moved. has been successfully stored.

WARNING Use caution when recalling the adjustment memory while sitting in the vehicle. Push the seat position control switch to the desired position immediately if the seat moves too far in any direction.

39 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 10

Safety features of your vehicle

Easy access function Headrest (for front seat) (if equipped) WARNING The system will move the driver's • For maximum effectiveness in seat automatically as follows: case of an accident, the head- • Without smart key system rest should be adjusted so the - It will move the driver’s seat rear- middle of the headrest is at ward when the ignition key is the same height of the center removed. of gravity of an occupant's head. Generally, the center of - It will move the driver’s seat for- gravity of most people's head ward when the ignition key is is similar with the height of inserted. the top of their eyes. Also, • With smart key system adjust the headrest as close OHM038048N - It will move the driver’s seat rear- to your head as possible. For ward when the engine start/stop The driver's and front passenger's this reason, the use of a cush- button is changed to the OFF seats are equipped with a headrest ion that holds the body away position. for the occupant's safety and comfort. from the seatback is not recommended. - It will move the driver’s seat for- The headrest not only provides com- ward when the engine start/stop fort for the driver and front passenger, • Do not operate the vehicle button is changed to the ACC or but also helps protect the head and with the headrests removed. START position. neck in the event of a rear collision. Severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may You can activate or deactivate this provide protection against feature. Refer to "User settings" in neck injuries when properly chapter 4. adjusted. • Do not adjust the headrest position of the driver’s seat while the vehicle is in motion.

3 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 11

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest.

OXM039011 OXM039010 Adjusting the height up and down Adjusting the angle (if equipped) To raise the headrest, pull it up to the The headrest angle may be adjusted desired position (1). To lower the by pulling or pushing the lower part of headrest, push and hold the release the headrest. button (2) on the headrest support Adjust the headrest so that it properly and lower the headrest to the desired supports the head and neck. position (3).

311 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 12

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat warmer (if equipped) WARNING ■ Type A A gap between the seat and the headrest release button may appear when sitting on the seat or when you push or pull the seat. Be careful not to get your finger, etc. caught in the gap.

HNF2041-1 OXM033005 Active headrest ■ Type B The active headrest is designed to move forward and upward during a rear impact. This helps prevent the driver's and front passenger’s heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries. For your safety, the active headrest can’t be removed. If there is any problem with the active headrest, OXM033004 take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system The seat warmer is provided to warm checked. the front seats during cold weather. With the ignition switch in the ON position, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.

3 12 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 13

Safety features of your vehicle

During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat CAUTION WARNING - Seat warmer warmer is not needed, keep the • When cleaning the seats, do burns switches in the "OFF" position. not use an organic solvent Passengers should use extreme • Each time you press the switch, such as paint thinner, ben- caution when using seat warm- the temperature setting of the seat zene, alcohol and gasoline. ers due to the possibility of will change as follows : Doing so may damage the sur- excess heating or burns. The face of the heater or seats. seat warmer may cause burns OFF→HIGH( )MIDDLE(→ )LOW(→ ) • To prevent overheating the even at low temperatures, espe-

→ seat warmer, do not place any- cially if used for long periods of thing on the seats that insu- time. In particular, the driver • The seat warmer defaults to the lates against heat, such as must exercise extreme care for OFF position whenever the ignition blankets, cushions or seat the following types of passen- switch is turned on. covers while the seat warmer gers: is in operation. 1. Infants, children, elderly or ✽ NOTICE • Do not place heavy or sharp handicapped persons, or objects on seats equipped hospital outpatients With the seat warmer switch in the with seat warmers. Damage to ON position, the heating system in 2. Persons with sensitive skin the seat warming components or those that burn easily the seat turns off or on automatical- could occur. ly depending on the seat tempera- 3. Fatigued individuals ture. • Be careful not to spill liquid 4. Intoxicated individuals such as water or beverages on the seat. If you spill some liq- 5. Individuals taking medication uid, wipe the seat with a dry that can cause drowsiness or towel. Before using the seat sleepiness (sleeping pills, warmer, dry the seat com- cold tablets, etc.) pletely.

313 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 14

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) • The seat warmer (with air ventila- Seatback pocket (if equipped) tion) defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on.

CAUTION - Seat damage • When cleaning the seats, do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage the air ventilation seat. • Do not place heavy or sharp ORP032013 OXM033003 objects on the seat. Those The seatback pocket is provided on The temperature setting of the seat things may damage the air the back of the front passenger’s and changes according to the switch ventilation seat. driver’s seatbacks. position. • Be careful not to spill liquid such as water or beverages on • If you want to cool your seat cush- WARNING - Seatback ion, press the switch (blue color). the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. pockets • Each time you press the button, Before using the air ventilation Do not put heavy or sharp the airflow will change as follows: seat, dry the seat completely. objects in the seatback pockets. OFF→HIGH( )MIDDLE(→ )LOW(→ ) In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and → injure vehicle occupants.

3 14 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 15

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat adjustment Seatback angle (2nd row seat) Walk-in seat Forward and backward (2nd row seat, if equipped) (2nd row seat)

OXM039031

OXMA033104 To recline the seatback: OXMA033103 1. Pull up the seatback recline lever. To move the seat forward or back- 2. Hold the lever and adjust the seat- ward: back of the seat to the position you 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever desire. up and hold it. 3. Release the lever and make sure 2. Slide the seat to the position you the seatback is locked in place. desire. (The lever MUST return to its orig- OXMA033105 inal position for the seatback to To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, 3. Release the lever and make sure lock.) the seat is locked in place. 1. Route the seat belt webbing Adjust the seat before driving, and through the rear seat belt guide clip. make sure the seat is locked securely After inserting the seat belt, tighten by trying to move forward and back- the belt webbing by pulling it up. ward without using the lever. If the 2. Pull up the walk-in lever (1) on the seat moves, it is not locked properly. 2nd row seatback.

315 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:23 PM Page 16

Safety features of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat WARNING The rear seatbacks can be folded to Never attempt to adjust the 2nd facilitate carrying long items or to row seat while the vehicle is increase the luggage capacity of the moving or the seat is occupied vehicle. as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured. WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacks is to allow you to carry longer objects that could OXMA033106 not be accommodated in the cargo area. 3. Fold the 2nd row seatback and push the seat to the farthest for- Never allow passengers to sit ward position. on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is mov- After getting in or out, slide the 2nd ing. This is not a proper seating row seat to the farthest rearward position and no seat belts are position and pull the seatback firm- available for use. This could ly backward until it clicks into result in serious injury or death place. Make sure that the seat is in case of an accident or sud- locked in place. den stop. Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

3 16 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 17

Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat To fold down the rear seatback 1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion, and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged. 2. Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 3. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position. ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)

ODM032034/OXM039030/OXM039031/OXM039032

317 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 18

Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat 4.Pull on the seatback folding lever or strap, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle. When you return the seatback to its upright position, always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback. 5.To use the rear seat, lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever or strap. Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped) Make sure the seatback is locked in place. 6.Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.

ODM032028/OXM039022/ODM032030/OXM039025

3 18 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 19

Safety features of your vehicle

To fold down the rear center seatback (for 2nd row seat) WARNING - 2nd row cen- WARNING - Uprighting ter seat folding seat When you return the seatback to its upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. If the seatback is returned without holding it, the back of the • Do not fold the 2nd row center seat could spring forward seat, if there are occupants in resulting in injury caused by the 3rd row seats, as this may being struck by the seatback. result in injury to occupants if the seat moves during a collision. If occupants in the 3rd ODM032033 CAUTION - Damaging row seats, fix the 2nd row cen- rear seat belt buckles 1. Lower the rear headrests to the ter seat in its upright and lowest position. locked position. When you fold the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatback, insert 2. Push the center seatback folding • The 2nd row center seat back the buckle in the pocket between lever up, then fold the seat toward does not lock into position the rear seatback and cushion. the front of the vehicle. when it is folded toward the Doing so can prevent the buckle front of the vehicle. If you use from being damaged by the rear the 2nd row center seat back When you return the seatback to its seatback. folding function to carry long upright position, always be sure it objects, you should fix the has locked into position by pushing long object to prevent it from on the top of the seatback. being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to vehicle occupants.

319 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 20

Safety features of your vehicle

CAUTION - Rear seat belts WARNING - Cargo loading When returning the rear (2nd Make sure the engine is off, the and/or 3rd row) seatbacks to the automatic transaxle is in P (Park) upright position, remember to or the manual transaxle is in R return the rear shoulder belts to (Reverse) or 1st, and the parking their proper position. Routing the brake is securely applied when- seat belt webbing through the ever loading or unloading cargo. rear seat belt guides will help Failure to take these steps may keep the belts from being trapped allow the vehicle to move if the behind or under the seats. shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position. OUN026140

WARNING - Cargo WARNING - 3rd row seat Cargo should always be 3rd row occupants should secured to prevent it from being always remain in the center of thrown about the vehicle in a the seat cushion so the occu- collision and causing injury to pants head is protected by the the vehicle occupants. Do not headrest. place objects in the rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, since they If not, the tailgate may hit the cannot be properly secured and occupant's head, which could may hit the front seat occupants cause injury. in a collision.

3 20 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 21

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear seat warmer (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON WARNING - Seat warmer position, the heating system in the burns seat turns off or on automatically Passengers should use extreme depending on the seat temperature. caution when using seat warmers due to the possibility of CAUTION excess heating or burns. The • When cleaning the seats, do seat warmer may cause burns not use an organic solvent even at low temperatures, espe- such as thinner, benzene, alco- cially if used for long periods of hol and gasoline. Doing so may time. In particular, the driver damage the surface of the must exercise extreme care for heater or seats. the following types of passen- OXMA033015 • To prevent overheating the seat gers: The seat warmer is provided to warm warmer, do not place anything 1. Infants, children, elderly or the rear seats during cold weather. on the seats that insulates handicapped persons, or With the ignition switch in the ON against heat, such as blankets, hospital outpatients position, push either of the switches cushions or seat covers while to warm rear seats. 2. Persons with sensitive skin the seat warmer is in operation. or those that burn easily During mild weather or under condi- • Do not place heavy or sharp 3. Fatigued individuals tions where the operation of the seat objects on seats equipped warmer is not needed, keep the with seat warmers. Damage to 4. Intoxicated individuals switches in the "OFF" position. the seat warming components 5. Individuals taking medication The seat warmer defaults to the OFF could occur. that can cause drowsiness or position whenever the ignition switch • Be careful not to spill liquid sleepiness (sleeping pills, is turned on. such as water or beverages on cold tablets, etc.) the seat. If you spill some liquid, wipe the seat with a dry towel. Before using the seat warmer, dry the seat completely.

321 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 22

Safety features of your vehicle

Headrest WARNING - Headrest (Continued) adjustment • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed. Severe injury to an occupant may occur in the event of an * accident. Headrests may provide protection against severe * neck injuries when properly • For maximum effectiveness in adjusted. case of an accident, the head- • Do not adjust the headrest rest should be adjusted so the height while the vehicle is in middle of the headrest is at the motion. * if equipped OHM038049N same height as the center of gravity of an occupant's head. The rear seat(s) is equipped with headrests in all the seating positions Generally, the center of gravi- for the occupant's safety and com- ty of most people's head is fort. similar with the height of the top of their eyes. The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps Also adjust the headrest as protect the head and neck in the close to your head as possi- event of a collision. ble. For this reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. (Continued)

3 22 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 23

Safety features of your vehicle

Adjusting the height up and down To lower the headrest : Removal and installation (for 2nd row seats) 1. Push and hold the release button (for 2nd row seats) ■ Outside (2) on the headrest support 2. Lower the headrest to the desired position (3).

OXMA033108 OXMA033107 ■ Center To remove the headrest : 1. Raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest : 1. Put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust it to the appropriate height. OXMA033018 To raise the headrest : 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

323 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 24

Safety features of your vehicle

3rd row headrest (if equipped) Armrest (2nd row seat) WARNING • Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. • After installing the headrest, make sure that it is installed in the right direction. A headrest installed reversely could increase whiplash injury during rear impact. OXM039061N OXMA043215 The headrest will fold down automat- To use the armrest, pull it forward ically when the seatback folding. from the seatback. Always be sure the headrest has locked into position after you return the seatback.

3 24 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 25

Safety features of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING • Never wear the shoulder belt WARNING Seat belts are designed to bear under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the • For maximum restraint sys- your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or must always be used whenev- cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders, er the vehicle is moving. crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap • Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway section of the belt across the when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoided. your collarbone. upright position. Seat belts should be adjusted as • Children age 12 and under • Avoid wearing twisted seat firmly as possible, consistent must always be properly belts. A twisted belt can't do with comfort, to provide the pro- restrained in the rear seat. its job well. In a collision, it tection for which they have been Never allow children to ride in could even cut into you. Be designed. the front passenger seat. If a sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. A slack belt will greatly reduce child over 12 must be seated the protection afforded to the in the front seat, he/she must • Be careful not to damage the wearer. be properly belted and the belt webbing or hardware. If seat should be moved as far the belt webbing or hardware Care should be taken to avoid back as possible. is damaged, replace it. contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, (Continued) and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water. The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed, con- taminated or damaged. (Continued)

325 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 26

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt warning (for driver’s seat) (Continued) WARNING It is essential to replace the • No modifications or additions entire assembly after it has been should be made by the user worn in a severe impact even if which will either prevent the damage to the assembly is not seat belt adjusting devices obvious. from operating to remove Belts should not be worn with slack, or prevent the seat belt straps twisted. Each belt assem- assembly from being adjusted bly must only be used by one to remove slack. occupant; it is dangerous to put • When you fasten the seat belt, a belt around a child being car- be careful not to latch the seat ried on the occupant's lap. belt in buckles of other seat. It's very dangerous and you may 1GQA2083 not be protected by the seat The driver's seat belt warning light belt properly. and chime will activate pursuant to • Do not unfasten the seat belt the following table when the ignition and do not fasten and unfasten switch is in "ON" position. the seat belt repeatedly while driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property damage. • When fastening the seat belt, make sure that the seat belt does not pass over objects that are hard or can break easily. • Make sure there is nothing in the buckle. The seat belt may not be fastened securely.

3 26 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:24 PM Page 27

Safety features of your vehicle

Conditions Warning Pattern Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system The seat belt automatically adjusts to Vehicle Chime- with emergency locking retractor the proper length only after the lap Seat Belt Light-Blink Speed Sound belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If Unbuckled 6 seconds you lean forward in a slow, easy Buckled 6 seconds None motion, the belt will extend and let Below 5 km/h 6 seconds None you move around. If there is a sud- (3 mph) den stop or impact, however, the belt Buckled → 5 km/h~ will lock into position. It will also lock 6 seconds Unbuckled 10 km/h if you try to lean forward too quickly. Above 10 km/h 6 sec. on / 24 sec. off (6 mph) (11 times) ✽ NOTICE Above 10 km/h If you are not able to pull out the (6 mph) 6 seconds *1 B180A01NF-1 seat belt from the retractor, firmly Unbuckled ↓ ↓ pull the belt out and release it. Then To fasten your seat belt: Below 5 km/h Stop *2 you will be able to pull the belt out (3 mph) To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of smoothly. the retractor and insert the metal tab *1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times (1) into the buckle (2). There will be with an interval of 24 seconds. If an audible "click" when the tab locks the driver's seat belt is buckled, the into the buckle. light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately. *2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately.

327 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 28

Safety features of your vehicle

Front seat Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.

WARNING • Verify that the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appropriate height. Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face. OXM039026 Improperly positioned seat B200A02NF Height adjustment belts can cause serious You can adjust the height of the shoul- injuries in an accident. der belt anchor to one of the 4 posi- WARNING tions for maximum comfort and safety. • Failure to replace seat belts You should place the lap belt after an accident could leave portion as low as possible and The height of the adjusting seat belt you with damaged seat belts should not be too close to your neck. snugly across your hips, not on that will not provide protec- your waist. If the lap belt is locat- The shoulder portion should be tion in the event of another adjusted so that it lies across your ed too high on your waist, it may collision leading to personal increase the chance of injury in chest and midway over your shoulder injury or death. Replace your near the door and not your neck. the event of a collision. Both seat belts after being in an arms should not be under or To adjust the height of the seat belt accident as soon as possible. over the belt. Rather, one should anchor, lower or raise the height be over and the other under, as adjuster into an appropriate position. shown in the illustration. To raise the height adjuster, pull it up Never wear the seat belt under (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while the arm that is near the door. pressing the height adjuster button (2).

3 28 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 29

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belts - Front passenger and It automatically adjusts to the proper rear seat 3-point system with length only after the lap belt portion CAUTION combination locking retractor of the seat belt is adjusted manually Do NOT fold down the left por- To fasten your seat belt: so that it fits snugly around your hips. tion of the rear seat back when the rear center seat belt is buck- Combination retractor type seat belts When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installed. ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the are installed in the rear seat posi- rear center seat belt before fold- tions to help accommodate the lation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow ing down the left portion of the installation of child restraint systems. rear seat back. If the rear center Although a combination retractor is the belt to retract, but not to extend (Automatic Locking Retractor Type). seat belt is buckled when the also installed in the front passenger left portion of the rear seat back seat position, it is strongly recom- Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section. is folded down, distortion and mended that children always be damage to the top portion of the seated in the rear seat. NEVER seat back and seat belt garnish place any infant restraint system in ✽ NOTICE may result, causing the seat the front seat of the vehicle. Although the combination retractor back to lock into the folded This type of seat belt combines the provides the same level of protection down position. features of both an emergency lock- for seated passengers in either emer- ing retractor seat belt and an auto- gency or automatic locking modes, matic locking retractor seat belt. To have the seated passengers use the fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the emergency locking feature for retractor and insert the metal tab into improved convenience. The auto- the buckle. There will be an audible matic locking function is intended to "click" when the tab locks into the facilitate child restraint installation. buckle. When not securing a child To convert from the automatic lock- restraint, the seat belt operates in the ing feature to the emergency locking same way as the driver's seat belt operation mode, allow the unbuck- (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). led seat belt to fully retract.

329 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 30

Safety features of your vehicle

Stowing the rear seat belt ■ 2nd row seat

ODM032051 B210A01NF-1 ODM032034 When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt: ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped) the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing must be used. the release button (1) on the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. OXM039030 The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use.

3 30 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 31

Safety features of your vehicle

■ 2nd row seat Pre-tensioner seat belt CAUTION Remove the seat belt from the guides before using. If you pull on the seat belt when it is stored in the guides, it may damage the guides and/or belt webbing.

OXM039031 ■ 3rd row seat (if equipped)

OXMA033101 Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts (retractor pretensioner and EFD (Emergency Fastening Device)). The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated, when a frontal collision is OXM039032 severe enough, together with the air bags. Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will When the vehicle stops suddenly, or help keep the belts from being if the occupant tries to lean forward trapped behind or under the seats. too quickly, the seat belt retractor may lock into position. In certain After inserting the seat belt, tighten frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner the belt webbing by pulling it up. will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant's body.

331 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 32

Safety features of your vehicle

(1) Retractor Pretensioner The purpose of the retractor pre- WARNING tensioner is to make sure that the • Do not put anything near the shoulder belts fit in tightly against buckle. Placing objects near the occupant's upper body in cer- the buckle may increase the tain frontal collisions. risk of personal injury in the (2) EFD (Emergency Fastening Device) event of a collision. The purpose of the EFD is to • For your safety, be sure that make sure that the pelvis belts fit the belt webbing is not loose in tightly against the occupant's or twisted and always sit lower body in certain frontal colli- properly on your seat. sions. ODMESA2024 The seat belt pre-tensioner system If the system senses excessive ten- consists mainly of the following com- sion on the driver or passenger's ponents. Their locations are shown in seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys- the illustration: tem activates, the load limiter inside 1. SRS air bag warning light the retractor pre-tensioner will release 2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly some of the pressure on the affected 3. SRS control module seat belt. 4. Emergency fastening device (EFD)

3 32 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 33

Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE CAUTION WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas- To obtain maximum benefit senger's seat belt pre-tensioner If the pre-tensioner seat belt from a pre-tensioner seat belt: system may be activated not only system are not working proper- 1. The seat belt must be worn in certain frontal collision but also ly, this warning light will illumi- correctly and adjusted to the in certain side collision or rollover, nate even if there is no malfunc- proper position. Please read if the vehicle is equipped with a tion of the SRS air bag. If the and follow all of the important side or curtain air bag. SRS air bag warning light does information and precautions • When the pre-tensioner seat belts not illuminate when the ignition about your vehicle’s occupant are activated, a loud noise may be switch is turned ON, or if it safety features – including heard and fine dust, which may remains illuminated after illumi- seat belts and air bags – that appear to be smoke, may be visible nating for approximately 6 sec- are provided in this manual. in the passenger compartment. onds, or if it illuminates while These are normal operating condi- the vehicle is being driven, have 2. Be sure you and your passen- tions and are not hazardous. an authorized Kia dealer inspect gers always wear seat belts • Although it is harmless, the fine the pre-tensioner seat belt and properly. dust may cause skin irritation and SRS air bag system as soon as should not be breathed for pro- possible. longed periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. • Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position, and then it should turn off.

333 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 34

Safety features of your vehicle

Seat belt precautions WARNING (Continued) • Improper handling of the pre- • Pre-tensioners are designed WARNING to operate only one time. After tensioner seat belt assem- activation, pre-tensioner seat blies, and failure to heed the All occupants of the vehicle belts must be replaced. All warnings not to strike, modify, must wear their seat belts at all seat belts, of any type, should inspect, replace, service or times. Seat belts and child always be replaced after they repair the pre-tensioner seat restraints reduce the risk of have been worn during a colli- belt assemblies may lead to serious or fatal injuries for all sion. improper operation or inad- occupants in the event of a col- vertent activation and serious lision or sudden stop. Without a • The pre-tensioner seat belt injury. seat belt, occupants could be assembly mechanisms become shifted too close to a deploying hot during activation. Do not • Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a air bag, strike the interior struc- touch the pre-tensioner seat ture or be thrown from the vehi- belt assemblies for several min- motor vehicle. • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner cle. Properly worn seat belts utes after they have been acti- greatly reduce these hazards. vated. seat belt must be discarded, Even with advanced air bags, • Do not attempt to inspect or contact an authorized Kia dealer. unbelted occupants can be replace the pre-tensioner seat severely injured by a deploying belts yourself. This must be air bag. done by an authorized Kia dealer. Always follow the precautions about seat belts, air bags and • Do not strike the pre-tension- occupant seating contained in er seat belt assemblies. this manual. • Do not attempt to service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt system in any manner. (Continued)

3 34 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 35

Safety features of your vehicle

Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE Larger children You should be aware of the specific Small children are best protected Children who are too large for child requirements in your state. Child from injury in an accident when restraint systems should always and/or infant seats must be properly properly restrained in the rear seat occupy the rear seat and use the placed and installed in the rear coun- by a child restraint system that available lap/shoulder belts. The lap try. For more information about the meets the requirements of the safety portion should be fastened and use of these restraints, refer to “Child standards of your country. Before snugged on the hips and as low as restraint system” in this section. buying any child restraint system, possible. Check if the belt fits period- make sure that it has a label certify- ically. A child's squirming could put ing that it meets safety standards of the belt out of position. Children are WARNING your country. The restraint must be given the most safety in the event of Every person in your vehicle appropriate for your child's height an accident when they are restrained needs to be properly restrained and weight. Check the label on the by a proper restraint system in the at all times, including infants child restraint for this information. rear seat. If a larger child (over age and children. Never hold a child Refer to “Child restraint system” in 12) must be seated in the front seat, in your arms or lap when riding this section. the child should be securely in a vehicle. The violent forces restrained by the available lap/shoul- created during a crash will tear der belt and the seat should be the child from your arms and placed in the rearmost position. throw the child against the inte- Children age 12 and under should be rior. Always use a child restraint restrained securely in the rear seat. appropriate for your child's NEVER place a child age 12 and height and weight. under in the front seat. NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle.

335 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 36

Safety features of your vehicle

If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women Injured person touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear A seat belt should be used when an placing the child closer to the center of lap/shoulder belt assemblies when- injured person is being transported. the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific When this is necessary, you should touches their face or neck they need to recommendations by their doctors. consult a physician for recommenda- be returned to a child restraint system. The lap portion of the belt should be tions. worn AS SECURELY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE. WARNING - Shoulder One person per belt belts on small children Two people (including children) • Do not allow small children to WARNING - Pregnant should never attempt to use a single ride in the vehicle without an women seat belt. This could increase the appropriate child restrain sys- Pregnant women must never severity of injuries in case of an acci- tem. place the lap portion of the dent. • Never allow a shoulder belt to safety belt over the area of the be in contact with a child’s abdomen where the fetus is Do not lie down neck or face while the vehicle located or above the abdomen is in motion. where the belt could crush the To reduce the chance of injuries in • If seat belts are not properly fetus during an impact. the event of an accident and to worn and adjusted on chil- achieve maximum effectiveness of dren, there is a risk of death or the restraint system, all passengers serious injury. should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear seats are in a reclined position.

3 36 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 37

Safety features of your vehicle

Care of seat belts Periodic inspection WARNING Seat belt systems should never be All seat belts should be inspected Riding with a reclined seatback disassembled or modified. In addi- periodically for wear or damage of increases your chance of seri- tion, care should be taken to assure any kind. Any damaged parts should ous or fatal injuries in the event that seat belts and belt hardware are be replaced as soon as possible. of a collision or sudden stop. not damaged by seat hinges, doors The protection of your restraint or other abuse. system (seat belts and air bags) Keep belts clean and dry is greatly reduced by reclining Seat belts should be kept clean and your seat. Seat belts must be WARNING dry. If belts become dirty, they can be secured against your hips and When you return the rear seat- cleaned by using a mild soap solu- chest to work properly. The back to its upright position after tion and warm water. Bleach, dye, more the seatback is reclined, the rear seatback has been fold- strong detergents or abrasives the greater the chance an occu- ed down, be careful not to dam- should not be used because they pant's hips will slide under the age the seat belt webbing or may damage and weaken the fabric. lap belt causing serious internal buckle. Be sure that the web- injuries. Also, the shoulder belt bing or buckle does not get When to replace seat belts may strike the occupant's neck. caught or pinched in the rear Drivers and passengers should seat. A seat belt with damaged The entire in-use seat belt assembly always sit well back in their webbing or buckle could possi- or assemblies should be replaced if seats, properly belted, and with bly fail during a collision or sud- the vehicle has been involved in an the seatbacks upright. den stop, resulting in serious accident. This should be done even if injury. If the webbing or buckles no damage is visible. Additional are damaged, get them replaced questions concerning seat belt oper- immediately. ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer.

337 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 38

Safety features of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the vehicle should Children could be injured or killed in sit in the rear seat and must always a crash if their restraints are not (Continued) be properly restrained to minimize properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint the risk of injury in an accident, sud- and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot den stop or sudden maneuver. must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle According to accident statistics, chil- ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the dren are safer when properly sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat outside temperature does not restrained in the rear seats than in belts, and fits your child. feel hot. Be sure to check the the front seat. Larger children not in Follow all the instructions provided seat cover and buckles before a child restraint should use one of by the manufacturer when installing placing a child there. the seat belts provided. the child restraint system. • When the child restraint sys- You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in requirements in your country. Child the cargo area or fasten it with and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING a seat belt so that it will not be properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must thrown forward in case of a rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. sudden stop or an accident. cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant • Children may be seriously that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's injured or killed by an inflating Safety Standards of your country. seat. Should an accident air bag. All children, even Child restraint systems are designed occur and cause the passen- those too large for child to be secured in vehicle seats by seat ger-side air bag to deploy, it restraints, must ride in the belt, or by a tether anchor and/or could severely injure or kill an rear seat. LATCH anchors (if equipped). infant or child seated in an infant or child seat. Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle. (Continued)

3 38 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 39

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over your- • Never allow a child to stand-up or fatal injuries: self and a child. During a crash, or kneel on the seat or floor of the belt could press deep into a moving vehicle. During a col- • Children of all ages are safer the child causing serious inter- lision or sudden stop, the child when restrained in the rear nal injuries. can be violently thrown against seat. A child riding in the • Never leave children unattend- the vehicle’s interior, resulting front passenger seat can be in serious injury. forcefully struck by an inflated in a vehicle – not even for a short time.The vehicle can heat • Never use an infant carrier or a ing air bag resulting in seri- child safety seat that "hooks" ous or fatal injuries. up very quickly, resulting in serious injuries to children over a seatback, it may not pro- • Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- vide adequate security in an restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause accident. er’s instructions for installa- the vehicle to move, entangle • Seat belts can become very tion and use of the child themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the vehi- restraint. lock themselves or others cle is parked in direct sunlight. • Always make sure the child inside the vehicle. Always check the seat belt seat is secured properly in the • Never allow two children, or any buckles before fastening them vehicle and your child is two persons, to use the same over a child. securely restrained in the seat belt. • After an accident, have an child seat. • Children often squirm and authorized Kia dealer check • Never hold a child in your reposition themselves improp- the child restraint system, seat arms or lap when riding in a erly. Never let a child ride with belt, tether anchor and lower vehicle.The violent forces cre- the shoulder belt under their anchor. ated during a crash will tear arm or behind their back. • If there is not enough space to the child from your arms and Always properly position and place the child restraint system throw the child against the secure children in the rear seat. because of the driver's seat, vehicle’s interior. (Continued) install the child restraint sys- (Continued) tem in the rear right seat.

339 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 40

Safety features of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system be WARNING - Child seat Rearward-facing child restraint system used in the rear seats. installation • A child can be seriously WARNING injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not Never place a rear-facing child properly anchored to the vehi- restraint in the front passenger cle and the child is not prop- seat, because of the danger an erly restrained in the child inflating passenger-side air bag restraint. Before installing the could impact the rear-facing child restraint system, read child restraint and kill the child. CRS09 the instructions supplied by Forward-facing child restraint system the child restraint system Since all passenger seat belts move manufacturer. freely under normal conditions and • If the seat belt does not oper- only lock under extreme or emer- ate as described in this sec- gency conditions (emergency lock tion, have the system checked mode), you must manually change immediately by your author- these seat belts to the auto lock ized Kia dealer. mode to secure a child restraint. • Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding child restraint systems and OUN026150 the instructions provided with For small children and babies, the the child restraint system use of a child seat or infant seat is could increase the chance required. The child seat or infant seat and/or severity of injury in an should be of appropriate size for the accident. child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3 40 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 41

Safety features of your vehicle

Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode

OEN036101 OEN036102 To install a child restraint system on 3. Pull the shoulder portion of the E2MS103005 the outboard or center rear seats, do seat belt all the way out. When the the following: shoulder portion of the seat belt is The auto lock mode will help prevent fully extended, it will shift the the normal movement of the child in 1. Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap/shoul- retractor to the “Auto Lock” (child the vehicle from causing the seat belt restraint) mode. to loosen and compromise the child der belt around or through the restraint system. To secure a child restraint, following the restraint restraint system, use the following manufacturer’s instructions. Be procedure. sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.

341 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 42

Safety features of your vehicle

To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.

WARNING - Auto lock mode The lap/shoulder belt automatically returns to the “emergency OEN036103 OEN036104 lock mode” whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully.Therefore, 4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion 5. Remove as much slack from the the preceding seven steps must of the seat belt to retract and listen belt as possible by pushing down be followed each time a child for an audible “clicking” or “ratchet- on the child restraint system while restraint is installed. ing” sound. This indicates that the feeding the shoulder belt back into retractor is in the “Auto Lock” the retractor. If the retractor is not in the Automatic Locking mode, the mode. If no distinct sound is 6. Push and pull on the child restraint heard, repeat steps 3 and 4. child restraint can move when system to confirm that the seat your vehicle turns or stops sud- belt is holding it firmly in place. If it denly. A child can be seriously is not, release the seat belt and injured or killed if the child repeat steps 2 through 6. restraint is not properly anchored 7. Double check that the retractor is to the vehicle, including setting in the “Auto Lock” mode by the retractor to the Automatic attempting to pull more of the seat Locking mode. belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the “Auto Lock” mode.

3 42 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 43

Safety features of your vehicle

When the seat belt is allowed to Securing a child restraint seat retract to its fully stowed position, with tether anchor system the retractor will automatically switch from the “Auto Lock” mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.

OXM039034N 1. Route the child restraint seat strap OXMA033033 over the seatback. Child restraint hook holders are For vehicles with adjustable head- located on the back of the rear seat- rests, route the tether strap under backs. the headrest and between the headrest posts, otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback. 2. Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat.

343 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 44

Safety features of your vehicle

Securing a child restraint seat with WARNING WARNING - Child child seat lower anchor system A child can be seriously injured restraint check or killed in a collision if the Check that the child restraint child restraint is not properly system is secure by pushing anchored to the vehicle and the and pulling it in different direc- child is not properly restrained tions. Incorrectly fitted child in the child restraint. Always fol- restraints may swing, twist, tip low the child seat manufactur- or separate causing death or er’s instructions for installation serious injury. and use.

WARNING - Child WARNING - Tether strap restraint anchorage OXM039035 Never mount more than one • Child restraint anchorages Some child seat manufacturers child restraint to a single tether are designed to withstand make child restraint seats that are or to a single lower anchorage only those loads imposed by labeled as LATCH or LATCH-com- point. The increased load correctly fitted child restraints. patible child restraint seats. LATCH caused by multiple seats may Under no circumstances are stands for "Lower Anchors and cause the tethers or anchorage they to be used for adult seat Tethers for Children". These seats points to break, causing serious belts or harnesses or for include two rigid or webbing mount- injury or death. attaching other items or equip- ed attachments that connect to two ment to the vehicle. LATCH anchors at specific seating • The tether strap may not work positions in your vehicle. This type of properly if attached some- child restraint seat eliminates the where other than the correct need to use seat belts to attach the tether anchor. child seat in the rear seats.

3 44 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 45

Safety features of your vehicle

Lower Anchor Position Indicator WARNING WARNING • When using the vehicle's Install the child restraint seat "LATCH" system to install a fully rearward against the seat- child restraint system in the back with the seatback reclined rear seat, all unused vehicle two positions from the most rear seat belt metal latch upright latched position. plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web- Lower Anchor bing must be retracted behind OXM039060N the child restraint to prevent Child restraint symbols are located the child from reaching and on the left and right 2nd row seat taking hold of unretracted backs to indicate the position of the seat belts. Unlatched metal lower anchors for child restraints. latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint. • Do not place anything around the lower anchors. Also make sure that the seat belt is not caught in the lower anchors.

345 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 46

Safety features of your vehicle

Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint, assure that the seat is WARNING properly attached to the LATCH and If the child restraint is not tether anchors. anchored properly, the risk of a Also, test the child restraint seat child being seriously injured or before you place the child in it. Tilt killed in a collision greatly the seat from side to side. Also try to increases. tug the seat forward. Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place. WARNING - LATCH lower CAUTION anchors OXM039036N Do not allow the rear seat belt LATCH lower anchors are only LATCH anchors have been provided webbing to get scratched or to be used with the left and right in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors pinched by the child-seat latch rear outboard seating positions. are located in the left and right out- and LATCH anchor during the Never attempt to attach a board rear seating positions. Their installation. LATCH equipped seat in the locations are shown in the illustra- center seating position. You tion. There is no LATCH anchor pro- may damage the anchors or the vided for the center rear seating anchors may fail and break in a position. collision. The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the 2nd row seat left and right outboard seating positions. Follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.

3 46 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 47

Safety features of your vehicle

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) Passenger’s front air bag (3) Side air bag (4) Curtain air bag

WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags, you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover.

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. * 3rd row seat : if equipped OXMA032101

347 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 48

Safety features of your vehicle

How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • In order to help provide protection, operate inflate and deflate in an instant. the air bags must inflate rapidly. • Air bags are activated (able to It is virtually impossible for you to The speed of the air bag inflation is inflate if necessary) only when the see the air bags inflate during an a consequence of extremely short ignition switch is turned to the ON accident. time in which to inflate the air bag or START position. between the occupant and the It is much more likely that you will vehicle structures before the occu- • The appropriate air bags inflate simply see the deflated air bags pant impacts those structures. This instantly in the event of a serious hanging out of their storage com- speed of inflation reduces the risk frontal collision or side collision in partments after the collision. of serious or life-threatening order to help protect the occupants • In addition to inflating in serious injuries and is thus a necessary from serious physical injury. side collisions, side and/or curtain part of the air bag design. • There is no single speed at which air bags will inflate if the sensing However, air bag inflation can also the air bags will inflate. system detects a rollover. cause injuries which can include Generally, air bags are designed to • When a rollover is detected, side facial abrasions, bruises and bro- inflate based upon the severity of a and/or curtain air bags will remain ken bones because the inflation collision and its direction. These inflated longer to help provide pro- speed also causes the air bags to two factors determine whether the tection from ejection, especially expand with a great deal of force. sensors produce an electronic when used in conjunction with the • There are even circumstances deployment/ inflation signal. seat belts. under which contact with the • Air bag deployment depends on a steering wheel or passenger air number of factors including vehicle bag can cause fatal injuries, speed, angles of impact and the especially if the occupant is density and stiffness of the vehi- positioned excessively close to cles or objects which your vehicle the steering wheel or passenger hits in the collision. The determin- air bag. ing factors are not limited to those mentioned above.

3 48 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 49

Safety features of your vehicle

Noise and smoke WARNING When inflated, the air bags make a WARNING • To avoid severe personal loud noise and leave smoke and When the air bags deploy, the injury or death caused by powder in the air inside the vehicle. air bag related parts in the deploying air bags in a colli- This is normal and is a result of the steering wheel and/or instru- sion, the driver should sit as ignition of the air bag inflator. After ment panel and/or in both sides far back from the steering the air bag inflates, you may feel sub- of the roof rails above the front wheel air bag as possible (at stantial discomfort in breathing due and rear doors are very hot. To least 250 mm (10 inches) to the contact of your chest with both prevent injury, do not touch the away). The front passengers the seat belt and the air bag, as well air bag storage area’s internal should always move their as from breathing the smoke and components immediately after seats as far back as possible powder. Open your doors and/or an air bag has inflated. and sit back in their seat. windows as soon as possible after • Air bags inflate instantly in the impact in order to reduce discom- event of a collision, and pas- fort and prevent prolonged expo- sengers may be injured by the sure to the smoke and powder. air bag expansion force if they Though smoke and powder are non- are not in a proper position. toxic, it may cause irritation to the • Air bag inflation may cause skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc). If injuries including facial or this is the case, wash and rinse with bodily abrasions, injuries cold water immediately and consult a from broken glasses or burns. doctor if the symptom persists.

349 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 50

Safety features of your vehicle

Do not install a child restraint on Air bag warning light the front passenger’s seat. WARNING • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it! • Never put a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries. • When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of W7-147 1JBH3051 vehicle equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, be The purpose of air bag warning light Never place a rear-facing child sure to install the child in your instrument panel is to alert restraint in the front passenger’s restraint system as far away you of a potential problem with your seat. If the air bag deploys, it would from the door side as possible, air bag system, which could include impact the rear-facing child restraint, and securely lock the child your side and/or curtain air bags causing serious or fatal injury. restraint system in position. used for rollover protection. In addition, do not place front-facing Inflation of side and/or curtain child restraints in the front passen- air bags could cause serious ger’s seat either. If the front passen- injury or death to an infant or ger air bag inflates, it could cause child. serious or fatal injuries to the child.

3 50 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 51

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS components and functions 10. PASSENGER “AIR BAG OFF” indicator (Front passenger’s seat only) 11. Occupant detection system (Front passenger’s seat only) 12. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt buckle sensors 13. Emergency fastening device (EFD) The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition W7-147 switch is ON to determine if a crash If the airbag warning light illuminated OXM033200L impact is severe enough to require for more than, 6 seconds after the The SRS consists of the following air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment. ignition is turned on, or of it illumi- components: nates during vehicle operation, an 1. Driver's front air bag module SRS component may not be func- 2. Passenger's front air bag module tioning properly and you should have your vehicle checked by an author- 3. Side impact air bag modules ized Kia dealer. 4. Curtain air bag modules 5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies 6. Air bag warning light 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor 8. Front impact sensors 9. Side impact sensors

351 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:25 PM Page 52

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2) WARNING If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunction in the air bag system. Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illumi- B240B01L B240B02L nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold- seconds. ed both in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will • The light comes on while the wheel and in the front passenger's separate under pressure from the vehicle is in motion. panel above the glove box. When the expansion of the air bags. Further SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe opening of the covers then allows full • The light blinks when the igni- impact to the front of the vehicle, it inflation of the air bags. tion switch is in ON position. will automatically deploy the front air bags.

3 52 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 53

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag (Continued) • When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the instrument cluster nor on the instrument panel surface. It may become a dangerous projectile and cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates.

B240B03L B240B05L A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING slows the driver's or the passenger's • Do not install or place any forward motion, reducing the risk of accessories (drink holder, head and chest injury. cassette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger's After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a immediately starts deflating, enabling vehicle with a passenger's air the driver to maintain forward visibility bag. Such objects may become and the ability to steer or operate dangerous projectiles and other controls. cause injury if the passenger's air bag inflates. (Continued)

353 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 54

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) Occupant Detection System WARNING (ODS) • If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only may be a loud noise followed when the ignition switch is in by a fine dust released in the the ON position. If the SRS air vehicle. These conditions are bag warning light does not normal and are not hazardous illuminate, or continuously - the air bags are packed in this remains on after illuminating fine powder. The dust generat- for about 6 seconds when the ed during air bag deployment ignition switch is turned to the may cause skin or eye irrita- ON position, or after the tion as well as aggravate asth- engine is started, comes on ma for some persons. Always while driving, the SRS is not wash all exposed skin areas working properly. If this thoroughly with lukewarm occurs, have your vehicle OXMA033102 water and a mild soap after an immediately inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. Your vehicle is equipped with an accident in which the air bags occupant detection system in the were deployed. • Before you replace a fuse or front passenger's seat. (Continued) disconnect a battery terminal, turn the ignition switch to the The occupant detection system is LOCK position and remove the designed to detect the presence of a ignition switch. Never remove properly-seated front passenger and or replace the air bag related determine if the passenger's front air fuse(s) when the ignition bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not. Only the front passenger front switch is in the ON position. air bag is controlled by the Occupant Failure to observe this warning Classification System. will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illuminate. WARNING Do not put anything in front of the passenger air bag indicator.

3 54 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 55

Safety features of your vehicle

Main components of the occu- If the front passenger seat is occu- Always be sure that you and all vehi- pant detection system pied by a person that the system cle occupants are seated and • A detection device located within determines to be of appropriate size, restrained properly (sitting upright the front passenger seat cushion. and he/she sits properly (sitting with the seat in an upright position, upright with the seatback in an centered on the seat cushion, with • An electronic system which deter- upright position, centered on the the person’s legs comfortably extend- mines whether the passenger air seat cushion with their seat belt on, ed, feet on the floor, and wearing the bag systems should be activated legs comfortably extended and their safety belt properly) for the most or deactivated. feet on the floor), the PASSENGER effective protection by the air bag and • A indicator light located on the AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off the safety belt. instrument panel which illuminates and the front passenger's air bag will the words PASSENGER AIR BAG be able to inflate, if necessary, in • The ODS (Occupant Detection “OFF” indicating the front passen- frontal crashes. System) may not function properly if ger air bag system is deactivated. You will find the PASSENGER AIR the passenger takes actions which • The instrument panel air bag warn- BAG “OFF” indicator on the center can defeat the detection system. ing light is interconnected with the facia panel. This system detects the These include: occupant detection system. conditions 1~4 in the following table (1) Failing to sit in an upright posi- and activates or deactivates the front tion. passenger air bag based on these conditions. (2) Leaning against the door or center console. (3) Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat. (4) Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat. (5) Improperly wearing the safety belt. (6) Reclining the seat back.

355 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 56

Safety features of your vehicle

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system WARNING Indicator/Warning light Devices Riding in an improper position Condition detected by the or placing weight on the front "PASSENGER AIR occupant detection Front passenger passenger's seat when it is BAG OFF" indicator SRS warning light system air bag unoccupied by a passenger light adversely affects the Occupant 1. Adult or child*1 Off Off Activated Detection System (ODS). Your 2. Child restraint system*2 On Off Deactivated ODS is designed to resist elec- 3. Unoccupied On Off Deactivated tronic waves, but do not place an electronic device (ex. laptop 4. There is a malfunction Off On Activated computer, after market DMB/nav- in the system igation/satellite audio, video

1 game machine, MP3, etc.) on or * : The ODS system uses a field to evaluate a person's size to determine whether the near the seat cushion since it air bag should deploy. It is possible for a child to be detected and activate the ODS, may defeat the proper function- thus allowing the air bag to deploy.To maximize safety, do not allow children to ride ing of the ODS or turn on the air in the front passenger seat. bag warning light. 2 * : Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat. (Continued)

3 56 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 57

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued)

OVQ036013N 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 - Never put a heavy load or an - Never sit with hips shifted - Never place feet on the dash- active electronic device on towards the front of the seat. board. the front passenger seat or seatback pocket.

OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 - Never place feet on the front - Never excessively recline the - Never lean on the door or cen- passenger seatback. front passenger seatback. ter console. - Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat.

357 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 58

Safety features of your vehicle

Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ✽ NOTICE indicator is still on, ask the passen- The PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” ger to move to the rear seat. indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is WARNING turned to the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front Do not allow an adult passenger passenger seat is occupied, the occu- to ride in the front seat when the pant detection sensor will then clas- “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” sify the front passenger after several indicator is illuminated because more seconds. the air bag will not deploy in the B990A01O event of a crash. If the "PAS- SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica- WARNING When an adult is seated in the front tor remains illuminated after the Do not put a heavy load or an passenger seat, if the PASSENGER adult passenger repositions active electronic device (ex. lap- AIR BAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn themselves properly and the top computer, after market the ignition switch to the LOCK posi- vehicle is restarted, have the DMB/navigation/satellite audio, tion and ask the passenger to sit passenger move to the rear seat video game machine, MP3, etc.) properly (sitting upright with the seat because the passenger's front in the front passenger seatback back in an upright position, centered air bag will not deploy. pocket or on the front passenger on the seat cushion with their seat The "PASSENGER AIR BAG seat. Do not hang onto the front belt on, legs comfortably extended passenger seat. Do not hang any and their feet on the floor). Restart OFF" indicator will not change according to the occupants items such as seatback table on the engine and have the person the front passenger seatback. remain in that position. This will allow posture after the vehicle has been running for 30 seconds. Do not place feet on the front the system to detect the person and passenger seatback. Do not to enable the passenger air bag. Front seat passengers must place any items under the front stay properly seated to avoid passenger seat. Any of these serious injury from a deploying could interfere with proper sen- air bag. sor operation or turn on the air bag warning light.

3 58 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 59

Safety features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) (Continued) • Even though your vehicle is • If the front passenger seat is • Accident statistics show that equipped with the occupant occupied by a child who is not children are safer if they are detection system, never install a in a CRS, the "PASSENGER restrained in the rear, as child restraint system in the AIR BAG OFF" indicator may opposed to the front seat. It is front passenger's seat. A or may not be on and the pas- recommended that child deploying air bag can forcefully senger air bag may or may not restraints be secured in a rear strike a child resulting in seri- deploy in a collision. Have the seat, including an infant riding ous injuries or death. Any child child move to a rear seat to in a rear-facing infant seat, a age 12 and under should ride in increase their safety. child riding in a forward-facing the rear seat. Children too large • Do not modify or replace the child seat and an older child for child restraints should use front passenger seat. Don't riding in a booster seat. the available lap/shoulder belts. place anything on or attach • Air bags can only be used No matter what type of crash, anything such as a blanket or once – have an authorized Kia children of all ages are safer seat heater to the front pas- dealer replace the air bag when restrained in the rear seat. senger seat.This can adverse- immediately after deployment. • If the PASSENGER AIR BAG ly affect the occupant detec- • The occupant detection sys- “OFF” indicator is illuminated tion system. tem may not work properly if when the front passenger's seat • Do not place sharp objects on water, coffee or any other liq- is occupied by an adult and the front passenger seat. uid including rain gets on the he/she sits properly (sitting These may damage the occu- seat. Keep the front seat dry upright with the seatback in an pant detection system, if they at all times. upright position, centered on puncture the seat cushion. (Continued) the seat cushion with their seat • Do not use accessory seat belt on, legs comfortably covers on the front seats. extended and their feet on the (Continued) floor), have that person sit in the rear seat. (Continued)

359 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 60

Safety features of your vehicle

Driver's and passenger's front air (Continued) WARNING bag • Do not place an electronic If the occupant detection sys- Driver’s front air bag device (ex. laptop computer, tem is not working properly, the after market DMB/navigation/ SRS air bag warning light on satellite audio, video game the instrument panel will illumi- machine, MP3, etc.) on the nate because the passenger's front passenger seat. Its elec- front air bag is connected with tronic field may cause the ODS the occupant detection system. to switch to the "on" condition If there is a malfunction of the and thus turn on the air bag occupant detection system, the warning light or allow the pas- PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” senger airbag to deploy need- indicator will not illuminate and lessly in a collision, increasing OXM033009 the passenger's front air bag Passenger’s front air bag (if equipped) your repair costs. will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger's seat. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or if it OXM033010 illuminates while the vehicle is being driven, have an author- Your vehicle is equipped with an ized Kia dealer inspect the occu- Advanced Supplemental Restraint pant detection system and the (Air Bag) System and lap/shoulder SRS air bag system as soon as belts at both the driver and passen- possible. ger seating position.

3 60 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 61

Safety features of your vehicle

The indication of the system's pres- These sensors provide the ability to ence are the letters "AIR BAG" WARNING control the SRS deployment based on embossed on the air bag pad cover If the occupant detection sys- whether or not the seat belts are fas- on the steering wheel and the pas- tem is not working properly, the tened, and how severe the impact is. senger's side front panel pad above SRS air bag warning light on the glove box. the instrument panel will illumi- The advanced SRS offers the ability nate because the SRS air bag to control the air bag inflation with The SRS consists of air bags warning light is connected with two levels. A first stage level is pro- installed under the pad covers in the the occupant detection system. vided for moderate-severity impacts. center of the steering wheel and the If the SRS air bag warning light A second stage level is provided for passenger's side front panel above does not illuminate when the more severe impacts. the glove box. ignition switch is turned to the ON position, remains illuminat- The purpose of the SRS is to provide ed after approximately 6 sec- The passenger’s front air bag is the vehicle's driver and/or the front onds when the ignition switch designed to help reduce the injury of passenger with additional protection is turned to the ON position, or children sitting close to the instru- than that offered by the seat belt sys- if it illuminates while the vehicle ment panel in low speed collisions. tem alone in case of a frontal impact is being driven, have an author- However, children are safer if they of sufficient severity. The SRS uses ized Kia dealer inspect the are restrained in the rear seat. sensors to gather information about advanced SRS air bag system the driver's and front passenger's as soon as possible. seat belt usage and impact severity. According to the impact severity and seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS Control Module) controls the air bag The seat belt buckle sensors deter- inflation. Failure to properly wear mine if the driver and front passen- seat belts can increase the risk or ger's seat belts are fastened. severity of injury in an accident.

361 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 62

Safety features of your vehicle

Additionally, your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in WARNING (Continued) the front passenger's seat. The occu- Manufacturers are required by Specifically, the front passenger pant detection system detects the government regulations to pro- seat, dashboard or door should presence of a passenger in the front vide a contact point concerning not be replaced except by an passenger's seat and will turn off the modifications to the vehicle for authorized Kia dealer using front passenger's air bag under cer- persons with disabilities, which original Kia parts designed for tain conditions. For more detail, see modifications may affect the this vehicle and model. Any "Occupant detection system" in this vehicle’s advanced air bag sys- other such replacement or mod- section. tem. However, Kia does not ification could adversely affect endorse nor will it support any the operation of the occupant detection system and your WARNING changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect advanced air bags. For the • Modification to the seat struc- the advanced air bag system, same reason, do not attach any- ture can cause the air bag to including the occupant detec- thing to the seat, dashboard or deploy at a different level than tion system. door, even temporarily. If the system is adversely affected, it should be provided. (Continued) • Do not place any objects could cause severe personal underneath the front seats as injuries or death in a collision. they could damage and/or interfere with the occupant detection system.

3 62 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 63

Safety features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING (Continued) • Be sure to read information about • Front and side air bags can the SRS on the labels provided on Always use seat belts and child restraints – every trip, every injure occupants improperly the sunvisor. positioned in the front seats. • Advanced air bags are combined time, everyone! Air bags inflate with pre-tensioner seat belts to with considerable force and in • Move your seat as far back as help provide enhanced occupant the blink of an eye. Seat belts practical from the front air protection in frontal crashes. Front help keep occupants in proper bags, while still maintaining air bags are not intended to deploy position to obtain maximum control of the vehicle. in collisions in which sufficient benefit from the air bag. Even • You and your passengers protection can be provided by the with advanced air bags, improp- should never sit or lean pre-tensioner seat belt. erly and unbelted occupants unnecessarily close to the air can be severely injured when bags. Improperly positioned the air bag inflates. Always fol- drivers and passengers can low the precautions about seat be severely injured by inflat- belts, air bags and occupant ing air bags. safety contained in this manual. • Never lean against the door or To reduce the chance of serious center console – always sit in or fatal injuries and receive the an upright position. maximum safety benefit from • Do not allow a passenger to your restraint system: ride in the front seat when the • Never place a child in any PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” child or booster seat in the indicator is illuminated, front seat. because the air bag will not • ABC – Always Buckle deploy in the event of a mod- Children in the 2nd Row seat. erate or severe frontal crash. It is the safest place for chil- (Continued) dren of any age to ride. (Continued)

363 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 64

Safety features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) (Continued) • No objects should be placed • If the SRS air bag warning • Front air bags are not intend- over or near the air bag mod- light remains illuminated ed to deploy in side-impact, ules on the steering wheel, while the vehicle is being driv- rear-impact or rollover crash- instrument panel or the front en, have an authorized Kia es. In addition, front air bags passenger's panel above the dealer inspect the air bag sys- will not deploy in frontal glove box, because any such tem as soon as possible. crashes below the deploy- object could cause harm if the • Air bags can only be used ment threshold. vehicle is in a crash severe once – have an authorized Kia (Continued) enough to cause the air bags dealer replace the air bag to deploy. immediately after deployment. • Never place covers, blankets • The SRS is designed to or aftermarket seat warmers deploy the front air bags only on the passenger seat as when an impact is sufficiently these may interfere with the severe and when the impact occupant detection system. angle is less than 30° from the • Do not tamper with or discon- forward longitudinal axis of nect SRS wiring or other com- the vehicle. Additionally, the ponents of the SRS system. air bags will only deploy once. Doing so could result in injury, Seat belts must be worn at all due to accidental deployment times. of the air bags or by rendering (Continued) the SRS inoperative. (Continued)

3 64 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 65

Safety features of your vehicle

Rear impact (Continued) (Continued) • Even though your vehicle is • For maximum safety protection equipped with the occupant in all types of crashes, all occu- detection system, do not pants including the driver install a child restraint system should always wear their seat in the front passenger seat belts whether or not an air bag position. A child restraint sys- is also provided at their seating tem must never be placed in position to minimize the risk of OEP036096N the front seat. The infant or severe injury or death in the Side impact child could be severely event of a crash. Do not sit or injured or killed by an air bag lean unnecessarily close to the deployment in case of an acci- air bag while the vehicle is in dent. motion. • Children age 12 and under • Sitting improperly or out of must always be properly position can result in serious restrained in the rear seat. or fatal injury in a crash. All Never allow children to ride in occupants should sit upright OVQ036018N the front passenger seat. If a with the seat back in an upright Rollover child over 12 must be seated position, centered on the seat in the front seat, he or she cushion with their seat belt on, must be properly belted and legs comfortably extended and the seat should be moved as their feet on the floor until the far back as possible. vehicle is parked and the igni- (Continued) tion key is removed or the engine is shut off. (Continued) 1VQA2091

365 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 66

Safety features of your vehicle

Side air bag • The side air bags are designed to (Continued) deploy during certain side-impact • The SRS air bag system must collisions, depending on the crash deploy very rapidly to provide severity, angle, speed and point of protection in a crash. If an impact. occupant is out of position • The side air bags do not only because of not wearing a seat deploy on the side of the impact belt, the air bag may forcefully but also on the opposite side. contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. • The side and/or curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle will deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is OXM039039 detected. • The side air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.

WARNING Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of OXMA032054 the window, or place objects Your vehicle is equipped with a side between the doors and passen- air bag in each front seat. The pur- gers when they are seated on pose of the air bag is to provide the seats equipped with side and/or vehicle's driver and/or the front pas- curtain air bags. senger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.

3 66 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 67

Safety features of your vehicle

Curtain air bag WARNING (Continued) • The side air bag is supple- • Do not install any accessories mental to the driver's and the on the side or near the side air passenger's seat belt systems bag. and is not a substitute for • Do not place any objects over them. Therefore your seat the air bag or between the air belts must be worn at all times bag and yourself. while the vehicle is in opera- • Do not place any objects (an tion. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the • For best protection from the front door and the front seat. side air bag system and to Such objects may become dan- OXM039055 avoid being injured by the gerous projectiles and cause deploying side air bag, both injury if the supplemental side front seat occupants should air bag inflates. sit in an upright position with • To prevent unexpected deploy- the seat belt properly fas- ment of the side air bag that tened. The driver's hands may result in personal injury, should be placed on the steer- avoid impact to the side impact ing wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 sensor when the ignition positions. The passenger's switch is on. arms and hands should be • If seat or seat cover is dam- placed on their laps. aged, have the vehicle checked OXMA032056 • Do not use any accessory and repaired by an authorized Curtain air bags are located along seat covers. Kia dealer. Inform the dealer both sides of the roof rails above the • Use of seat covers could that your vehicle is equipped front and rear doors. reduce or prevent the effec- with side air bags and an occu- tiveness of the system. pant detection system. (Continued)

367 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 68

Safety features of your vehicle

They are designed to help protect occupants in certain side impacts WARNING (Continued) and to help prevent them from eject- • In order for side and curtain • Do not allow the passengers ing out of the vehicle as a result of a air bags to provide the best to lean their heads or bodies rollover, especially when the seat- protection, front seat occu- against the doors, put their belts are also in use. pants and outboard rear occu- arms on the doors, stretch • The curtain air bags are designed pants should sit in an upright their arms out of the window to deploy during certain side position with the seat belts or place objects between the impact collisions, depending on the properly fastened. doors and passengers when they are seated on seats crash severity, angle, speed and Importantly, children should point of impact. equipped with side impact sit in a proper child restraint and/or curtain air bags. • The curtain air bags do not only system in the rear seat. • Never try to open or repair any deploy on the side of the impact • When children are seated in but also on the opposite side. components of the side and the rear outboard seats, they curtain air bag system. This • Also, the curtain air bags on both must be seated in the proper should only be done by an sides of the vehicle will deploy in child restraint system. Make authorized Kia dealer. certain rollover situations. sure to position the child Failure to follow the above men- • The curtain air bags are not restraint system as far away from the door side as possi- tioned instructions can result in designed to deploy in all side injury or death to the vehicle impact or rollover situations. ble, and secure the child restraint system in a locked occupants in an accident. position. (Continued)

3 68 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 69

Safety features of your vehicle

Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts.

1 2 3 4

OXM033012L/OXM033013/OXM033014/OXM039043/OXM039044 (1) SRS control module/ (3) Side impact sensor Rollover sensor (4) Side impact sensor (2) Front impact sensor 369 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 70

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions WARNING (Continued) • Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen- to impact the locations where sor installation angles are air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma- installed. tion of the front bumper, front end module, body or front This may cause unexpected doors and/or C pillar where air bag deployment, which side collision sensors are could result in serious per- installed. Have the vehicle sonal injury or death. checked and repaired by an • If the installation location or authorized Kia dealer. angle of the sensors is altered • Installing bumper guards (or in any way, the air bags may side step or running board) or 1VQA2084 deploy when they should not replacing a bumper (or front Front air bags or they may not deploy when door module) with non-gen- they should, causing severe uine parts may adversely Front air bags are designed to inflate injury or death. affect your vehicle’s collision in a frontal collision depending on Therefore, do not try to per- and air bag deployment per- the intensity, speed or angles of form maintenance on or formance. impact of the front collision. around the air bag sensors. Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer. (Continued)

3 70 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 71

Safety features of your vehicle

Also, the side and curtain air bags are If the vehicle chassis is impacted by designed to inflate when a rollover is bumps or objects on unimproved detected by a rollover sensor. roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive Although the front air bags (driver’s carefully on unimproved roads or on and front passenger’s air bags) are surfaces not designed for vehicle designed to inflate in frontal colli- traffic to prevent unintended air bag sions, they also may inflate in other deployment. types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact. side OVQ036018N and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions. They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors. Side air bag and/or curtain air bags may also inflate where rollover sensors indicate the possibility of a rollover occurring (even if none actually occurs) or in other situations, incluid- ing when the vehicle is tilted while OXMA032057 being towed. Even where side and/or Side and/or curtain air bags curtain air bags would not provide Side and/or curtain air bags are impact protection in a rollover, how- designed to inflate when an impact is ever, they will deploy to prevent ejec- detected by side collision sensors tion of occupants, especially those depending on the strength, speed or who are restrained with seat belts. angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision.

371 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 72

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag non-inflation conditions

OUN036087 OVQ036018N

1VQA2086 • Air bags are not designed to inflate • Front air bags may not inflate in in rear collisions, because occu- side impact collisions, because • In certain low-speed collisions the pants are moved backward by the occupants move to the direction of air bags may not deploy. The air force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side bags are designed not to deploy in inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment such cases because they may not to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- provide benefits beyond the pro- pant protection. tection of the seat belts in such collisions.

3 72 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 73

Safety features of your vehicle

1VQA2089 1VQA2090 1VQA2091 • In an angled collision, the force of • Just before impact, drivers often • Front air bags may not inflate in all impact may direct the occupants in brake heavily. Such heavy braking rollover accidents where the a direction where the air bags lowers the front portion of the vehi- SRSCM indicates that the front air would not be able to provide any cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- bag deployment would not provide additional benefit, and thus the cle with a higher ground clearance. additional occupant protection. sensors may not deploy any air Air bags may not inflate in this bags. "under-ride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.

373 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 74

Safety features of your vehicle

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance- WARNING free and so there are no parts you can • Modification to SRS compo- safely service by yourself. If the SRS nents or wiring, including the air bag warning light does not illumi- addition of any kind of badges nate, or continuously remains on, to the pad covers or modifica- have your vehicle immediately tions to the body structure, inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury. Any work on the SRS system, such • For cleaning the air bag pad as removing, installing, repairing, or 1VQA2092 covers, use only a soft, dry any work on the steering wheel, the cloth or one which has been • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- front passenger’s panel, front seats moistened with plain water. cle collides with objects such as and roof rails must be performed by Solvents or cleaners could utility poles or trees, where the an authorized Kia dealer. Improper adversely affect the air bag point of impact is concentrated to handling of the SRS system may covers and proper deploy- one area and the full force of the result in serious personal injury. impact is not delivered to the sen- ment of the system. sors. • No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box, because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. (Continued)

3 74 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 75

Safety features of your vehicle

Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place (Continued) • Never let passengers ride in the hard or sharp objects between • If the air bags inflate, they cargo area or on top of a folded- themselves and the air bags. must be replaced by an down back seat. All occupants Carrying hard or sharp objects on authorized Kia dealer. should sit upright, fully back in their your lap or in your mouth can result • Do not tamper with or discon- seats with their seat belts on and in injuries if an air bag inflates. nect SRS wiring, or other their feet on the floor. • Keep occupants away from the components of the SRS sys- • Passengers should not move air bag covers. All occupants tem. Doing so could result in out of or change seats while the should sit upright, fully back in their injury, due to accidental infla- vehicle is moving. A passenger seats with their seat belts on and tion of the air bags or by ren- who is not wearing a seat belt dur- their feet on the floor. If occupants dering the SRS inoperative. ing a crash or emergency stop can are too close to the air bag covers, • If components of the air bag be thrown against the inside of the they could be injured if the air bags system must be discarded, or vehicle, against other occupants, inflate. if the vehicle must be or out of the vehicle. • Do not attach or place objects scrapped, certain safety pre- • Each seat belt is designed to on or near the air bag covers. cautions must be observed. restrain one occupant. If more Any object attached to or placed An authorized Kia dealer than one person uses the same on the front or side air bag covers knows these precautions and seat belt, they could be seriously could interfere with the proper can give you the necessary injured or killed in a collision. operation of the air bags. information. Failure to follow • Do not modify the front seats. these precautions and proce- • Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to Modification of the front seats dures could increase the risk could interfere with the operation of of personal injury. improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the the supplemental restraint system • If your vehicle was flooded protection provided by the seat belt sensing components or side air and has soaked carpeting or and increase the chance of serious bags. water on flooring, you should- injury in a crash. n't try to start the engine; have the vehicle towed to an authorized Kia dealer.

375 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 76

Safety features of your vehicle

• Do not place items under the Adding equipment to or modi- front seats. Placing items under WARNING fying your air bag-equipped the front seats could interfere with • Sitting improperly or out of vehicle the operation of the supplemental position can cause occupants If you modify your vehicle by chang- restraint system sensing compo- to be shifted too close to a nents and wiring harnesses. ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- deploying air bag, strike the tem, front end or side sheet metal or • Never hold an infant or child on interior structure or be thrown ride height, this may affect the oper- your lap. The infant or child could from the vehicle resulting in ation of your vehicle's air bag sys- be seriously injured or killed in the serious injury or death. tem. event of a crash. All infants and • Always sit upright with the children should be properly seatback in an upright posi- restrained in appropriate child tion, centered on the seat safety seats or seat belts in the cushion with your seat belt rear seat. on, legs comfortably extended and your feet on the floor. • Always have the ignition OFF when the vehicle is being towed or where it may otherwise be tilted, since the side and/or curtain airbags may inflate if the sensors interpret those tilt angles as a potential rollover. • Be careful not to cause impact to the doors when the ignition is ON.The air bags may inflate.

3 76 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 3.QXP 1/23/2013 3:26 PM Page 77

Safety features of your vehicle

Air bag warning label

OXM039050N Air bag warning labels, some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to the sunvisor to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

377 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 1

Features of your vehicle

Folding key ...... 4-4 • Closing the tailgate ...... 4-25 • Record your key number ...... 4-4 • Power tailgate ...... 4-26 • Key operations...... 4-4 • Emergency tailgate safety release ...... 4-32 • Transmitter precautions ...... 4-6 Windows ...... 4-33 • Battery replacement ...... 4-7 • Power windows ...... 4-34 • Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Hood...... 4-38 Smart key ...... 4-11 • Opening the hood ...... 4-38 • Record your key number ...... 4-11 • Closing the hood ...... 4-38 • Smart key function ...... 4-11 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-40 • Loss of the smart key ...... 4-15 • Opening the fuel filler lid ...... 4-40 • Smart key precautions ...... 4-15 • Closing the fuel filler lid ...... 4-40 4 • Smart key immobilizer system...... 4-16 • Emergency fuel filler lid release ...... 4-43 • Battery replacement ...... 4-18 Panoramic sunroof ...... 4-44 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-19 • Sunroof open warning...... 4-45 • Armed stage ...... 4-19 • Sliding the sunroof ...... 4-45 • Theft-alarm stage ...... 4-20 • Tilting the sunroof...... 4-46 • Disarmed stage...... 4-20 • Sunshade ...... 4-47 Door locks ...... 4-21 • Resetting the sunroof ...... 4-48 • Operating door locks from outside the vehicle . . . . 4-21 Steering wheel...... 4-49 • Operating door locks from inside the vehicle...... 4-22 • Electric power steering (EPS) ...... 4-49 • Impact sensing door unlock system...... 4-24 • Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-50 • Auto door lock/unlock feature (Automatic transaxle) . 4-24 • Heated steering wheel ...... 4-51 • Child-protector rear door lock...... 4-24 • Horn ...... 4-51 Tailgate ...... 4-25 • Flex steer ...... 4-52 • Opening the tailgate ...... 4-25 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 2

Mirrors ...... 4-55 • Non-operational conditions of • Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-55 rear parking assist system ...... 4-103 • Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-64 • Rear parking assist system precautions ...... 4-104 Instrument cluster ...... 4-68 • Self-diagnosis ...... 4-105 • Instrument cluster control ...... 4-69 Rearview camera ...... 4-106 • LCD display control ...... 4-70 Hazard warning flasher...... 4-107 • Gauges ...... 4-71 Lighting ...... 4-108 • Transaxle shift indicator...... 4-74 • Battery saver function...... 4-108 LCD display ...... 4-75 • Headlight escort function ...... 4-108 • LCD modes...... 4-75 • Headlight welcome function...... 4-108 4 • Service mode ...... 4-76 • Daytime running light...... 4-109 • User settings mode...... 4-78 • Lighting control...... 4-109 • A/V Mode ...... 4-80 • High beam operation...... 4-111 • Turn by turn mode ...... 4-80 • Turn signals and lane change signals ...... 4-112 • Warning messages ...... 4-81 • Front fog light ...... 4-112 Trip computer...... 4-87 Windshield wiper/washers...... 4-113 • Overview ...... 4-87 • Windshield wipers ...... 4-114 • Trip A/B ...... 4-88 • Front windshield washers ...... 4-115 • Fuel economy ...... 4-89 • Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 4-116 Warning and indicator lights ...... 4-91 Interior lights ...... 4-117 • Warning lights ...... 4-91 • Automatic turn off function ...... 4-117 • Indicator lights...... 4-98 • Room lamp ...... 4-117 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-102 • Map lamp ...... 4-118 • Operation of the rear parking assist system...... 4-102 • Luggage lamp...... 4-119 • Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-119 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 3

Defroster ...... 4-120 Interior features ...... 4-149 • Rear window defroster ...... 4-120 • Cup holder ...... 4-149 Manual climate control system ...... 4-121 • Bottle holder...... 4-150 • Heating and air conditioning ...... 4-122 • Sunvisor ...... 4-150 • 3rd row air conditioning ...... 4-126 • Power outlet ...... 4-151 • System operation ...... 4-127 • AC inverter ...... 4-152 • Climate control air filter...... 4-129 • Clock...... 4-154 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label ...... 4-130 • Ashtray ...... 4-154 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant • Clothes hanger ...... 4-155 and compressor lubricant...... 4-130 • Floor mat anchor(s)...... 4-155 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-131 • Side curtain ...... 4-156 4 • Automatic heating and air conditioning ...... 4-133 • Luggage net holder ...... 4-156 • Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-134 Exterior features...... 4-157 • Outside thermometer ...... 4-137 • Roof rack ...... 4-157 • 3rd row air conditioning...... 4-140 Audio system...... 4-159 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-142 • Antenna ...... 4-159 • Manual climate control system ...... 4-142 • Automatic climate control system ...... 4-143 • Defogging logic...... 4-144 Storage compartments ...... 4-146 • Center console storage ...... 4-146 • Glove box ...... 4-146 • Sunglass holder ...... 4-147 • Luggage box...... 4-148 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 4

Features of your vehicle

FOLDING KEY Record your key number Key operations The key code number WARNING is stamped on the bar Use only Kia original parts for code tag attached to the ignition key in your vehicle. the key set. Should If an aftermarket key is used, you lose your keys, the ignition switch may not this number will enable an author- return to ON after START. If this ized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys happens, the starter will contin- easily. Remove the bar code tag and ue to operate causing damage store it in a safe place. Also, record to the starter motor and possi- the code number and keep it in a ble fire due to excessive current safe and handy place, but not in the in the wiring. vehicle. OXMA043331 • Used to start the engine. WARNING - Ignition key • Used to lock and unlock the doors. Leaving children unattended in • Used to lock and unlock the glove a vehicle with the ignition key is box. dangerous even if the key is not • To unfold the key, press the release in the ignition. Children copy button then the key will unfold auto- adults and they could place the matically. To fold the key, fold the key in the ignition. The ignition key manually while pressing the key would enable children to release button. operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could CAUTION result in serious bodily injury or Do not fold the key without even death. Never leave the pressing the release button. keys in your vehicle with unsu- This may damage the key. pervised children.

44 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 5

Features of your vehicle

Door Lock (1) Door Unlock (2) Tailgate unlock (3) 1. Press the unlock button(2). The tailgate is unlocked if the button 2. The driver's door will unlock. The is pressed for more than 1 second. hazard warning lights will blink two Also, once the tailgate is opened and times. then closed, the tailgate will be 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice locked automatically. within 4 seconds and all doors and • For Power Tailgate Only: tailgate will unlock. The hazard The Power Tailgate will open if the warning lights will blink two times. button is pressed for more than 1 second. Also, once the tailgate is ✽ NOTICE opened and then closed, the tailgate will be locked again automatically. OXMA043317 You can activate or deactivate the Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to 1. Close all doors, engine hood and "User settings" in this chapter. If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’ tailgate. using the button in the overhead con- 2. Press the lock button(1). sole, the tailgate unlock button will 3. All doors and tailgate will lock. The operate to unlock the tailgate as hazard warning lights will blink described above. once. 4. If the lock button is pressed once See section 4-26 for more informa- more within 4 seconds, the hazard tion on the power tailgate option. warning lights will blink and the horn will sound once. 5. Make sure that doors are locked by checking the door lock button inside or pulling the outside door handle.

45 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 6

Features of your vehicle

Panic (4) Transmitter precautions (Continued) The horn sounds and hazard warn- ✽ NOTICE • If the transmitter is in close prox- ing lights flash for about 27 seconds imity to your mobile phone, the if this button is pressed for more than The transmitter will not work if any signal could be blocked by your 0.5 second. To stop the horn and of following occur: mobile phones normal operational lights, press any button except the • The ignition key is in the ignition signals. This is especially impor- trunk button on the transmitter. switch. tant when the phone is active such • You exceed the operating distance as making and receiving calls, text limit (about 10 m [30 feet]). messaging, and/or sending/receiv- • The battery in the transmitter is ing emails. Avoid placing the weak. transmitter and your mobile • Other vehicles or objects may be phone in the same pants or jacket blocking the signal. pocket and always try to maintain • The weather is extremely cold. an adequate distance between the • The transmitter is close to a radio two devices. transmitter such as a radio substa- tion or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the CAUTION transmitter. Keep the transmitter away from When the transmitter does not work water or any liquid. If the key- correctly, open and close the door less entry system is inoperative with the ignition key. If you have a due to exposure to water or liq- problem with the transmitter, contact uids, it will not be covered by an authorized Kia dealer. your manufacturer’s vehicle (Continued) warranty.

64 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 7

Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement For replacement transmitters, see an authorized Kia dealer for transmitter CAUTION - Transmitter reprogramming. damage • The transmitter is designed to give Do not drop, wet or expose the you years of trouble-free use, how- keyless entry system transmit- ever it can malfunction if exposed to ter to heat or sunlight. moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery, contact IC WARNING an authorized Kia dealer. This device complies with • Using the wrong battery can cause Industry Canada licence- the transmitter to malfunction. Be exempt RSS standard(s). sure to use the correct battery. OYDDCO2005 Operation is subject to the fol- • To avoid damaging the transmitter, The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium lowing two conditions: (1) this don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it device may not cause interfer- battery which will normally last for to heat or sunlight. several years. When replacement is ence, and (2) this device must necessary, use the following proce- • An inappropriately disposed accept any interference, includ- dure. battery can be harmful to the ing interference that may cause environment and may cause undesired operation of the 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and human health. Dispose the device. gently pry open the transmitter battery according to your center cover. local law(s) or regulation. 2. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery is positioned battery. 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal.

47 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 8

Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system To activate the immobilizer sys- ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an tem: When starting the engine, do not use electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi- the key with other immobilizer keys to reduce the risk of unauthorized tion. The immobilizer system acti- around. Otherwise the engine may vehicle use. vates automatically. Without a valid not start or may stop soon after it Your immobilizer system is com- ignition key for your vehicle, the starts. Keep each key separate in prised of a small transponder in the engine will not start. order to avoid a starting malfunction. ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle. To deactivate the immobilizer CAUTION With the immobilizer system, when- system: Do not put metal accessories ever you insert your ignition key into Insert the ignition key into the key near the ignition switch. the ignition switch and turn it to ON, cylinder and turn it to the ON position. Metal accessories may interrupt it checks and determines and verifies the transponder signal and may if the ignition key is valid. prevent the engine from being If the key is determined to be valid, WARNING started. the engine will start. In order to prevent theft of your If the key is determined to be invalid, vehicle, do not leave spare keys the engine will not start. anywhere in your vehicle. Your ✽ NOTICE Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and If you need additional keys or lose should be kept confidential. Do your keys, contact an authorized not leave this number anywhere Kia dealer. in your vehicle.

84 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 9

Features of your vehicle

This device complies with Industry "Limp Home" Mode and Related CAUTION Canada Standard RSS-210. Procedures The transponder in your ignition Operation is subject to the following If the immobilizer warning indicator key is an important part of the two conditions: blinks for five seconds when the igni- immobilizer system. It is 1. This device may not cause harm- tion key is turned to the "ON" posi- designed to give years of trou- ful interference, and tion, this indicates the immobilizer ble-free service, however you system requires service. The engine 2. This device must accept any inter- should avoid exposure to mois- cannot be started without using the ference received, including inter- ture, static electricity and rough procedure below. handling. Immobilizer system ference that may cause undesired The following procedure describes malfunction could occur. operation. how to start the engine using the limp home function (0, 1, 2, 3 as a CAUTION sample password). CAUTION Changes or modifications not Do not change, alter or adjust expressly approved by the party ✽ the immobilizer system because responsible for compliance NOTICE it could cause the immobilizer could void the user’s authority You can get a limp home password system to malfunction and to operate the equipment. If the when the vehicle is first delivered to should only be serviced by an keyless entry system is inopera- you. If you do not have a password, authorized Kia dealer. tive due to changes or modifica- consult your authorized Kia dealer. Malfunctions caused by improp- tions not approved by the party er alterations, adjustments or responsible for compliance, it modifications to the immobilizer will not be covered by your man- system are not covered by your ufacturer’s vehicle warranty. vehicle manufacturer warranty.

49 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 10

Features of your vehicle

1. To activate the password, turn the ✽ NOTICE CAUTION ignition key "ON" and "OFF" If the engine stalls while driving in according to the digit numbers. the "limp home" mode, you can • If the password is entered The immobilizer indicator will blink start your engine within 3 seconds incorrectly three consecutive along with the operation of the without re-entering the password. times, wait for about one hour ignition key. For example, turn the to perform the limp home acti- ignition key once for digit number vation procedure again. If the immobilizer indicator blinks for "1", and twice for "2", and so on. • If you cannot start your engine For the digit number "0", you must five seconds, you must re-enter the password (steps 1~4). using the limp home activa- cycle the ignition key 10 times. tion procedure, have your 2. Wait for 3~10 seconds. vehicle towed by an author- 3. You may set the remaining number After performing the limp home acti- ized Kia dealer. of digits by following steps 1 and 2. vation procedure, consult with your authorized Kia dealer as soon as 4. If all of the four password digits possible. have been successfully entered, turn the ignition key "ON" and check that the immobilizer indicator illuminates. From this time, you have to start your engine within 30 seconds. If you try to start your engine after 30 seconds, your engine will not start.

4 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 11

Features of your vehicle

SMART KEY Record your key number Smart key function With a smart key, you can lock or The key code number unlock a door (and Tailgate) and start is stamped on the bar the engine. code tag attached to Refer to the following for more details. the key set. Should you lose your keys, WARNING - Smart key this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys Leaving children unattended in easily. Remove the bar code tag and a vehicle with the smart key is store it in a safe place. Also, record dangerous. Unattended children the code number and keep it in a mimic adults and they could safe and handy place, but not in the press the engine start/stop but- vehicle. ton which would enable children OXMA043316 to operate power windows or To remove the mechanical key, press other controls, or even make the and hold the release button(1) and vehicle move, which could remove the mechanical key (2). result in serious bodily injury or even death. Never leave the keys To reinstall the mechanical key, put in your vehicle with unsuper- the key into the hole and push it until vised children. a click sound is heard.

411 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 12

Features of your vehicle

Door Lock 4. The hazard warning lights will blink Using the button on the smart key and the chime will sound once. 1 Close all doors, engine hood and 5. Make sure that doors are locked tailgate. by pulling the outside door handle. 2. Press the lock button(1). 3. The hazard warning lights will blink ✽ NOTICE and the chime will sound once. • The button will only operate when 4. Make sure that doors are locked the smart key is within 0.7~1m. by pulling the outside door handle. (28~40in) from the outside door OXMA043316/Q handle. • Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of following occur: - The smart key is in the vehicle. - The engine start/stop button is in ACC or ON position. - Any door except the tailgate is open. OXM049002 Using the door handle button 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Close all doors, engine hood and tailgate. 3. Press the button of the outside door handle.

4 12 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 13

Features of your vehicle

Unlocking ✽ NOTICE Using the button on the smart key Using the door handle button • The button will only operate when 1. Press the unlock button(2) of the 1. Carry the smart key. the smart key is within 0.7~1m. smart key. 2. Press the button of the driver's (28~40in) from the outside door 2. The driver’s door will unlock. The outside door handle. handle. hazard warning lights will blink and • When the smart key is recognized the chime will sound two times. 3. The driver’s door will unlock. The in the area of 0.7~1m. (28~40in) 3. Press the unlock button(2) twice hazard warning lights will blink and from the front outside door han- the chime will sound two times. within 4 seconds and all doors and dle, other people can also open the the tailgate will unlock. The hazard 4. Press the button twice within 4 doors. warning lights will blink and the seconds and all doors and the tail- • After unlocking the driver’s door chime will sound two times. gate will unlock and the hazard or all doors, the door(s) will lock warning lights will blink and the automatically unless the door is chime will sound two times. opened. ✽ NOTICE After pressing the button, the doors ❈ If you press the button of the front will lock automatically unless any passenger’s outside door handle door is opened within 30 seconds. while carrying the smart key, all doors will unlock. ✽ NOTICE You can activate or deactivate the Two Turn Unlock function. Refer to "User settings" in this chapter.

413 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 14

Features of your vehicle

Tailgate unlocking Using the button on the smart key Panic Using the tailgate handle button 1. Press the tailgate unlock button(3) 1. Press the panic button(4) for more 1. Carry the smart key. for more than 1 second. than 1 second. 2. Press the tailgate handle button. 2. When all doors are locked, the 2. The horn sounds and hazard 3. When all doors are locked, the hazard warning lights will blink two warning light flash for about 30 hazard warning lights will blink two times. seconds. times. • For Power Tailgate Only: Once the tailgate is opened and The Power Tailgate will open if the ✽ NOTICE then closed, the tailgate will lock button is pressed for more than 1 automatically. To stop the horn and lights, press second. Also, once the tailgate is any button on the smart key. opened and then closed, the tailgate ✽ NOTICE will be locked again automatically. Start-up The button will only operate when You can start the engine without the smart key is within 0.7~1m. If the power tailgate is switched ‘Off’ (28~40in) from the tailgate handle. inserting the key. For detailed infor- using the button in the overhead con- mation refer to the “Engine start/stop sole, the tailgate unlock button will button” in chapter 5. operate to unlock the tailgate as described above.

See section 4-26 for more information on the power tailgate option.

4 14 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 15

Features of your vehicle

Loss of the smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximi- A maximum of 2 smart keys can be • The smart key will not work if any ty to your cell phone or smart registered to a single vehicle. of the following occur: phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal If you happen to lose your smart key, - The smart key is close to a radio operation of your cell phone or you will not be able to start the transmitter such as a radio sta- smart phone. This is especially engine. You should immediately take tion or an airport which can inter- important when the phone is active the vehicle and remaining key to your fere with normal operation of the such as making a call, receiving authorized Kia dealer(tow the vehi- smart key. calls, text messaging, and/or send- cle, if necessary) to protect it from - The smart key is near a mobile ing/receiving emails. Avoid placing potential theft. two way radio system or a cellu- the smart key and your cell phone lar phone. or smart phone in the same pants - Another vehicle’s smart key is or jacket pocket and maintain ade- being operated close to your quate distance between the two vehicle. devices. • When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door CAUTION with the mechanical key and contact Keep the smart key away from an authorized Kia dealer. water or any liquid. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or other liquids, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

415 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 16

Features of your vehicle

Smart key immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer ✽ NOTICE Your vehicle is equipped with an system: When starting the engine, do not use electronic engine immobilizer system Turn the engine start/stop button to the key with other immobilizer keys to reduce the risk of unauthorized the ON position by pressing the but- around. Otherwise the engine may vehicle use. ton while carrying the smart key. not start or may stop soon after it Your immobilizer system is com- starts. Keep each key separate in prised of a small transponder in the To activate the immobilizer system: order to avoid a starting malfunction. smart key and electronic devices Turn the engine start/stop button to inside the vehicle. the OFF position. The immobilizer CAUTION With the immobilizer system, when- system activates automatically. Do not put metal accessories ever you turn the engine start/stop Without a valid smart key for your near the smart key. button to the ON position by pressing vehicle, the engine will not start. The engine may not start the button while carrying the smart because the metal accessories key, it checks and determines and may interrupt the transponder verifies if the smart key is valid or not. CAUTION In order to prevent theft of your signal from transmitting normal- If the key is determined to be valid, ly. the engine will start. vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your If the key is determined to be invalid, Immobilizer password is a cus- the engine will not start. tomer unique password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle.

4 16 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 17

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE This device complies with Industry CAUTION If you need additional keys or lose Canada Standard RSS-210. your keys, contact an authorized Do not change, alter or adjust Operation is subject to the following Kia dealer. the immobilizer system because two conditions: it could cause the immobilizer 1. This device may not cause harm- system to malfunction and ful interference, and CAUTION should only be serviced by an The transponder in your smart authorized Kia dealer. 2. This device must accept any interference received, including inter- key is an important part of the Malfunctions caused by improp- immobilizer system. It is ference that may cause undesired er alterations, adjustments or operation. designed to give years of trou- modifications to the immobilizer ble-free service, however you system are not covered by your should avoid exposure to mois- vehicle manufacturer warranty. ture, static electricity and rough WARNING handling. Immobilizer system Changes or modifications not malfunction could occur. expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

417 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 18

Features of your vehicle

Battery replacement 4. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION - Smart key • The smart key is designed to give damage you years of trouble-free use, how- Do not drop, get wet or expose ever it can malfunction if exposed the smart key to heat or sun- to moisture or static electricity. If light, or it will be damaged. you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, contact an authorized Kia dealer. IC WARNING • Using the wrong battery can cause This device complies with the smart key to malfunction. Be Industry Canada licence-exempt sure to use the correct battery. RSS standard(s). OXM043005 • To avoid damaging the smart key, Operation is subject to the follow- don't drop it, get it wet, or expose it ing two conditions: (1) this device A smart key battery should last for to heat or sunlight. several years, but if the smart key is may not cause interference, and not working properly, try replacing • An inappropriately dis- (2) this device must accept any the battery with a new one. If you are posed battery can be harm- interference, including interfer- ful to the environment and unsure how to use your smart key or ence that may cause undesired human health. Dispose the operation of the device. replace the battery, contact an battery according to your authorized Kia dealer. local law(s) or regulation. 1. Remove the mechanical key. 2. Pry open the rear cover. 3. Replace the battery with a new battery (CR2032). When replacing the battery, make sure the battery position.

4 18 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 19

Features of your vehicle

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM Armed stage The system can also be armed by Park the vehicle and stop the engine. locking the doors with the key from Arm the system as described below. the front doors; however, the hazard Armed warning lights will not blink using this stage 1. Remove the ignition key from the method. ignition switch and exit the vehicle. 2. Make sure that all doors (and tail- ✽ gate) and engine hood are closed NOTICE Disarmed Theft-alarm The theft-alarm system can be deac- stage stage and latched. 3. Lock the doors using the transmit- tivated by an authorized Kia dealer. ter of the keyless entry system (or If you want this feature, consult an smart key) or ignition key. authorized Kia dealer. This system is designed to provide After completion of the steps above, Do not arm the system until all protection from unauthorized entry the hazard warning lights will blink passengers have left the vehicle. If into the vehicle. This system is oper- (for smart key, the chime also the system is armed while a pas- ated in three stages: the first is the sounds) once to indicate that the senger(s) remains in the vehicle, "Armed" stage, the second is the system is armed. the alarm may be activated when "Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is the remaining passenger(s) leave the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, If any door (or tailgate) or engine the vehicle. If any door (or tailgate) the system provides an audible hood remains open, the hazard or engine hood is opened within alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights and the chime will not 30 seconds after the system warning lights. operate and the theft-alarm will not enters the armed stage, the sys- arm. If all doors (and tailgate) and tem is disarmed to prevent an engine hood are closed after the lock unnecessary alarm. button is pressed, the hazard warning lights blink once.

419 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 20

Features of your vehicle

Theft-alarm stage Disarmed stage CAUTION The alarm will be activated if any of The system will be disarmed when the following occurs while the system the doors (and tailgate) are unlocked Do not change, alter or adjust is armed. with the transmitter (or smart key) or the theft-alarm system because the ignition key. it could cause the theft-alarm • A front or rear door is opened with- system to malfunction and out using the ignition key or trans- After depressing the unlock button, should only be serviced by an mitter (or smart key). the hazard warning lights will blink authorized Kia dealer. and the chime will sound twice (in • The tailgate is opened without Malfunctions caused by improp- using the transmitter (or smart smart key) to indicate that the system is disarmed. er alterations, adjustments or key). modifications to the theft-alarm • The engine hood is opened. After depressing the unlock button, if system are not covered by your any door (or tailgate) is not opened vehicle manufacturer warranty. The horn will sound and the hazard within 30 seconds, the system will be warning lights will blink continuously rearmed. for approximately 27 seconds, and repeat the horn 3 times unless the system is disarmed. To turn off the ✽ NOTICE system, unlock the doors with the • Avoid trying to start the engine ignition key or transmitter (or smart while the alarm is activated. The key). vehicle starting motor is disabled during the theft-alarm stage. If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter, insert the key into the ignition switch, turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds. Then the system will be disarmed. (if equipped) • If you lose your keys, consult your authorized Kia dealer.

4 20 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 21

Features of your vehicle

DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from • When closing the door, push the outside the vehicle door by hand. Make sure the doors are closed securely. ■ Type A ■ Type B ✽ NOTICE Unlock Unlock Lock • In cold and wet climates, door lock Lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door OXM049006 lock switch, the system may stop • To lock a door without the key, push the inside door lock button (1) OXMA043319 operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent or central door lock switch (2) to • Turn the key clockwise to unlock damage to system components. the “Lock” position and close the and counterclockwise to lock. door (3). • If you lock the driver’s door with a • If you lock the door with the central key, all vehicle doors will lock auto- WARNING door lock switch (2), all vehicle matically. • If you don’t close the door doors will lock automatically. • From the driver’s door, turn the key securely, the door may open to the right once to unlock the door again. ✽ NOTICE and once more within 4 seconds to • Be careful that someone’s Always remove the ignition key, unlock all doors. body and hands are not engage the parking brake, close all • Doors can also be locked and trapped when closing the door. windows and lock all doors when unlocked with the transmitter. leaving your vehicle unattended. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.

421 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 22

Features of your vehicle

Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri- inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is WARNING - Door lock pulled when the door lock button is malfunction With the door lock button in the lock position, the button will If a power door lock ever fails to unlock and the door will open. (if function while you are in the equipped) vehicle, try one or more of the • Front doors cannot be locked if the following techniques to exit: ignition key is in the ignition switch • Operate the door unlock fea- and any front door is opened. ture repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simulta- Unlock Lock neously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear.

OXM049007 • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door • To unlock a door, push the door from outside. lock button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark (2) on the button • Move to the cargo area and will be visible. open the tailgate. • To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible. • To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.

4 22 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 23

Features of your vehicle

With central door lock switch • When pressing the rear portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors will WARNING - Unlocked Driver’s door unlock. vehicles • If the key is in the ignition switch Leaving your vehicle unlocked and any front door is opened, the can invite theft or possible harm doors will not lock even though the to you or others from someone front portion (1) of the central door hiding in your vehicle while you lock switch is pressed. are gone. Always remove the ignition key, engage the parking brake, close all windows and WARNING - Doors lock all doors when leaving OXMA042008 • The doors should always be your vehicle unattended. Passenger’s door fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the WARNING - Unattended door. Locked doors will also children discourage potential intruders when the vehicle stops or An enclosed vehicle can become slows down. extremely hot, causing death or severe injury to unattended chil- • Be careful when opening dren or animals who cannot doors and watch for vehicles, escape the vehicle. Furthermore, motorcycles, bicycles or children might operate features OXMA042009 pedestrians approaching the of the vehicle that could injure Operate by pressing the central door vehicle in the path of the door. them, or they could encounter lock switch. Opening a door when some- other harm, possibly from some- • When pressing the front portion (1) thing is approaching can one gaining entry to the vehicle. of the switch, all vehicle doors will cause damage or injury. Never leave children or animals lock. unattended in your vehicle.

423 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 24

Features of your vehicle

Impact sensing door unlock Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door. system (if equipped) To open the rear door, pull the out- In the event of air bag deployment side door handle. resulting from a vehicle impact, all Even though the doors may be doors will automatically unlock. unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle (1) Auto door lock/unlock feature until the rear door child safety lock is (Automatic transaxle, if equipped) unlocked. • All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is WARNING - Rear door shifted out of P(Park). locks • All doors will automatically unlock OXM049010 If children accidentally open the when the transaxle shift lever is rear doors while the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out of help prevent children from acciden- the vehicle, resulting in severe ✽ NOTICE tally opening the rear doors from injury or death. To prevent chil- inside the vehicle. The rear door dren from opening the rear You can select some auto door safety locks should be used whenev- doors from the inside, the rear lock/unlock features in “User er children are in the vehicle. door safety locks should be Settings” as follows; 1. Open the rear door. used whenever children are in • Speed sensing auto door lock the vehicle. • Auto door unlock when the igni- 2. Push the child safety lock located tion key is removed from the igni- on the rear edge of the door to the tion switch or engine is turned off. lock ( ) position. When the child • Auto door lock/unlock by shifting safety lock is in the lock position, the the shift lever out of P(Park) or rear door will not open even when into P(Park). the inner door handle is pulled. For more information, refer to “User Settings” in this chapter.

4 24 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:46 PM Page 25

Features of your vehicle

TAILGATE Opening the tailgate ✽ NOTICE Closing the tailgate In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate.

OXM043023 CAUTION OXM043024 • The tailgate is locked or unlocked Make certain that you close the To close the tailgate, lower and push when all doors are locked or tailgate before driving your down the tailgate firmly. Make sure unlocked with the key, transmitter vehicle. Possible damage may that the tailgate is securely latched. (or smart key) or central door lock occur to the tailgate lift cylin- switch. ders and attached hardware if • If unlocked, the tailgate can be the tailgate is not closed prior to WARNING opened by pressing the handle driving. Make sure your hands, feet and switch and then pulling the handle other parts of your body are up. safely out of the way before • Only the tailgate is unlocked if the closing the tailgate. tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed (if equipped). Once the tailgate is opened and then closed, the tailgate is locked automatically.

425 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 26

Features of your vehicle

Power tailgate (if equipped) (1) Power tailgate open/close button WARNING - Exhaust (2) Power tailgate off button fumes (3) Power tailgate handle switch If you drive with the tailgate (4) Power tailgate close button open, you may draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury ✽ NOTICE or death to vehicle occupants. The power tailgate operates when: If you must drive with the tail- • Automatic shift lever is in P (Park). gate opened, keep the air vents • Manual shift lever is in neutral. and all windows open so that OXMA043008 additional outside air comes into the vehicle. WARNING Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. WARNING - Rear cargo Unattended children or animals area could activate the power tailgate which may result in injury to Occupants should never ride in themselves or others, or damage the rear cargo area where no OXMA043023 to the vehicle. restraints are available.To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.

OXMA043325

4 26 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 27

Features of your vehicle

Opening the tailgate WARNING CAUTION • Make sure there are no people Do not close or open the power or objects around the tailgate tailgate manually during auto- before operating the power matic operation.This may cause tailgate. Wait until the tailgate damage to the power tailgate or is opened fully and stopped to the vehicle. before loading or unloading If it is necessary to close or cargo or passengers from the open the power tailgate manual- vehicle. ly when the battery is dis- • During power operation, seri- charged or disconnected, make ous personal injury or cargo sure the tailgate is not in opera- damage may occur. Make sure tion. Switch the power tailgate OXMA043327 the tailgate is CLOSED and to the off position. Do not apply latched before driving. excessive force. The power tailgate will open automatically by doing one of the following: • Press the tailgate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key. • Press the power tailgate open button.

427 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 28

Features of your vehicle

Closing the tailgate WARNING The chime will sound and the hazard warning flasher will blink 10 times if you drive with the tailgate closed but not fully secured. Stop your vehicle immediately at a safe place to check if your tailgate is securely locked.

OXMA043023 ✽ NOTICE • Press the tailgate handle switch OXMA043325 carrying the smart key with you. The button on the tailgate will not 1. Press the power tailgate close but- illuminate or function when the sys- ton on the tailgate or inside the tem is in the off/manual mode. vehicle (approximately 1 second). 2. The tailgate will close and lock automatically.

4 28 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 29

Features of your vehicle

Power tailgate non-opening con- ✽ NOTICE ditions WARNING • The power tailgate can be operat- The chime will sound continued when the engine is not running. ously if you drive over 3km/h However the power tailgate opera- (2mph) with the tailgate opened. tion consumes large amounts of Stop your vehicle at a safe place vehicle electric power. To prevent as soon as possible to check if the battery from being discharged, your tailgate is opened. do not operate it excessively e.g.: more than approximately 10 times repeatedly. WARNING • To prevent the battery from being The chime will sound and the discharged, do not leave the power hazard warning flasher will blink tailgate in the open position for a long time. OXMA043326 10 times if you drive with the tailgate closed but not fully secured. • Do not modify or repair any part • The power tailgate will not open or Stop your vehicle immediately at of the power tailgate by yourself. close automatically, when the vehicle a safe place to check if your tail- This must be done by an author- is moving more than 3km/h (2mph). gate is securely locked. ized Kia dealer. • When jacking up the vehicle to • If you press the power tailgate off change a tire or repair the vehicle, button (1), the power tailgate will do not operate the power tailgate. not open or close automatically. This could cause the power tailgate to operate improperly. (Continued)

429 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 30

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Automatic reversal If the automatic reversal feature • In cold and wet climates, the operates continuously more than power tailgate may not work prop- twice during opening or closing oper- erly due to freezing conditions. ation, the power tailgate may stop at • It is recommended to wait until that position. At this time, close the the power tailgate is fully closed tailgate manually and operate the before starting the vehicle. The tailgate automatically again. power tailgate may not close fully if the vehicle is started during automatic closing. WARNING Never place any object or part of your body in the path of the power tailgate as it is operating. OXMA043328 Doing so could result in personal During power opening and closing if injury or damage to the vehicle. the power tailgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power tailgate will detect the resistance. • If the resistance is detected while opening the tailgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction. • If the resistance is detected while closing the tailgate, it will stop and move in the opposite direction. However, if the resistance is weak such as from an object that is thin or soft, or the tailgate is near the latched position, the automatic stop and reversal may not detect the resistance.

4 30 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 31

Features of your vehicle

How to reset the power tailgate ✽ NOTICE Power tailgate opening height If the battery has been discharged or If the power tailgate does not oper- user setting disconnected, or if the related fuse has ate normally, first check the follow- been replaced or disconnected, for the ing condition before using the power power tailgate to operate normally, tailgate. reset the power tailgate as follows: • Make sure the shift lever is in 1. Put the shift lever in P (Park). Park 2. Press the tailgate handle switch • Make sure the Power Tailgate Off and tailgate close button at the switch is not pressed. same time for more than 3 seconds. (the chime will sound). If any of the power tailgate buttons are pressed while the power tailgate 3. Close the tailgate manually. is in operation, the power tailgate 4. Open the tailgate using the tail- will stop. If any button is pressed gate handle switch and allow it to again the power tailgate will reverse OXMA043325 fully open. direction. The driver may set the height of a 5. After fully opening, the tailgate will fully opened tailgate by following the complete initialization and lights below instruction. will flash twice indicating reset 1. Position the tailgate manually to complete. the height you prefer. 2. Press the tailgate close button for If the power tailgate does not work more than 3 seconds. properly after the above procedure, 3. You will hear the system beep twice have the system checked by an indicating height has been set up. authorized Kia dealer.

The tailgate will open to the height the driver has set up.

431 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 32

Features of your vehicle

Emergency tailgate safety release WARNING • For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the cargo area. • No one should be allowed to occupy the cargo area of the vehicle at any time. The cargo area is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash. OXM043006 • Use the release lever for Your vehicle is equipped with an emergencies only. Use with emergency tailgate safety release extreme caution, especially lever located on the bottom of the while the vehicle is in motion. tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the cargo area, the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate.

4 32 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 33

Features of your vehicle

WINDOWS (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door (left) power window switch (4) Rear door (right) power window switch (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window up/down* (Driver’s window) (7) Power window lock switch

* if equipped

✽ NOTICE In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.

OXM049014N

433 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 34

Features of your vehicle

Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing The ignition switch must be in the ON While driving with the rear windows position for power windows to operate. down or with the sunroof (if Each door has a power window equipped) in an open (or partially switch that controls the door's win- open) position, your vehicle may dow. The driver has a power window demonstrate a wind buffeting or lock button which can block the oper- pulsation noise. This noise is a nor- ation of passenger windows. The mal occurrence and can be reduced power windows can be operated for or eliminated by taking the follow- approximately 30 seconds after the ing actions. If the noise occurs with ignition key is removed or turned to one or both of the rear windows the ACC or LOCK position. However, down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If if the front doors are opened, the OXM049016 power windows cannot be operated you experience the noise with the even within the 30 second period. sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle. To open or close a window, press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).

4 34 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 35

Features of your vehicle

Auto down window Auto up/down window 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON (Driver’s window, if equipped) (Driver's window, if equipped) position. 2. Close the driver’s window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed.

OXM049017 OXM049015 Pressing the power window switch Pressing or pulling up the power win- momentarily to the second detent dow switch momentarily to the second position (6) completely lowers the detent position (6) completely lowers driver’s window even when the or raises the window even when the switch is released. To stop the win- switch is released. To stop the window dow at the desired position while the at the desired position while the win- window is in operation, momentarily dow is in operation, pull up or press pull the switch in the direction oppo- down and release the switch. site of the window’s movement. If the power window does not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:

435 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 36

Features of your vehicle

And if the power window switch is Power window lock button pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.

✽ NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver’s window is only active when the “auto up” feature is used OUN026013 by fully pulling up the switch. The Automatic reversal automatic reverse feature will not OXM049018 operate if the window is raised using If the upward movement of the win- • The driver can disable the power dow is blocked by an object or part of the halfway position on the power window switch. window switches on the passenger the body, the window will detect the doors by pressing the power win- resistance and will stop upward dow lock button located on the dri- movement. The window will then WARNING ver’s door to the LOCK position lower approximately 30 cm. (11.8 in) Always check for obstructions (pressed). to allow the object to be cleared. before raising any window to • When the power window lock The distance may vary based on the avoid injuries or vehicle damage. button is in the LOCK position size or position of the window. If the If an object less than 0.16 in. (4 (pressed), the driver’s master window detects the resistance while mm) in diameter is caught control cannot operate the pas- the power window switch is pulled up between the window glass and senger door power windows. continuously, the window will stop the upper window channel, the upward movement then lower automatic reverse window may approximately 2.5 cm. (1 in). not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse direction.

4 36 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 37

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION WARNING - Windows • To prevent possible damage • NEVER leave the ignition key to the power window system, in the vehicle. do not open or close two win- • NEVER leave any child unat- dows or more at the same tended in the vehicle. Even time. This will also ensure the very young children may inad- longevity of the fuse. vertently cause the vehicle to • Never try to operate the main move, entangle themselves in switch on the driver's door the windows, or otherwise and the individual door win- injure themselves or others. dow switch in the opposite • Always double check to make directions at the same time. If sure all arms, hands, head this is done, the window will and other obstructions are stop and cannot be opened or safely out of the way before closed. closing a window. • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock button in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury can result from unintentional window operation by the child. • Do not extend heads or any limbs outside the window while the vehicle is in motion.

437 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 38

Features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed from the engine compartment. OXM043025 2. Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place. OXM049019 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, pull the second- 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood WARNING the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). open slightly. • Before closing the hood, 3. Raise the hood. It will completely ensure that all obstructions rise by itself after it has been are removed from the hood WARNING raised about halfway. opening. Closing the hood Open the hood after turning off with an obstruction present in the engine on a flat surface, the hood opening may result shifting the shift lever to the P in property damage or severe (Park) position for automatic personal injury. transaxle and to the 1st (First) • Do not leave gloves, rags or gear or R (Reverse) for manual any other combustible materi- transaxle, and setting the park- al in the engine compartment. ing brake. Doing so may cause a heat- induced fire.

4 38 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:47 PM Page 39

Features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could open while the vehicle is being driven, causing total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood raised. The view will be blocked and the hood ODMNMC2034 could fall or get damaged. When you check the engine compartment, Take caution to avoid contacting your head with the safety hook which is located inside of the hood.

439 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 40

Features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER LID Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid

(if equipped) 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until it “clicks” one time. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly making sure that it is securely closed.

✽ NOTICE OAM049089 There may be an intermittent noise OXMA042021 1. Stop the engine. near the refueling hole while the 2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the engine is idling if the fuel cap is not The fuel filler lid must be opened fuel filler lid opener button. closed securely. This occurs normal- from inside the vehicle by pressing ly with the OBD system. the fuel filler lid opener button on the 3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1). driver’s door. (if equipped) 4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel ✽ NOTICE filler cap (2) counterclockwise. When refueling fully at an up hill, ✽ NOTICE 5. Refuel as needed. the fuel gauge may not point to the F If the fuel filler lid does not open position. because ice has formed around it, It is not a malfunction. If you move tap lightly or push on the lid to break your vehicle to a level ground, the the ice and release the lid. Do not pry fuel gauge will move to the full posi- on the lid. If necessary, spray around tion. the lid with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

4 40 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 41

Features of your vehicle

WARNING - Refueling WARNING - Refueling (Continued) • If pressurized fuel sprays out, dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle it can cover your clothes or Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel- skin and subject you to the materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate risk of fire and burns. Always note the following guidelines static electricity by touching, remove the fuel cap carefully carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any and slowly. If the cap is vent- guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin, ing fuel or if you hear a hiss- personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of produc- ing sound, wait until the con- death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static electricity discharge can dition stops before complete- • Read and follow all warnings ly removing the cap. ignite fuel vapors resulting in posted at the gas station facil- rapid burning. If you must re- • Do not "top off" after the noz- ity. enter the vehicle, you should zle automatically shuts off • Before refueling, note the once again eliminate poten- when refueling. location of the Emergency tially dangerous static elec- • Tighten the cap until it clicks Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tricity discharge by touching a one time, otherwise the Check at the gas station facility. metal part of the vehicle, away Engine light will illuminate. • Before touching the fuel noz- from the fuel filler neck, noz- • Always check that the fuel cap zle, you should eliminate zle or other gasoline source. is installed securely to pre- potentially dangerous static (Continued) vent fuel spillage in the event electricity discharge by touch- of an accident. ing another metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, noz- zle, or other gas source. (Continued)

441 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 42

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION • When using an approved • When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi- portable fuel container, be the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the “Fuel sure to place the container on duced by electrical compo- requirements” suggested in the ground prior to refueling. nents related to the engine section 1. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing from the container can ignite a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires fuel vapors causing a fire. plete, check to make sure the replacement, use only a gen- Once refueling has begun, filler cap and filler door are uine Kia cap or the equivalent contact with the vehicle securely closed, before start- specified for your vehicle. An should be maintained until the ing the engine. incorrect fuel filler cap can filling is complete. result in a serious malfunction • DO NOT use matches or a of the fuel system or emission Use only approved portable lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or control system. plastic fuel containers leave a lit cigarette in your designed to carry and store vehicle while at a gas station • Do not spill fuel on the exterior gasoline. especially during refueling. surfaces of the vehicle. Any Automotive fuel is highly type of fuel spilled on painted • Do not use cellular phones surfaces may damage the paint. while refueling. Electric cur- flammable and can, when rent and/or electronic interfer- ignited, result in fire. • After refueling, make sure the ence from cellular phones can • If a fire breaks out during refu- fuel cap is installed securely potentially ignite fuel vapors eling, leave the vicinity of the to prevent fuel spillage in the causing a fire. vehicle, and immediately con- event of an accident. (Continued) tact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.

4 42 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 43

Features of your vehicle

Emergency fuel filler lid release

OXM043007 If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release, you can open it manually. Remove the panel in the cargo area. Pull the handle out slightly.

CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage compartment area trim or release handle may be damaged.

443 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 44

Features of your vehicle

PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) ✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, the sun- The sunroof cannot tilt when it is in roof may not work properly due to the slide position but can be slid freezing conditions. while in a tilt position. • After a vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before WARNING operating it. • Never adjust the sunroof or roller blind while driving. This could result in loss of control CAUTION and an accident that may OXMA043008 Do not continue to pull or push cause death, serious injury, or If your vehicle is equipped with a the sunroof control lever after property damage. sunroof, you can slide or tilt your the sunroof is fully opened, • If you would like to carry items sunroof with the sunroof control lever closed, or tilted. Damage to the on the roof rack using a cross located on the overhead console (1). motor or system components bar, do not operate the sunroof. could occur. • When carrying cargo on the The sunroof can only be opened, roof rack, do not load heavy closed, or tilted when the ignition items above the sunroof or switch is in the ON position. glass roof. • All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times. Seat belts and child restraints reduce serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop.

4 44 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 45

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof open warning Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened (if equipped) If you pull the sunroof control lever backward, the sunroof glass will slide all the way open. To stop the sunroof movement at any point, pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily. ❈ The front part of the sunroof glass can only be opened and closed.

OXM043010 OXM043114E If the driver removes the ignition key When the sunshade is closed (smart key: turns off the engine) and If you pull the sunroof control lever opens the driver-side door when the backward, the sunshade and sunroof sunroof is not fully closed, the warn- glass will slide all the way open. To ing chime will sound for a few sec- stop the sunroof movement at any onds and a message "Sunroof Open" point, pull or push the sunroof control will appear on the LCD display. lever momentarily. Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.

445 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 46

Features of your vehicle

Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof WARNING - Sunroof • Be careful that no head, hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof. • Do not extend the face, neck, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving. • Make sure your hands and head are safely out of the way before closing a sunroof. • A panoramic sunroof is made OXM049029 OXM043011 of glass, therefore it may If an object or part of the body is Before opening or closing the sun- break in an accident. If you do detected while the sunroof is closing roof, open the roller blind (refer to the not have your seat belt on, automatically, it will reverse the direc- following page for instructions on you may contact the broken tion, and then stop. how to use the roller blind). glass and get injured or killed. For all passengers safety, The auto reverse function does not To open the sunroof, push the sun- have the seat belts on. (ex. work if a tiny obstacle is between the roof control lever upward. seat belt, CRS, etc.) sliding glass and the sunroof sash. To close the sunroof, pull the sunroof You should always check that all pas- lever downward or forward until the sengers and objects are away from sunroof moves to the desired position. the sunroof before closing it.

4 46 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 47

Features of your vehicle

Sunshade To close the sunshade when the CAUTION sunroof glass is closed • Periodically remove any dirt - Press the sunshade close button (2). that may accumulate on the ❈ When you press the sunshade guide rail. close button (2) with the sunroof • If you try to open the sunroof glass opened, the sunshade will when the temperature is be closed halfway. below freezing or when the - Push the sunroof control lever for- sunroof is covered with snow ward or pull it down. or ice, the glass or the motor could be damaged. To stop the sliding at any point, press the sunshade control switch momen- • Do not leave the roller blind tarily. closed while the sunroof is OXMA043009 opened. To open the sunshade ✽ NOTICE Press the sunshade open button (1). Wrinkles formed on the sunshade as material characteristic are normal.

CAUTION • Do not pull or push the sunshade by hand as such action may damage the sunshade or cause it to malfunction. • Close the sunroof when driving in dusty environments. Dust may cause a malfunction of the vehicle system.

447 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 48

Features of your vehicle

Resetting the sunroof 5.Push the sunroof control lever for- Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- ward in the direction of close, until connected or discharged, you must the sunroof operates as follows reset your sunroof system as follows: again:

1.Turn the ignition switch to the ON The sunshade and sunroof glass position. slide open → The sunroof glass 2.Close the sunshade and sunroof slide close → The sunshade close completely if opened. 3.Release the sunroof control lever. Then, release the lever. 4.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close (about When this is complete, the sunroof 10 seconds) until the sunroof moves system has been reset. a little. Then, release the lever. ✽ NOTICE If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not work properly.

4 48 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 49

Features of your vehicle

STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) ✽ NOTICE CAUTION The power steering uses a motor to The following symptoms may occur assist you in steering the vehicle. If • If the Electric Power Steering during normal vehicle operation: the engine is off or if the power steer- System does not operate nor- • The EPS warning light does not ing system becomes inoperative, the mally, the warning light will illuminate. vehicle may still be steered, but it will illuminate on the instrument • The steering gets heavy immedi- require increased steering effort. cluster. The steering wheel ately after turning the ignition may require increased steer- The motor driven power steering is switch on. This happens as the sys- ing effort. Take your vehicle to tem performs the EPS system controlled by a power steering con- an authorized Kia dealer and trol unit which senses the steering diagnostics. When the diagnostics have the vehicle checked as are completed, the steering wheel wheel torque and vehicle speed to soon as possible. command the motor. will return to its normal condition. • When you operate the steering • A click noise may be heard from The steering becomes heavier as wheel in low temperature, the EPS relay after the ignition the vehicle’s speed increases and noise may occur. If temperature switch is turned to the ON or becomes lighter as the vehicle’s rises, the noise will likely disap- LOCK (OFF) position. speed decreases for optimum steer- pear.This is a normal condition. • A motor noise may be heard when ing control. • When the vehicle is stationary, the vehicle is at a stop or at a low Should you notice any change in the when the steering wheel is driving speed. effort required to steer during normal turned all the way to the left or • If the Electric Power Steering vehicle operation, have the power right continuously, the steer- System does not operate normally, steering checked by an authorized ing wheel becomes harder to the warning light will illuminate on Kia dealer. turn. The power assist is limit- the instrument cluster. The steered to protect the motor from ing wheel may become difficult to overheating. control or operate abnormally. As time passes, the steering Take your vehicle to an authorized wheel return to its normal Kia dealer and have the vehicle condition. checked as soon as possible. (Continued)

449 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 50

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) Tilt and telescopic steering • When you operate the steering Tilt and telescopic steering allows wheel in low temperature, abnor- you to adjust the steering wheel mal noise may occur. If tempera- before you drive.You can also raise it ture rises, the noise will likely dis- to give your legs more room when appear. This is a normal condition. you exit and enter the vehicle. • When the charging system warning light comes on due to the low voltage (When the alternator or The steering wheel should be posi- battery) does not operate normal- tioned so that it is comfortable for ly or it malfunctions), the steering you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning wheel may require increased OXMA043020 steering effort. lights and gauges. To change the steering wheel angle, pull down the lock-release lever (1), WARNING adjust the steering wheel to the • Never adjust the angle of the desired angle (2) and height (3, if steering wheel while driving. equipped) then pull up the lock- You may lose steering control release lever to lock the steering and cause severe personal wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the injury, death or accidents. steering wheel to the desired posi- • After adjusting, push the tion before driving. steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position.

4 50 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 51

Features of your vehicle

Heated steering wheel Horn (if equipped) CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel. This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system.

OXM043305 OXMA043012 To sound the horn, press the horn With the ignition switch in the ON symbols on your steering wheel. position, pressing the heated steer- Check the horn regularly to be sure it ing wheel button warms the steering operates properly. wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate and notify you on the ✽ LCD display. NOTICE To turn the heated steering wheel off, To sound the horn, press the area press the button once again. The indicated by the horn symbol on indicator on the button will turn off your steering wheel (see illustra- and notify you on the LCD display. tion). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

451 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 52

Features of your vehicle

FLEX STEER (if equipped) CAUTION Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OXM053122

OXM053044 When the steering mode button is pressed, the selected steering mode The FLEX STEER controls steering will appear on the LCD display. effort based upon as driver's prefer- If the steering mode button is pressed ence or road condition. within 4 seconds, the steering mode You can select the desired steering will change as shown above. mode by pressing the FLEX STEER If the steering wheel mode button is button. not pressed for about 4 seconds, the LCD display will change to the previous screen.

4 52 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 53

Features of your vehicle

Normal mode Sport mode Comfort mode

OXM053103 OXM053101 OXM053102 The normal mode offers medium The steering wheel becomes heav- The steering wheel becomes lighter. steering effort. ier. The sport mode is usually used The comfort mode is usually used when driving on the highway. when driving in the city or when parking the vehicle.

453 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 54

Features of your vehicle

CAUTION • For your safety, if you press the steering mode button while operating the steering wheel, the LCD display will change, but the steering effort will not change immediately. After operating the steering wheel, the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode. • Use caution when changing the steering mode while driving. • When the electronic power steering is not operating properly, the flex steering wheel will not work.

4 54 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:48 PM Page 55

Features of your vehicle

MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the WARNING (if equipped) center view through the rear window Do not adjust the rearview mir- is seen. Make this adjustment before ror while the vehicle is moving. you start driving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death, serious Night WARNING - Rear injury or property damage. visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would WARNING interfere with your vision Do not modify the inside mirror through the rear window. Day and don’t install a wide mirror. It could result in injury, during an OAM049023 accident or deployment of the air bag. Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving. Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.

455 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 56

Features of your vehicle

Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Automatic-Dimming Night Vision Automatic-dimming function ® with compass Safety™ (NVS ) Mirror Your mirror will automatically dim The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is upon detecting glare from the vehi- the most advanced way to reduce cles traveling behind you. The auto- annoying glare in the rearview mirror dimming function can be controlled during any driving situation. For more by pushing the ON/OFF Button: information regarding NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex website: 1. Pressing the button turns the auto- dimming function OFF which is www.gentex.com indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning off. CAUTION 2. Pressing the button again turns The NVS® Mirror automatically the auto-dimming function ON OXM049035 reduces glare during driving con- which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on. 1. Feature Control Button ditions based upon light levels monitored in front of the vehicle 2. Status Indicator LED and from the rear of the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE 3. Rear Light Sensor These light sensors are visible The mirror defaults to the ON posi- 4. Display Window through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case. Any object tion each time the vehicle is started. that would obstruct either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming control feature.

4 56 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 57

Features of your vehicle

Z-Nav™ Compass Display Compass function The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is The Compass can be turned ON and also equipped with a Z-Nav™ OFF and will remember the last state Compass that shows the vehicle when the ignition is cycled. To turn Compass heading in the Display the display feature ON/OFF: Window using the 8 basic cardinal 1. Press and release the button to headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.). turn the display feature OFF. 2. Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON. Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below.

There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or by the user. The operating Zone Numbers for North America are shown in the figure on the following section.

457 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 58

Features of your vehicle

To adjust the Zone setting: 1. Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map. 2. Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds, the current Zone Number will appear on the display. 3. Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone. 4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.

There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle mag- nets, such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna. Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle's magnetic field. In B520C05NF these situations, the compass will need to be re-calibrated to quickly correct for these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:

4 58 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 59

Features of your vehicle

1. Press and hold the button for more Electrochromic mirror with Glare detection sensor than 6 seconds. When the com- HomeLink system (if equipped) Indicator light pass memory is cleared a "C" will appear in the display. 2. To calibrate the compass, drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8 km/h (5 mph).

Homelink buttons OHD046305N HomeLink® Wireless Control System OHD046025N Your new mirror comes with an inte- To operate the electric rearview mirror grated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to pro- Press the I button (1) to turn the gram the mirror to activate your automatic- dimming function on. The garage door(s), estate gate, home mirror indicator light will illuminate. lighting, etc. The mirror actually Press the O button (2) to turn the learns the codes from your various automatic- dimming function off. The existing transmitters. mirror indicator light will turn off.

459 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 60

Features of your vehicle

Retain the original transmitter for Flashing WARNING future programming procedures (i.e., • When programming the new vehicle purchase). It is also sug- HomeLink® Wireless Control gested that upon the sale of the vehi- System, you may be operating cle, the programmed HomeLink but- a garage door or gate operator. tons be erased for security purposes Make sure that people and (follow step 1 in the “Programming” objects are out of the way of portion of this text). the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage. Programming • Do not use HomeLink with any Your vehicle may require the ignition garage door opener that lacks switch to be turned to the ACC posi- OHD046306N the safety stop and reverse tion for programming and/or opera- 1. When programming the buttons for feature as required by federal tion of HomeLink. It is also recom- the first time, press and hold the safety standards. (This mended that a new battery be left and center buttons ( , ) includes any garage door replaced in the hand-held transmitter simultaneously until the indicator opener model manufactured of the device being programmed to light begins to flash after approxi- before April 1, 1982.) A garage HomeLink for quicker training and mately 20 seconds. (This proce- door opener which cannot accurate transmission of the radio- dure erases the factory-set default detect an object, signaling the frequency. codes. Do not perform this step door to stop and reverse, does Follow these steps to train your when programming the additional not meet current federal safety HomeLink buttons.) standards. Using a garage door HomeLink mirror: opener without these features increases risk of serious injury or death. For more information, call 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.

4 60 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 61

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE Flashing For non rolling code garage door Some gate and garage door openers openers, follow steps 2 - 3. may require you to replace step #3 For rolling code garage door open- with the “cycling” procedure noted ers, follow steps 2 - 6. in the “Canadian Programming” For Canadian Programming, please section of this document. follow the Canadian Programming section. For help with determining whether

your garage door opener is non- 1-3inches rolling code or rolling code, please Transmitter refer to the garage door openers OHD046307N owner’s manual or contact 2. Press and hold the button on the HomeLink customer service at 1- HomeLink system you wish to 800-355-3515. train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from the mirror. Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed. 3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)

461 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 62

Features of your vehicle

Rolling code programming 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly Operating HomeLink To train a garage door opener (or press and release the pro- To operate, simply press the pro- other rolling code equipped devices) grammed HomeLink button up to grammed HomeLink button. with the rolling code feature, follow three times. The rolling code Activation will now occur for the these instructions after completing equipped device should now rec- trained product (garage door, securi- the “Programming” portion of this ognize the HomeLink signal and ty system, entry door lock, estate text. (A second person may make the activate when the HomeLink but- gate, or home or office lighting). For following training procedures quicker ton is pressed. The remaining two convenience, the hand-held trans- & easier.) buttons may now be programmed mitter of the device may also be used if this has not previously been 4. Locate the “learn” or “smart” but- at any time. The HomeLink Wireless done. Refer to the “Programming” Controls System (once programmed) ton on the device’s motor head portion of this text. unit. Exact location and color of or the original hand-held transmitter the button may vary by product may be used to activate the device brand. If there is difficulty locating (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, the “learn” or “smart” button, refer- etc.). In the event that there are still ence the device’s owner’s manual programming difficulties, contact or contact HomeLink at 1-800- HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on 355-3515 or on the internet at the internet at www.homelink.com. www.homelink.com. 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” button on the device’s motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.

4 62 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 63

Features of your vehicle

Erasing programmed HomeLink Reprogramming a single Canadian Programming buttons HomeLink button Garage & gate openers To program a device to HomeLink During programming, your hand-held Flashing using a HomeLink button previously transmitter may automatically stop trained, follow these steps: transmitting. Continue to press and 1. Press and hold the desired hold the HomeLink button (note HomeLink button. Do NOT release steps 2 through 4 in the until step 4 has been completed. “Programming” portion of this text) while you press and re-press 2. When the indicator light begins to (“cycle”) your handheld transmitter flash slowly (after 20 seconds), every two seconds until the frequen- position the hand-held transmitter cy signal has been learned. The indi- 2-8 cm (1 to 3 inches) away from cator light will flash slowly and then the HomeLink surface. rapidly after several seconds upon OHD046306N 3. Press and hold the hand-held successful training. transmitter button (or press and To erase the three programmed but- “cycle” - as described in “Canadian tons (individual buttons cannot be Programming”). CAUTION erased): 4. The HomeLink indicator light will If programming a garage door • Press and hold the left and center flash, first slowly and then rapidly. opener or gate, it is advised to buttons simultaneously, until the When the indicator light begins to unplug the device during the indicator light begins to flash flash rapidly, release both buttons. “cycling” process to prevent (approximately 20 seconds). possible motor burn-up. Release both buttons. Do not hold The previous device has now been for longer than 30 seconds. erased and the new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink HomeLink is now in the train (or button that has just been pro- learning) mode and can be programmed. This procedure will not grammed at any time. affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons.

463 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 64

Features of your vehicle

Accessories FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror If you would like additional informa- IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3 Be sure to adjust the mirror angles tion on the HomeLink Wireless before driving. Control System, HomeLink compati- Your vehicle is equipped with both ble products, or to purchase other This device complies with Industry ® Canada Standard RSS-210. left-hand and right-hand outside accessories such as the HomeLink rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be Lighting Package, please contact Operation is subject to the following two conditions: adjusted remotely with the remote HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on switch. The mirror heads can be fold- the internet at www.homelink.com. 1. This device may not cause harm- ed back to prevent damage during an ful interference, and automatic vehicle wash or when 2. This device must accept any inter- passing through a narrow street. ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. WARNING - Rearview mirrors • The right outside rearview WARNING mirror is convex. Objects seen The transceiver has been tested in the mirror are closer than and complies with FCC and they appear. Industry Canada rules. Changes • Use your interior rearview or modifications not expressly mirror or direct observation to approved by the party responsi- determine the actual distance ble for compliance could void of following vehicles when the user's authority to operate changing lanes. the device.

4 64 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 65

Features of your vehicle

Remote control CAUTION CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror • The mirrors stop moving when face; this may damage the sur- they reach the maximum face of the glass. If ice should adjusting angles, but the restrict the movement of the mir- motor continues to operate ror, do not force the mirror for while the switch is pressed. adjustment. To remove ice, use a Do not press the switch longer deicer spray, or a sponge or soft than necessary, the motor cloth with very warm water. may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the CAUTION outside rearview mirror by OXMA042038 hand. Doing so may damage If the mirror is jammed with ice, the parts. do not adjust the mirror by force. Electric type Use an approved spray de-icer The electric remote control mirror (not radiator antifreeze) to switch allows you to adjust the position release the frozen mechanism or of the left and right outside rearview move the vehicle to a warm mirrors. To adjust the position of either place and allow the ice to melt. mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC position. Move the switch (1) to R or L to select the right side mirror WARNING or the left side mirror, then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjust- Do not adjust or fold the outside ment control to position the selected rearview mirrors while the vehi- mirror up, down, left or right. cle is moving.This could result in loss of control, and an accident After the adjustment, put the switch which could cause death, seri- into the neutral (center) position to ous injury or property damage. prevent inadvertent adjustment.

465 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 66

Features of your vehicle

Folding the outside rearview mirror CAUTION In case it is an electric type outside rearview mirror, don’t fold it by hand. It could cause motor failure.

The outside rearview mirror can be folded when you press the door lock button on the smart key within 4 seconds after locking the doors by OXMA042040 pressing the button. Electric type OXM049039 The outside rearview mirror can be Manual type To fold the outside rearview mirror, unfolded when you press the door press the button. To fold the outside rearview mirror, unlock button on the smart key with- grasp the housing of the mirror and To unfold it, press the button again or in 4 seconds after unlocking the then fold it toward the rear of the press the unlock button. doors by pressing the button. vehicle. CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the LOCK position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running.

4 66 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 67

Features of your vehicle

Reverse parking aid function Left or Right : When the L or R (if equipped) switch is selected, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward. Neutral : When neither switch is selected, the outside rearview mirrors will not operate.

✽ NOTICE The outside rearview mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions under the following condi- OXM043022 tions: When you shift the shift lever to the R 1. Engine start/stop button is turned (Reverse) position, the outside to the ACC or OFF position. rearview mirror(s) will move down- 2. Shift lever is moved to any posi- ward to aid reverse parking. tion except R. According to the position of the out- 3. Remote control outside rearview side rearview mirror switch (1), the mirror switch is not selected. outside rearview mirror(s) will operate as follows:

467 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 68

Features of your vehicle

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ■ Type A

1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. LCD display 6. Warning and indicator lights (if equipped) ■ Type B 7. Turn signal indicator lights

❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in this chapter.

OXMA043081C/OXMA043091C

4 68 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 69

Features of your vehicle

Instrument Cluster Control ■ Type A Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination (if equipped)

OXM043132 ■ Type B

OXMA043332 The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button ("+" or "-") when the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is ON, or the OXM043117E tale lights are turned on. • If you hold the illumination control button ("+" or "-"), the brightness will be changed continuously. • If the brightness reaches to the maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound.

469 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 70

Features of your vehicle

LCD Display Control [Type B] (1) : MODE button for changing modes or SELECT button for setting the selected item (2) : MOVE button for changing items or RESET button for resetting the selected item

OXM043124 The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel.

[Type A] (1) : TRIP button for changing trip modes (2) : RESET button for resetting items

❈ For the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

4 70 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 71

Features of your vehicle

Gauges Speedometer Tachometer ■ Type A Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.

CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage. OXM043084 ■ Type B OXMA043085 The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).

OXM043095 The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour (mph).

471 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 72

Features of your vehicle

Engine Coolant Temperature Fuel Gauge Gauge

CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 6. OXM043089 OXM043087 This gauge indicates the approxi- This gauge indicates the tempera- mate amount of fuel remaining in the ture of the engine coolant when the WARNING fuel tank. ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Never remove the radiator cap button is ON. ✽ when the engine is hot. The NOTICE engine coolant is under pressure • The fuel tank capacity is given in and could severely burn. Wait chapter 8. until the engine is cool before • The fuel gauge is supplemented by adding coolant to the reservoir. a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.

4 72 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 73

Features of your vehicle

Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge WARNING - Fuel Gauge ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “E (Empty)” level.

CAUTION OXM049061/OXM043125 OXM043127/OXM043126 Avoid driving with a extremely The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- low fuel level. Running out of tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). fuel could cause the engine to en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C misfire damaging the catalytic when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F) converter. be performed. The outside temperature on the dis- - Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo- play may not change immediately ✽ NOTICE meters or miles. like a general thermometer to pre- Fuel display may not be accurate if vent the driver from being inattentive. you are filling in sloping places. The temperature unit (from °F to °C or from °C to °F) can be changed by using the “User Settings” mode of the LCD display.

❈ For more details, refer to “LCD Display” in this chapter.

473 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 74

Features of your vehicle

Transaxle Shift Indicator Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator (if equipped) ■ Type A ■ Type B

OXMA043321/OXMA043322 This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.

•Park :P • Reverse : R • Neutral : N •Drive :D • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

4 74 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 75

Features of your vehicle

LCD DISPLAY (IF EQUIPPED) LCD Modes

Modes Symbol Explanation

This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on. Trip Computer For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and warning messages Service related to TPMS or washer fluid.

User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system. (if equipped)

Tur n By Tur n This mode displays the state of the navigation. (if equipped)

❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.

475 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 76

Features of your vehicle

Service Mode Service Interval

OXM043119E OXM043129E OXM043130E Service in Service required Service in OFF It calculates and displays when you If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set, need a scheduled maintenance iced according to the already inputted “Service in OFF” message is dis- service (mileage or days). service interval, “Service required” played on the LCD display. message is displayed for several sec- If the remaining mileage or time onds each time you set the ignition reaches 1,500 km. (900 mi) or 30 ✽ switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to NOTICE days, "Service in" message is dis- the ON position (The mileage and If any of the following conditions played for several seconds each time time changes to "---"). occurs, the mileage and days may be you set the ignition switch or Engine incorrect. Start/Stop Button to the ON position. To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - Press the RESET button for - The battery is discharged. more than 1 second.

4 76 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 77

Features of your vehicle

Master Warning Mode (if equipped)

• This warning light informs the driver the following situations - Low washer fluid (if equipped) - TPMS (if equipped) - Service reminder (if equipped) The Master Warning Light illuminates when more than one of the above warning situations occur. At this time, the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ). If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ). (ex : refill the washer fluid)

477 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 78

Features of your vehicle

User Settings Mode Description Door Auto Door Lock (if equipped) Auto Door Unlock (if equipped) • Off: • Off: The auto door lock operation will The auto door unlock operation will be deactivated. be canceled. • Speed: • Key Out or Power Off: All doors will be automatically All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed unlocked when the ignition key is exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph). removed from ignition switch or • Shift Lever: Engine Start/Stop Button is set to the OFF position. All doors will be automatically OXM043120E locked if the automatic transaxle • Shift Lever: On this mode, you can change set- shift lever is shifted from the P All doors will be automatically ting of the doors, lamps, and so on. (Park) position to the R (Reverse), unlocked if the automatic transaxle N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position.

4 78 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 79

Features of your vehicle

Two Press Unlock (if equipped) Lamp Settings • Off: Head Lamp Delay (if equipped) Temperature Unit The two press unlock function will If this item is checked, the headlamp Convert the temperature unit from °C be deactivated. Therefore, all doors delay and headlamp welcome func- to °F or from °F to °C. will unlock if the door is unlocked. tion will be activated. • On: Welcome Sound The driver’s door will unlock if the Welcome Light (if equipped) If this item is checked, the welcome door is unlocked. When the door is If this item is checked, the welcome sound function will be activated. unlocked again within 4 seconds, light function of the pocket lamp will all doors will unlock. be activated. Seat Easy Access (if equipped) Horn Feedback (if equipped) If this item is checked, the driver’s Auto Triple Turn (One-touch triple seat will automatically move forward • Off: turn signal) (if equipped) or rearward for the driver to enter or The Horn feedback operation will If this item is checked, the lane exit the vehicle comfortably. be deactivated. change signals will blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. • On: AVG Fuel Eco Reset After locking the door by pressing • Auto Reset: the lock button on the transmitter, if you press the lock button again The average fuel economy will within 4 seconds, the warning reset automatically when refueling. sound will operate once to indicate • Manual Reset: that all doors are locked. The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.

479 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:49 PM Page 80

Features of your vehicle

Service Interval A/V Mode (if equipped) Turn By Turn Mode (if equipped)

OXM043121E OXM043122 OXM043123 On this mode, you can activate the This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the service interval function with mileage A/V system. navigation. (mi. or km) and period (months).

4 80 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 81

Features of your vehicle

Warning Messages Shift to "P" position (for smart key Low Key Battery Press start button while turn system and automatic transaxle) (for smart key system) steering (for smart key system)

OXM043105E OXM043111E OXM043101E • This warning message illuminates if • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates you try to turn off the engine without if the battery of the smart key is if the steering wheel does not the shift lever in P (Park) position. discharged when the Engine unlock normally when the Engine • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop Start/Stop Button changes to the Start/Stop Button is pressed. Button turns to the ACC position (If OFF position. • It means that you should press the you press the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop Button while Button once more, it will turn to the turning the steering wheel right ON position). and left.

481 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 82

Features of your vehicle

Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected (for smart key system and auto- (for smart key system) (for smart key system) matic transaxle)

OXMA043108 OXMA043109 OXMA043106 • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected if the Engine Start/Stop Button when you press the Engine when you press the Engine changes to the ACC position twice Start/Stop Button. Start/Stop Button. by pressing the button repeatedly • It means that you should always without depressing the brake pedal. have the smart key with you. • It means that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine.

4 82 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 83

Features of your vehicle

Press start button again Press start button with smart key Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH" (for smart key system) (for smart key system) (for smart key system and automatic transaxle)

OXMA043102 OXMA043110 OXMA043116 • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop • This warning message illuminates Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message if the brake switch fuse is discon- problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. nected. Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- • It means that you should replace • It means that you could start the tor light blinks. the fuse with a new one. If that is engine by pressing the Engine not possible, you can start the Start/ Stop Button once more. engine by pressing the Engine • If the warning illuminates each Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in time you press the Engine the ACC position. Start/Stop Button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

483 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 84

Features of your vehicle

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine Door Open Trunk Open (for smart key system and automatic transaxle)

OXM043113E OXM043112E • It means that any door is open. • It means that the trunk is open. OXMA043104 • This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.

✽ NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 84 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 85

Features of your vehicle

Sunroof Open (if equipped) Align steering wheel (if equipped) Low Washer Fluid (if equipped)

OXM043114E OXM043098E OXM043118E • The warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if you turn off the engine and then if you start the engine when the on the service reminder mode if open the driver's door when the steering wheel is turned to more the washer fluid level in the reser- sunroof is open. than 90 degrees to the left or right. voir is nearly empty. • It means that you should turn the • It means that you should refill the steering wheel and make the angle washer fluid. of the steering wheel be less than 30 degrees.

485 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 86

Features of your vehicle

Turn on "FUSE SWITCH" (if equipped)

OXM043099E • This warning message illuminates if the fuse switch on the fuse box is OFF. • It means that you should turn the fuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7.

4 86 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 87

Features of your vehicle

TRIP COMPUTER Overview Description Trip Modes (Type A) Trip Modes (Type B) The trip computer is a microcomput- Tripmeter A TRIP A er-controlled driver information system that displays information related • Tripmeter [A] to driving. Tripmeter B • Average Vehicle Speed [A] ✽ • Elapsed Time [A] NOTICE Distance To Empty* Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the Average Fuel Economy* TRIP B battery is disconnected. • Tripmeter [B] Instant Fuel Economy* • Average Vehicle Speed [B] • Elapsed Time [B] Average Vehicle Speed*

FUEL ECONOMY Elapsed Time* • Distance To Empty * if equipped • Average Fuel Economy To change the trip mode, press the TRIP button . • Instant Fuel Economy To change the trip mode, press the MOVE button .

487 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 88

Features of your vehicle

Trip A/B Tripmeter (1) ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A • The tripmeter is the total driving dis- • The average vehicle speed is not distance since the last tripmeter reset. played if the driving distance is less - Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km. than 50 meters (0.03 miles) or the or mi driving time is less than 10 seconds • To reset the tripmeter, press the since the ignition switch or Engine RESET button on the steering Start/Stop button is turned to ON. wheel for more than 1 second • Even if the vehicle is not in motion, when the tripmeter is displayed. the average vehicle speed keeps going while the engine is running.

OXMA043323C Average Vehicle Speed (2) Elapsed Time (3) ■ Type B • The average vehicle speed is cal- • The elapsed time is the total driv- culated by the total driving dis- ing time since the last elapsed time tance and driving time since the reset. last average vehicle speed reset. - Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59 - Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH • To reset the elapsed time, press • To reset the average vehicle speed, the RESET button on the steer- press the RESET button on the ing wheel for more than 1 second steering wheel for more than 1 sec- when the elapsed time is dis- ond when the average vehicle played. OXMA043096C speed is displayed. ✽ NOTICE Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the elapsed time keeps going while the engine is running.

4 88 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 89

Features of your vehicle

Fuel Economy • If the estimated distance is below Average Fuel Economy (2) Distance To Empty (1) 50 km. (30 mi), the trip computer will • The average fuel economy is calcu- display “---” as distance to empty. ■ Type A lated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last ✽ NOTICE average fuel economy reset. • If the vehicle is not on level ground - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 or the battery power has been L/100km or MPG interrupted, the distance to empty • The average fuel economy can be function may not operate correctly. reset both manually and automati- • The distance to empty may differ cally. from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available Manual reset OXMA043324C driving distance. ■ Type B • The trip computer may not register To clear the average fuel economy additional fuel if less than 6 liters manually, press the RESET button (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the on the steering wheel for more than 1 vehicle. second when the average fuel econo- • The fuel economy and distance to my is displayed. empty may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.

OXMA043097C • The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel. - Distance range : 50 ~ 9999 km. or 30 ~ 9999 mi

489 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 90

Features of your vehicle

Automatic reset Instant Fuel Economy (3) To make the average fuel economy • This mode displays the instant fuel be reset automatically whenever refu- economy during the last few sec- eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in onds when the vehicle speed is User Setting menu of the LCD display more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH). (Refer to “LCD Display”). - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 30 Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver- L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG age fuel economy will be cleared to zero (---) when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more than 6 liters (1.6 gallons).

✽ NOTICE The average fuel economy is not displayed for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 50 meters (0.03 miles) since the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button is turned to ON.

4 90 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 91

Features of your vehicle

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light

✽ NOTICE - Warning lights Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the ignition switch or that the seat belt is not fastened. any light is still ON, this indicates a Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON For more details, refer to the “Seat situation that needs attention. position. Belts” in chapter 3. - It illuminates for approximately 6 seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with the SRS. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

491 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 92

Features of your vehicle

Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual- 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two 2. With the engine stopped, check the wheels even if one of the dual sys- • Once you set the ignition switch or tems should fail. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON brake fluid level immediately and add position. fluid as required (For more details, With only one of the dual systems refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 7). working, more than normal pedal - It illuminates for approximately 3 travel and greater pedal pressure are seconds Then check all brake components for fluid leaks. If any leaks in the required to stop the vehicle. - It remains on if the parking brake brake system is still found, the Also, the vehicle will not stop in as is applied. warning light remains on, or the short a distance with only a portion • When the parking brake is applied. brakes do not operate properly, do of the brake system working. • When the brake fluid level in the not drive the vehicle. If the brakes fail while you are driv- reservoir is low. In this case, have your vehicle ing, shift to a lower gear for addition- - If the warning light illuminates towed to an authorized Kia dealer al engine braking and stop the vehi- with the parking brake released, it and inspected. cle as soon as it is safe to do so. indicates the brake fluid level in reservoir is low.

4 92 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 93

Features of your vehicle

Anti-lock Brake System Electronic WARNING - Parking Brake (ABS) Warning Light Brake force & Brake Fluid Warning Light Distribution Driving the vehicle with a warn- This warning light illuminates: (EBD) System ing light ON is dangerous. If the Warning Light Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON These two warning lights illuminate at Warning Light illuminates with the same time while driving: the parking brake released, it position. - It illuminates for approximately 3 • When the ABS and regular brake indicates that the brake fluid system may not work normally. level is low. seconds and then goes off. In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle • When there is a malfunction with the ABS (The normal braking sys- inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer. tem will still be operational without the assistance of the anti-lock brake system). WARNING - Electronic In this case, have your vehicle Brake force Distribution inspected by an authorized Kia (EBD) System Warning Light dealer. When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected and dangerous situation during sudden braking. In this case, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

493 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 94

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Electronic Power Malfunction Indicator force Distribution Steering (EPS) Warning Lamp (MIL) (EBD) System Light (if equipped) Warning Light When the ABS Warning Light is on This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: or both ABS and Parking Brake & • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON the speedometer, odometer, or trip- position. position. meter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is - It remains on until the engine is the steering effort may increase or started. started. decrease. • When there is a malfunction with • When there is a malfunction with In this case, have your vehicle inspect- the EPS. the emission control system. ed by an authorized Kia dealer as In this case, have your vehicle In this case, have your vehicle soon as possible. inspected by an authorized Kia inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. dealer.

CAUTION - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.

4 94 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 95

Features of your vehicle

Charging System If there is a malfunction with either CAUTION - Gasoline Warning Light the alternator or electrical charging Engine system: If the Malfunction Indicator This warning light illuminates: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten- location and stop your vehicle. • Once you set the ignition switch or tial catalytic converter damage 2. Turn the engine off and check the is possible which could result in Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness loss of engine power. or breakage. In this case, have your vehicle - It remains on until the engine is started. If the belt is adjusted properly, inspected by an authorized Kia there may be a problem in the dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system. either the alternator or electrical charging system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

495 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 96

Features of your vehicle

Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light Pressure Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • If the engine does not stop • Once you set the ignition switch or immediately after the Engine This warning light illuminates: Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Oil Pressure Warning Light is When the fuel tank is nearly empty. position. illuminated, severe damage - It remains on until the engine is could result. If the fuel tank is nearly empty: started. • If the warning light stays on Add fuel as soon as possible. • When the engine oil pressure is low. while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or If the engine oil pressure is low: CAUTION - Low Fuel malfunction. In this case, Level 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as location and stop your vehicle. Driving with the Low Fuel Level it is safe to do so. warning light on or with the fuel 2. Turn the engine off and check the 2. Turn off the engine and level below “0 or E” can cause engine oil level (For more details, check the oil level. If the oil the engine to misfire and dam- refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If level is low, fill the engine age the catalytic converter (if the level is low, add oil as required. oil to the proper level. equipped). If the warning light remains on 3. Start the engine again. If the after adding oil or if oil is not avail- warning light stays on after able, have your vehicle inspected the engine is started, turn by an authorized Kia dealer as the engine off immediately. soon as possible. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 96 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 97

Features of your vehicle

Door Ajar Warning Light All Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning Light (if equipped) This warning light illuminates: When a door is not closed securely. This warning light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Tailgate Open Warning position. Light - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off. This warning light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with When the tailgate is not closed the AWD system. securely. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

497 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 98

Features of your vehicle

Indicator Lights Electronic Stability ECOMINDERtm indicator Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF (if equipped) ECO Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light Light This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: The ECOMINDERtm indicator is a system that illuminates ECO when • Once you set the ignition switch or • Once you set the ignition switch or the driver has reached optimum fuel Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON efficiency. position. position. • The ECOMINDERtm indicator will - It illuminates for approximately 3 - It illuminates for approximately 3 turn the ECO light green on the seconds and then goes off. seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- instrument panel when you are • When there is a malfunction with driving fuel efficiently in the ECO the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF button. ON mode. In this case, have your vehicle If you don't want the indicator dis- inspected by an authorized Kia played, you can turn the ECO ON dealer. For more details, refer to “Electronic mode to OFF mode by pressing Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. the TRIP button. This indicator light blinks: For ECO ON/OFF Mode operation, While the ESC is operating. please refer to the previous page. • Fuel efficient driving can be influ- enced by driving habits and road For more details, refer to “Electronic conditions. Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5. • The indicator will not display while in P (Park), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse).

4 98 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 99

Features of your vehicle

Immobilizer Indicator Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Light (Without Smart Key) Light (With Smart Key) seconds and goes off: • When the vehicle can not detect This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi- to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop • When the vehicle detects the Button is ON. immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle detects the while the ignition switch is ON. smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, have your vehicle while the Engine Start/Stop Button inspected by an authorized Kia - At this time, you can start the dealer. engine. is ACC or ON. - The indicator light goes off after - At this time, you can start the starting the engine. engine. This indicator light blinks: - The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key starting the engine. is weak. This indicator light blinks: - At this time, you can not start the • When there is a malfunction with engine. However, you can start the immobilizer system. This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: the engine if you press the Engine In this case, have your vehicle Start/Stop Button with the smart inspected by an authorized Kia • When the smart key is not in the key. (For more details, refer to dealer. vehicle. “Starting the Engine” in section 5). - At this time, you can not start the • When there is a malfunction with engine. the immobilizer system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.

499 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 100

Features of your vehicle

Turn Signal Indicator High Beam Indicator Light ON Indicator Light Light Light

This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When you turn the turn signal light • When the headlights are on and in • When the tail lights or headlights on. the high beam position are on. • When the turn signal lever is pulled If any of the following occurs, there into the Flash-to-Pass position. Front Fog Indicator may be a malfunction with the turn Light (if equipped) signal system. In this case, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. This indicator light illuminates: - The indicator light does not blink • When the front fog lights are on. but illuminates. - The indicator light blinks more rapidly. - The indicator light does not illuminate at all.

4 100 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 101

Features of your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) Washer Fluid Warning Cruise SET Indicator LOCK Indicator Light Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped) SET (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the washer fluid level in the • Once you set the ignition switch or • When the cruise control speed is set. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON reservoir is nearly empty. position. In this case, you should refill the For more details, refer to “Cruise - It illuminates for approximately 3 washer fluid. Control System” in chapter 5. seconds and then goes off. • When you select AWD Lock mode Cruise Indicator Light by pressing the AWD LOCK button. (if equipped) CRUISE - The AWD LOCK mode is to increase the drive power when This indicator light illuminates: driving on wet pavement, snow covered roads and/or off-road. • When the cruise control system is enabled.

CAUTION - AWD Lock For more details, refer to “Cruise Mode Control System” in chapter 5. Do not use AWD LOCK mode on dry paved roads or highway, it can cause noise, vibration or damage of AWD related parts.

4 101 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 102

Features of your vehicle

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED) Operation of the rear parking WARNING assist system The rear parking assist system Operating condition is a supplementary function only. The operation of the rear parking assist system can be affected by several factors (including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the area behind the vehicle before Sensors OXM053105 and while backing up. The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance OXM053032 of 120 cm. (47 in) behind the vehicle. • This system will activate when the This system is a supplemental system indicator on the rear parking assist and it is not intended to nor does it OFF button is not illuminated. If replace the need for extreme care and you desire to deactivate the rear attention of the driver. The sensing parking assist system, press the range and objects detectable by the rear parking assist OFF button back sensors are limited. Whenever again. (The indicator on the button backing-up, pay as much attention to will illuminate.) To turn the system what is behind you as you would in a on, press the button again. (The vehicle without a rear parking assist indicator on the button will go off.) system. If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not be activated correctly.

4 102 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 103

Features of your vehicle

• The sensing distance while the Types of warning sound Non-operational conditions of rear parking assist system is in • When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm rear parking assist system operation is approximately 120 cm. (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rear The rear parking assist system (47 in). bumper: Buzzer beeps intermit- may not operate properly when: • When more than two objects are tently. 1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It sensed at the same time, the clos- • When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm will operate normally when the est one will be recognized first. (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rear moisture has been cleared.) bumper: Buzzer beeps more fre- 2. The sensor is covered with foreign quently. matter, such as snow or water, or • When an object is within 30 cm (12 the sensor cover is blocked. (It will in.) of the rear bumper: operate normally when the materi- Buzzer sounds continuously. al is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked.) 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradient). 4. Objects generating excessive noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes) are within range of the sensor. 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor. 7. The sensor is covered with snow. 8. Trailer towing

4 103 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 104

Features of your vehicle

The detecting range may decrease Rear parking assist system when: precautions WARNING 1. The sensor is stained with foreign • The rear parking assist system Pay close attention when the matter such as snow or water. may not sound consistently vehicle is driven close to (The sensing range will return to depending on the speed and objects on the road, particularly normal when removed.) shapes of the objects detected. pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some 2. Outside air temperature is • The rear parking assist system extremely hot or cold. objects may not be detected by may malfunction if the vehicle the sensors, due to the object’s bumper height or sensor installa- distance, size or material, all of The following objects may not be tion has been modified or dam- which can limit the effective- recognized by the sensor: aged. Any non-factory installed ness of the sensor. Always per- 1. Sharp or slim objects such as equipment or accessories may form a visual inspection to ropes, chains or small poles. also interfere with the sensor per- make sure the vehicle is clear of formance. 2. Objects which tend to absorb the all obstructions before moving sensor frequency such as clothes, • The sensor may not recognize the vehicle in any direction. spongy material or snow. objects less than 40 cm. (15 in) from the sensor, or it may sense an 3. Undetectable objects smaller than incorrect distance. Use caution. 1 m. (40 in) in height and narrower than 14 cm. (6 in) in diameter. • When the sensor is frozen or SOILED with snow, dirt, or water, the sensor may be inoperative until the MATERIAL IS removed using a soft cloth. • Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.

4 104 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 105

Features of your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Self-diagnosis This system can only sense objects If you don’t hear an audible warning within the range and location of the sound or if the buzzer sounds inter- sensors. It cannot detect objects in mittently when shifting the gear to other areas where sensors are not the R (Reverse) position, this may installed. Also, small or slim objects, indicate a malfunction in the rear such as poles or objects located parking assist system. If this occurs, between sensors may not be detected have your vehicle checked by an by the sensors. authorized Kia dealer as soon as Always visually check behind the possible. vehicle when backing up. Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with WARNING the system regarding the systems Your new vehicle warranty does capabilities and limitations. not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

4 105 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 106

Features of your vehicle

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle WARNING through the rearview display mirror • This system is a supplemen- Rear view display while backing up unless equipped tary function only. It is the with a navigation system, then will responsibility of the driver to display on the screen. always check the inside/out- The rearview camera may be turned side rearview mirrors and the off by pressing the ON/OFF button area behind the vehicle before when the rearview camera is activated. and while backing up because there is a dead zone that can't OXM053120 To turn the camera on again, press the ON/OFF button again when the be seen by the camera. ignition switch is on and the shift • Always keep the camera lens lever in R (Reverse). Also, the cam- clean. If lens is covered with era will turn on automatically when- foreign matter, the camera ever the ignition switch is turned off may not operate normally. and on again.

OXM053121 The rearview camera will activate with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R (Reverse) position.

4 106 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 107

Features of your vehicle

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER ■ Type A The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch. Both turn signal lights will blink. The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch. To turn the hazard warning lights off, push the switch again.

OXM063001 ■ Type B

OXM063002 The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location. When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far as possible.

4 107 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 108

Features of your vehicle

LIGHTING Battery saver function Headlight escort function Headlight welcome function • The purpose of this feature is to (if equipped) (if equipped) prevent the battery from being dis- If you turn the ignition switch to the When the headlight (light switch in charged if the lights are left in the ACC or OFF position with the head- the headlight or AUTO position) is on ON position. The system automati- lights ON, the headlights remain on and all doors (and tailgate) are cally shuts off the parking lights 30 for about 30 minutes. However, if the locked and closed, the position light seconds after the ignition key is driver's door is opened and closed, and headlight will come on for 15 removed and the driver’s door is the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds if any of the below is per- opened and closed. seconds. formed. • With this feature, the parking lights The headlights can be turned off by • Without smart key system will turn off automatically if the driver pressing the lock button on the trans- - When the door unlock button is parks on the side of the road at night mitter (or smart key) twice or turning pressed on the transmitter. and opens the driver’s side door. the light switch to the OFF position. • With the smart key system If necessary, to keep the parking lights on when the ignition key is CAUTION - When the door unlock button is pressed on the smart key. removed, perform the following: If the driver gets out of the vehi- 1) Open the driver-side door. cle through other doors (except 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and driver’s door), the battery saver At this time, if you press the door lock ON again using the light switch function does not operate and button, the position light and head- on the steering column. the headlight escort function light will turn off immediately. does not turn off automatically. Therefore, It causes the battery to be discharged. In this case, make sure to turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle.

4 108 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 109

Features of your vehicle

Daytime running light Lighting control Position & Tail light )( Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions, and it is especially helpful after dawn and before sunset. The DRL system will turn OFF when: • The headlights are ON. • Engine stops. • The parking brake is applied.

OXM049110 OBK049046N The light switch has a Headlight and When the light switch is in the park- a Parking light position. ing light position (1st position), the To operate the lights, turn the knob at tail, license and instrument panel the end of the control lever to one of lights will turn ON. the following positions: (1) OFF position (2) Position & Tail light (3) Headlight position (4) Auto light position (if equipped)

4 109 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 110

Features of your vehicle

Auto light position (if equipped) Headlight position ( ) CAUTION • Never place anything over the sensor (1) located on the instrument panel. This will ensure better auto-light system control. • Don’t clean the sensor using a window cleaner. The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.

OBK049047N OXM049128 • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coat- When the light switch is in the head- When the light switch is in the AUTO ing on the front windshield, light position (2nd position), the light position, the taillights and head- the Auto light system may not head, tail, license and instrument lights will turn ON or OFF automati- work properly. panel lights will turn ON. cally depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle. ✽ NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.

4 110 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 111

Features of your vehicle

High beam operation WARNING Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver’s vision.

OBK049049N

OBK049050N To flash the headlights, pull the lever towards you. It will return to the nor- To turn on the high beam headlights, mal (low beam) position when push the lever away from you. Pull it released. The headlight switch does back for low beams. not need to be on to use this flashing The high beam indicator will light feature. when the headlight high beams are switched on. To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running.

4 111 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:50 PM Page 112

Features of your vehicle

Turn signals and lane change To signal a lane change, move the Front fog light (if equipped) signals turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

One-touch lane change function (if equipped) To activate the one-touch lane change function, move the turn sig- OBK049052L OBK049051N nal lever slightly for less than 0.7 Fog lights are used to provide The ignition switch must be on for the second and then release it. The lane improved visibility when visibility is turn signals to function. To turn on change signals will blink 3 times. poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. The the turn signals, move the lever up or fog lights will turn on when the fog light down (A). The green arrow indicators ✽ NOTICE switch (1) is turned to the on position on the instrument panel indicate If an indicator flash is abnormally after the headlight is turned on. which turn signal is operating. They quick or slow, a bulb may be burned To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog will self-cancel after a turn is com- out or have a poor electrical connec- light switch (1) to the OFF position. pleted. If the indicator continues to tion in the circuit. flash after a turn, manually return the lever to the OFF position. CAUTION When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.

4 112 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 113

Features of your vehicle

WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer A : Wiper speed control (front) · MIST/ – Single wipe ■ Type A ■ Type A · OFF / O – Off · INT / --- – Intermittent wipe AUTO* – Auto control wipe · LO / 1 – Low wiper speed · HI / 2 – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front) ■ Type B ■ Type B D : Rear wiper/washer control · ON / – Continuous wipe · INT / --- – Intermittent wipe* · OFF / O – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped

OXM049231L/OXM049230L/OAM049048N/OAM049048L

4 113 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 114

Features of your vehicle

Windshield wipers Auto control (if equipped) To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (1). Operates as follows when the igni- ■ Type A tion switch is turned ON. If the wiper switch is set in AUTO MIST/ : For a single wiping cycle, mode when the ignition switch is ON, move the lever to this the wiper will operate once to per- (MIST/ ) position and form a self-check of the system. Set ■ release it. The wipers will Type B the wiper to OFF (O) position when operate continuously if the wiper is not in use. the lever is held in this position. CAUTION OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation Rain sensor When the ignition switch is ON INT / --- : Wiper operates intermit- and the windshield wiper switch tently at the same wiping OXM049123L is placed in the AUTO mode, use intervals. Use this mode in The rain sensor located on the upper caution in the following situa- light rain or mist. To vary end of the windshield glass senses tions to avoid any injury to the the speed setting, turn the the amount of rainfall and controls hands or other parts of the speed control knob. the wiping cycle for the proper inter- body: LO / 1 : Normal wiper speed val. The more it rains, the faster the • Do not touch the upper end of wiper operates. When the rain stops, HI / 2 : Fast wiper speed the windshield glass facing the wipers stop. the rain sensor. • Do not wipe the upper end of ✽ NOTICE the windshield glass with a If there is heavy accumulation of damp or wet cloth. snow or ice on the windshield, defrost • Do not put pressure on the the windshield for about 10 minutes, windshield glass. or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.

4 114 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 115

Features of your vehicle

Front windshield washers If the washer does not work, check CAUTION the washer fluid level. If the fluid level ■ When washing the vehicle, set Type A is not sufficient, you will need to add the wiper switch in the OFF (O) appropriate non-abrasive windshield position to stop the auto wiper washer fluid to the washer reservoir. operation. The reservoir filler neck is located in The wiper may operate and be the front of the engine compartment damaged if the switch is set in on the passenger side. the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle. CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover OAM049102N ■ Type B To prevent possible damage to located on the upper end of the the washer pump, do not oper- passenger side windshield ate the washer when the fluid glass. Damage to system parts reservoir is empty. could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. When starting the vehicle in winter, set the wiper switch in the OFF (O) position. Otherwise, wipers may operate and ice may OXM049048E damage the windshield wiper In the OFF position, pull the lever blades. Always remove all snow gently toward you to spray washer and ice and defrost the wind- fluid on the windshield and to run the shield properly prior to operat- wipers 1-3 cycles. ing the windshield wipers. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.

4 115 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 116

Features of your vehicle

Rear window wiper and washer ■ Type A WARNING switch

Do not use the washer in freez- ■ Type A ing temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision. OXM049125 ■ Type B CAUTION OXM049126 • To prevent possible damage ■ Type B to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or OXM049125L other solvents on or near them. Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the • To prevent damage to the OXM049235L wiper arms and other compo- rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray nents, do not attempt to move The rear window wiper and washer and wiper operation will continue the wipers manually. switch is located at the end of the until you release the lever wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer. ON / : Continuous wipe INT / --- : Intermittent wipe OFF / O : OFF

4 116 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 117

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR LIGHTS Room lamp • ON : The light stays on at all times. CAUTION ■ Type A • DOOR :The light comes on when Do not use the interior lights for any door (or tailgate) is extended periods when the opened regardless of the engine is not running. ignition switch position. It may cause battery discharge. When doors are unlocked by the transmitter (or smart key) or the key is removed from the ignition WARNING switch, the light comes on Do not use the interior lights for approximately 30 sec- when driving in the dark. OXM049225 onds as long as any door Accidents could happen because ■ Type B is not opened. The light the view may be obscured by goes out gradually after interior lights. approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed. Automatic turn off function However, if the ignition (if equipped) switch is ON or all doors are locked, the light will The interior lights automatically turn turn off immediately. If a off approximately 20 minutes after door is opened with the the ignition switch is turned off, if the ignition switch in the ACC lights are in the ON position. OXM043014 or LOCK position, the light If your vehicle is equipped with the stays on for about 20 min- theft alarm system, the interior lights The light will turn on and off as below utes. However, if a door is automatically turn off approximately if the switch is pressed. The light will opened with the ignition 3 seconds after the system in armed turn off if the button is pressed again. switch in the ON position, stage. the light stays on continuously.

4 117 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 118

Features of your vehicle

Map lamp • DOOR (3) : ✽ NOTICE - The map lamp and room lamp • The DOOR mode and ROOM comes on when a door is opened. mode can not be selected at the The lamps go out after approxi- same time. mately 30 seconds. • When the lamp is turned on by - The map lamp and room lamp pressing the lens (1), the lamp does comes on for approximately 30 not turn off even if the DOOR seconds when doors are unlocked mode or ROOM mode is not with a transmitter or smart key as selected (not pressed). long as the doors are not opened. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 min- OXM043013 utes if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or Press the lens (1) to turn the map LOCK/OFF position. lamp on or off - The map lamp and room lamp will • ROOM (2) : stay on continuously if the door is - The map lamp and room lamp opened with the ignition switch in stays on at all times. the ON position. - To turn off the ROOM mode, - The map lamp and room lamp will press the ROOM button (2) once go out immediately if the ignition again (not pressed.) switch is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked. - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (3) once again (not pressed).

4 118 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 119

Features of your vehicle

Luggage lamp (if equipped) Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OXM049136 OXM049133 • DOOR : The light comes on when • : The lamp will turn on if this the tailgate is opened. button is pressed. • OFF : The light stays off at all times. • : The lamp will turn off if this • ON : The light stays on at all times. button is pressed.

✽ NOTICE Turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its original position.

4 119 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:51 PM Page 120

Features of your vehicle

DEFROSTER Rear window defroster To activate the rear window CAUTION defroster, press the rear window ■ To prevent damage to the con- Type A defroster button located in the center ductors bonded to the inside facia switch panel. The indicator on surface of the rear window, the rear window defroster button illu- never use sharp instruments or minates when the defroster is ON. window cleaners containing If there is heavy accumulation of abrasives to clean the window. snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster. ✽ NOTICE The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 If you want to defrost and defog the OXM043200 minutes or when the ignition switch is front windshield, refer to ■ Type B turned off. To turn off the defroster, “Windshield defrosting and defog- press the rear window defroster button ging” in this section. again.

Outside rearview mirror defroster (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you OXM043050 turn on the rear window defroster. The defroster heats the window to Wiper deicer (if equipped) remove frost, fog and thin ice from the rear window, while the engine is If your vehicle is equipped with the running. wiper deicer, it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.

4 120 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:52 PM Page 121

Features of your vehicle

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Mode selection knob

3. Temperature control knob

4. Air conditioning button

5. Air intake control button

6. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF

■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A) button* (controlled from the front) 7. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control switch*

* if equipped

OXM043201/OXMA043201/OXM049141

4 121 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:52 PM Page 122

Features of your vehicle

Heating and air conditioning 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position (if equipped). 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if OXM043052 equipped) on. ❈ 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, G, H) (G, H : if equipped) • The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents is controlled by the front climate control system and delivered through the inside air duct of the floor (E, F, H). • The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (E, F, H) may be weaker than the instrument panel vents due to the long air duct. • Close the air vents (F) in cold weather. The air flow of the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents may cool a little during heating operation. (Use the 2nd and 3rd row outlet vents (F, G) during cooling operation.)

4 122 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:52 PM Page 123

Features of your vehicle

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level Face-Level (B, D, F) (A, C, D, E, H)

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window air discharged from the outlet. defrosters.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C, F, H) Defrost-Level (A, D)

OXM043203 Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the The mode selection knob controls and the floor. windshield with a small amount of air the direction of the air flow through directed to the side window defrosters. the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dash- Floor-Level (C, E,H, A, D) board outlets, or windshield. Six symbols are used to represent MAX A/C, Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor- Most of the air flow is directed to the Defrost and Defrost air position. floor, with a small amount of the air The MAX A/C mode is used to cool being directed to the windshield and the inside of the vehicle faster. side window defrosters.

4 123 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 124

Features of your vehicle

Temperature control Air intake control

■ Type A

■ Type B

OXM043061

Instrument panel vents OXM043205 OXMA043206 The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature control knob allows The air intake control is used to closed separately using the thumb- you to control the temperature of the select the outside (fresh) air position wheel (if equipped). air flowing from the ventilation system. or recirculated air position. Also, you can adjust the direction of To change the air temperature in the To change the air intake control posi- air delivery from these vents using passenger compartment, turn the tion, press the control button. the vent control lever as shown. knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air.

4 124 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 125

Features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- • Continue using the climate from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may control system in the recircu- compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and lated air position may allow drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the humidity to increase inside ing system and heated passenger compartment may the vehicle which may fog the or cooled according to become stale. glass and obscure visibility. the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with conditioning with the recirculated the air conditioning or heating Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in system on. It may cause seri- excessively dry air in the passenger ■ Type A ous harm or death due to a With the outside (fresh) compartment. drop in the oxygen level air position selected, air and/or body temperature. enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or • Continue using the climate control system in the recircu- ■ Type B cooled according to the function selected. lated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving.

4 125 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 126

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control Air conditioning 3rd row air conditioning (if equipped)

OXM043207 OXM043217 The ignition switch must be in the ON Press the A/C button to turn the air OXM043068 position for fan operation. conditioning system on (indicator To turn on the 3rd row air conditioning The fan speed control knob allows light will illuminate). Press the button control system again to turn the air conditioning sys- you to control the fan speed of the air 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning tem off. flowing from the ventilation system. ON/OFF button (indicator light on To change the fan speed, turn the the ON/OFF button will illuminate) knob to the right for higher speed or located on the front climate control left for lower speed. panel and set the fan speed to the Setting the fan speed control knob to desired speed with the 3rd row fan the “0” position turns off the fan. speed switch.

4 126 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 127

Features of your vehicle

2. To turn off the 3rd row air condi- System operation Operation Tips tioning control system, press the Ventilation • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF from entering the vehicle through 1. Set the mode to the position. button once more located on the the ventilation system, temporarily front climate control panel or set 2. Set the air intake control to the set the air intake control to the the fan speed to the "OFF" position outside (fresh) air position. recirculated air position. Be sure to with the 3rd row fan speed switch. 3. Set the temperature control to the return the control to the fresh air desired position. position when the irritation has 4. Set the fan speed control to the passed to keep fresh air in the desired speed. vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • Air for the heating/cooling system Heating is drawn in through the grilles just 1. Set the mode to the position. ahead of the windshield. Care 2. Set the air intake control to the should be taken that these are not outside (fresh) air position. blocked by leaves, snow, ice or 3. Set the temperature control to the other obstructions. desired position. • To prevent interior fog on the wind- 4. Set the fan speed control to the shield, set the air intake control to desired speed. the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system, and adjust turn the air conditioning system (if the temperature control to desired equipped) on. temperature. • If the windshield fogs up, set the mode to the or position.

4 127 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 128

Features of your vehicle

Air conditioning system operation tips Air conditioning (Continued) • If the vehicle has been parked in Kia Air Conditioning Systems are • The air conditioning evaporator direct sunlight during hot weather, filled with refrigerant*. (cooling coil) shall never be open the windows for a short time 1. Start the engine. Push the air con- repaired or replaced with one to let the hot air inside the vehicle ditioning button. removed from a used or sal- escape. 2. Set the mode to the position. vaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be • To help reduce moisture inside of 3. Set the air intake control to the the windows on rainy or humid outside air or recirculated air posi- certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. days, decrease the humidity inside tion. the vehicle by operating the air 4. Adjust the fan speed control and conditioning system. ✽ temperature control to maintain NOTICE • During air conditioning system maximum comfort. • When using the air conditioning sys- operation, you may occasionally tem, monitor the temperature gauge notice a slight change in engine CAUTION closely while driving up hills or in speed as the air conditioning com- heavy traffic when outside tempera- pressor cycles. This is a normal • The refrigerant system should tures are high. Air conditioning sys- system operation characteristic. only be serviced by trained tem operation may cause engine and certified technicians to overheating. Continue to use the • Use the air conditioning system insure proper and safe opera- blower fan but turn the air condi- every month only for a few minutes tion. tioning system off if the temperature to ensure maximum system performance. • The refrigerant system should gauge indicates engine overheating. be serviced in a well-ventilat- • When opening the windows in ed place. humid weather air conditioning (Continued) may create water droplets inside the vehicle. Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment, air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed.

4 128 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 129

Features of your vehicle

• When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter ✽ NOTICE system, you may notice clear water (if equipped) • Replace the filter according to the dripping (or even puddling) on the Maintenance Schedule. ground under the passenger side Outside air If the vehicle is being driven in of the vehicle. This is a normal sys- severe conditions such as dusty or tem operation characteristic. Recirculated rough roads, more frequent cli- • Operating the air conditioning sys- air mate control air filter inspections tem in the recirculated air position and changes are required. provides maximum cooling, how- • When the air flow rate suddenly ever, continual operation in this decreases, we recommend that the mode may cause the air inside the system should be checked at an vehicle to become stale. Blower authorized Kia dealer. Heater core • During cooling operation, you may Climate control Evaporator occasionally notice a misty air flow air filter core because of rapid cooling and 1LDA5047 humid air intake. This is a normal The climate control air filter installed system operation characteristic. behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air position is selected. If this happens, we recommend that the climate control air filter be replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.

4 129 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:53 PM Page 130

Features of your vehicle

Air Conditioning refrigerant Each symbols and specification on Checking the amount of air label air conditioning refrigerant label conditioner refrigerant and means as below ; compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is 1. Classification of refrigerant low, the performance of the air con- 2. Amount of refrigerant ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air 3. Classification of Compressor lubri- conditioning system. cant Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by You can find out which air condition- an authorized Kia dealer. ing refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label inside of the engine room. WARNING OXM063009 Refer to section 8 for more detail location of air conditioning refrigerant Because the refriger- ❈ The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label. ant is at very high label in the vehicle may differ from the pressure, the air con- illustration. ditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle and personal injury may occur.

4 130 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:54 PM Page 131

Features of your vehicle

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Front climate control (Type A) ■ Front climate control (Type B)

1. A/C display 2. Driver's temperature control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. Front blower OFF button 5. Front fan speed control switch 6. Mode selection button 7. Dual temperature control selection button 8. Passenger's temperature control knob 9. Air conditioning button* 10. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button* (controlled from the front)

■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type A) 11. Air intake control button* or recirculated air position button* 12. Front windshield defroster button 13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control switch* * if equipped

OXM043208/OXM043209/OXM049141

4 131 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:54 PM Page 132

Features of your vehicle

■ Type C

1. Driver's temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front blower OFF button 4. Front fan speed control switch 5. Mode selection button ■ Type D 6. Dual temperature control selection button 7. Passenger's temperature control knob 8. Air conditioning button* 9. 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button* (controlled from the front) 10. Air intake control button* or recirculated air position button* 11. Front windshield defroster button ■ 3rd row air conditioning control (for Type C) 12. Climate control display 13. 3rd row air conditioning fan speed control switch* * if equipped

OXM043064/OXM043063/OXM049141

4 132 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:54 PM Page 133

Features of your vehicle

Automatic heating and air con- ■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side ✽ NOTICE ditioning • To turn the automatic operation off, select any button or switch of the following: - Mode selection button - Air conditioning button - Front windshield defroster button - Air intake control button - Fan speed control switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other func- OXM043210/OXM043211 tions operate automatically. 2. Turn the temperature control knob • For your convenience and to to the desired temperature. improve the effectiveness of the OXM043056 climate control, use the AUTO 1. Press the AUTO button. The button and set the temperature to modes, fan speeds, air intake and 23°C (73°F). air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature.

4 133 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:54 PM Page 134

Features of your vehicle

Manual heating and air condi- Mode selection tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons or turning knob(s) other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons or knob(s) selected. 1. Start the engine.

OXM043058 2. Set the mode to the desired position. ✽ NOTICE For improving the effectiveness of OXM043059 Never place anything over the sen- heating and cooling; The mode selection button controls sor located on the instrument panel - Heating: the direction of the air flow through to ensure better control of the heat- the ventilation system. ing and cooling system. - Cooling: The air flow outlet port is converted 3. Set the temperature control to the as follows: desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn Refer to the illustration in the the air conditioning system on. “Manual climate control system”. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

4 134 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 135

Features of your vehicle

Face-Level Floor-Level

Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the body and face. Additionally, each floor, with a small amount of the air outlet can be controlled to direct the being directed to the windshield and air discharged from the outlet. side window defrosters.

Bi-Level Floor/Defrost-Level OXM043060 Defrost-Level Air flow is directed towards the face Most of the air flow is directed to the and the floor. floor and the windshield with a small Most of the air flow is directed to the amount directed to the side window windshield with a small amount of air defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters.

4 135 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 136

Features of your vehicle

Temperature control

■ Driver’s side ■ Passenger’s side

OXM043061 OXM043129

Instrument panel vents OXM043210/OXM043211 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually The outlet vents can be opened or The temperature will increase to the closed separately using the thumb- maximum (HI) by turning the knob to 1. Press the DUAL button to operate wheel (if equipped). the extreme right. the driver and passenger side Also, you can adjust the direction of temperature individually. Also, if The temperature will decrease to the the passenger side temperature air delivery from these vents using minimum (Lo) by turning the knob to the vent control lever as shown. control knob is operated, it will the extreme left. automatically change to the DUAL When turning the knob, the tempera- mode as well. ture will increase or decrease by 2. Operate the left temperature con- 0.5°C/1°F. When set to the lowest trol to adjust the driver side tem- temperature setting, the air condi- perature. Operate the right tem- tioning will operate continuously. perature control to adjust the passenger side temperature.

4 136 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 137

Features of your vehicle

When the driver side temperature is Adjusting the driver and passenger Outside thermometer set to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) side temperature equally ■ Type A ■ Type B temperature setting, the DUAL mode 1. Press the DUAL button again to is deactivated for maximum heating deactivate DUAL mode. The pas- or cooling. senger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side. 2. Operate the driver side temperature control switch. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.

Temperature conversion OXM043127/OXM043126 You can switch the temperature The current outside temperature is mode from Centigrade to Fahrenheit displayed in 1°C (1°F) increments. as follows: The temperature range is between - While pressing the OFF button, -40°C ~ 60°C (40°F ~ 140°F). press the AUTO button for 3 seconds • The outside temperature on the or more. display may not change immedi- The display will change from ately like a general thermometer to Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from prevent the driver from being inat- Fahrenheit to Centigrade. tentive. If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit.

4 137 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 138

Features of your vehicle

Air intake control Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

■ Type A With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in position selected, air the recirculated air position (with- from the passenger out air conditioning selected) may compartment will be cause fogging of the windshield and drawn through the heat- side windows and the air within the ing system and heated passenger compartment may ■ Type B or cooled according to become stale. the function selected. In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated Outside (fresh) air position air position selected will result in OXM043212 excessively dry air in the passenger ■ Type A, C ■ Type C With the outside (fresh) compartment. air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the ■ Type B, D OXM043055 function selected. ■ Type D

OXM043054

This is used to select the outside (fresh) air position or recirculated air position. To change the air intake control position, push the control button.

4 138 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 139

Features of your vehicle

Fan speed control Air conditioning WARNING ■ Type A, B • Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause seri- OXM043213 ous harm or death due to a ■ Type C, D drop in the oxygen level OXM043065 and/or body temperature. The fan speed can be set to the • Continuous use of the climate desired speed by operating the fan control system in the recircu- speed control switch. lated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, To change the fan speed, press ( ) and loss of vehicle control. the switch for higher speed, or push Set the air intake control to ( ) the switch for lower speed. To the outside (fresh) air position turn the fan speed control off, press OXM043066 as much as possible while the front blower OFF button. Press the A/C button to turn the air driving. conditioning system on (indicator light will illuminate). Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off.

4 139 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 140

Features of your vehicle

OFF mode Climate information screen selec- 3rd row air conditioning tion (for Type C, D) (if equipped)

OXM043067 Press the front blower OFF button to OXM043079 OXM043068 turn off the front air climate control Press the climate information screen To turn on the 3rd row air condition- system. However, you can still oper- selection button to display climate ing control system ate the mode and air intake buttons information on the screen. 1. Press the 3rd row air conditioning as long as the ignition switch is in the ON/OFF button (indicator light on ON position. the ON/OFF button will illuminate) located on the front climate control panel and set the fan speed to the desired speed with the 3rd row fan speed switch located in the rear of the vehicle.

4 140 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 141

Features of your vehicle

2. To turn off the 3rd row air conditioning control system, press the 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button once more located on the front climate control panel or set the fan speed to the “OFF” position with the 3rd row fan speed switch.

4 141 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 142

Features of your vehicle

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING • For maximum defrosting, set the Manual climate control system Windshield WARNING - temperature control to the extreme To defog inside windshield heating right/hot position and the fan speed Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed. tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi- ature of the outside air and the tion. windshield could cause the • Before driving, clear all snow and outer surface of the windshield ice from the windshield, rear win- to fog up, causing loss of visi- dow, outside rear view mirrors, and bility. In this case, set the mode all side windows. selection to the position • Clear all snow and ice from the and fan speed control to the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to lower speed. OXM043069 improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probabili- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired ty of fogging up the inside of the position. windshield. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically. If the air conditioning and/or outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.

4 142 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 143

Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control If the air conditioning and outside system (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, adjust the correspon- To defog inside windshield ding button manually. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.

OXM043070 1. Set the fan speed to the highest position. OXM043073 2. Set the temperature to the 1. Set the fan speed to the desired extreme hot position. position. 3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air con- 3. Press the defroster button ( ). ditioning will be selected automat- 4. The outside (fresh) air position will ically. be selected automatically and the If the air conditioning is not selected air conditioning will turn on automatically press the correspon- according to the detected ambient ding button manually. temperature.

4 143 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 144

Features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic Manual climate control system To reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning is controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return to the defogging logic, do the following.

OXM043074 OXM049169 1. Set the fan speed to the highest 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. position. 2. Set the temperature to the 2. Turn the mode selection knob to extreme hot (HI) position. the defrost position ( ). 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button 4. The outside (fresh) air position will at least 5 times within 3 seconds. be selected automatically and the The indicator light in the air intake air conditioning will turn on control button will blink 3 times with according to the detected ambient 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that temperature. the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

4 144 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:55 PM Page 145

Features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.

OXMA043170 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button ( ). 3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5 second of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status.

4 145 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 146

Features of your vehicle

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS These compartments can be used to Center console storage Glove box store small items. (if equipped)

CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. • Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover OXM049174L cannot close securely. OXM049212 The glove box can be locked and To open the center console storage, unlocked with a master key. (if pull up the lever. equipped) WARNING - Flammable To open the glove box, pull the han- materials dle and the glove box will automati- Do not store cigarette lighters, cally open. Close the glove box after propane cylinders, or other use. flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

4 146 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 147

Features of your vehicle

Sunglass holder WARNING WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in an • Do not keep objects except accident or sudden stop, always sunglasses inside the sun- keep the glove box door closed glass holder. Such objects can while driving. be thrown from the holder in the event of a sudden stop or an accident, possibly injuring WARNING the passengers in the vehicle. • Do not open the sunglass Do not keep food in the glove holder while the vehicle is box for a long time. moving. The rear view mirror of the vehicle can be blocked OXM043017 by an opened sunglass holder. To open the sunglass holder, press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder, push it up.

4 147 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 148

Features of your vehicle

Luggage box Grasp the handle on the edge of the Small cover and lift it. ■ Type A CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage box.

OXM049213 ■ Type B (if equipped)

OXM049227L You can place a first aid kit, a reflec- tor triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access.

4 148 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 149

Features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Cup holder ■ Front ■ Center Type A

WARNING - Hot liquids • Do not place uncovered cups with hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. If the hot liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehicle. OXM049180 OXMA043215 ■ • To reduce the risk of personal Type B Rear (if equipped) injury in the event of sudden stop or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING OXM049240N OXM049214 Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. them in a vehicle that is heated up. It may explode.

4 149 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 150

Features of your vehicle

Bottle holder Sunvisor The ticket holder (5) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. (if equipped) * * The actual sunvisor lamp in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

CAUTION - Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp, turn off the lamp before returning the sunvisor to its OXM043016 OXM049183 original position, otherwise it Bottles may be placed in the holder. Use the sunvisor to shield direct light could result in battery dis- through the front or side windows. charge and possible sunvisor damage. ✽ NOTICE To use the sunvisor, pull it downward. Only bottles should be place in the To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from holder as it is written in the vehicle WARNING “BOTTLE ONLY”. the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). For your safety, do not obstruct Adjust the sunvisor extension for- your vision when using the sun- ward or backward (3). visor To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (4).

4 150 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 151

Features of your vehicle

Power outlet The power outlet is designed to pro- (Continued) vide power for mobile telephones or ■ Front other devices designed to operate • Some electronic devices can with vehicle electrical systems. The cause electronic interference devices should draw less than 10 when plugged into a vehicle’s amps with the engine running. power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in CAUTION other electronic systems or • Use the power outlet only when devices used in your vehicle. ODMECO2037 the engine is running and ■ Center remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory WARNING plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could Do not put a finger or a foreign cause the battery to discharge. element (pen, etc.) into a power outlet and do not touch with a • Only use 12V electric acces- wet hand. You may get an elec- sories which are less than 10A tric shock. in electric capacity.

OXMA043318 • Adjust the air-conditioner or ■ Rear (if equipped) heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. (Continued)

OANNCO43015

4 151 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 152

Features of your vehicle

AC inverter (if equipped) If you press the AC inverter button again, the AC inverter will be deactivated and the light on the AC inverter button will turn off.

✽ NOTICE When turning on the AC inverter, the indicator on the AC inverter button illuminates late while the system conducts a self-check.

OXMA043400 OXMA073132 ✽ NOTICE • Rated voltage : AC 115V • Maximum electric power : 150W • In order to avoid an electrical system failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to read owner's manual before use. • Be sure to close the cover except OXMA043402 the time of use. The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipments. If you wish to use the AC inverter, press the AC inverter button while the engine is running. The light on the AC inverter button will illuminate.

4 152 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 153

Features of your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION (Continued) • Some electric accessories or To reduce a risk of serious or • To prevent the battery from equipments can cause elec- fatal injuries: being discharged, do not use tronic interference. It may • Do not use a heated electric the AC inverter while the engine is not running. cause excessive audio noise device such as a coffeepot, and malfunctions in other toaster, heater, iron, etc. • When not using the AC invert- electric systems or devices in • Do not insert foreign objects er, make sure to turn off the the vehicle. into the outlet and do not AC inverter (the indicator on the button does not illumi- • Do not use broken electric touch the outlet as you may accessories or equipments, get shocked. nate) and close the AC inverter cover. which may damage the AC • Do not let children touch the inverter and electrical sys- AC inverter. • After using an electric acces- tems of the vehicle. sory or equipment, pull the plug out. Leaving the accesso- • Do not use two or more elec- ry or equipment plugged in for tric accessories or equip- a long time may cause battery ments at the same time. It may discharge. cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle. • Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power • When the input voltage is consumption of which is under 11V, the outlet LED will greater than 150W(115V). blink and the AC inverter will turn off automatically. If the (Continued) input voltage goes up to normal, the AC inverter will turn on again.

4 153 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 154

Features of your vehicle

Clock Ashtray (if equipped) WARNING - Ashtray use ■ Type A • Do not use the vehicle’s ash- trays as waste receptacles. • Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire.

OXM043018 ■ Type B OXM043304 Hour (1) Pressing the H button will advance the time displayed by one hour.

Minute (2) Pressing the M button will advance the time displayed by one minute. OXM043301 To change the 24 hour format to the 12 hours format (if equipped), while To use the ashtray, open the cover. pressing the “H” button, press the “M” To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it button for 3 seconds or more. For out. example, if the “H” and “M” buttons are pressed for more than 3 seconds while the time is 22:15, the display will change to 10:15. 4 154 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:56 PM Page 155

Features of your vehicle

Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor (s) (if equipped) WARNING

■ Driver seat ■ Passenger seat The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors. OXM043309 OUN026348 ■ Rear seat • Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather ❈ This actual feature may differ from the illustration. rubber mat on top of a carpet- ed floor mat). Only a single To use the hanger, pull down the floor mat should be installed in upper portion of hanger. each position. IMPORTANT – Your vehicle was CAUTION manufactured with driver's side Do not hang heavy clothes, since floor mat anchors that are those may damage the hook. designed to securely hold the OXMA043401 floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal opera- When using a floor mat on the front tion, Kia recommends that only floor carpet, make sure it attaches to the Kia floor mat designed for the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi- use in your vehicle be installed. cle. This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward.

4 155 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:57 PM Page 156

Features of your vehicle

Side curtain (if equipped) Luggage net holder (if equipped) CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods ■ Type A or the vehicle, care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment.

WARNING To avoid eye injury, DO NOT OXM049217 overstretch the luggage net. OXM043303 ■ Type B ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s To use the side curtain: recoil path. DO NOT use the lug- 1. Lift the curtain by the handle (1). gage net when the strap has vis- 2. Hang the curtain on the hooks on ible signs of wear or damage. both sides of the handle.

WARNING To avoid injury or damage to the side curtain and door moldings, OXM043308 lower side curtain by the handle To keep items from shifting in the all the way back to the stowed cargo area, you can use the holders position. Do not release handle located in the cargo area to attach after disengaging from the hooks the luggage net. on the door. If necessary, we recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer.

4 156 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:57 PM Page 157

Features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE WARNING ■ Type A If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo • The following specification is onto the roof rack in such a way that the maximum weight that can it could interfere with sunroof oper- be loaded onto the roof rack. ation. Distribute the load as evenly as possible on the roof rack CAUTION and secure the load firmly. • When carrying cargo on the ROOF 100 kg (220 lbs.) roof rack, take the necessary RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED OXM049222 precautions to make sure the Loading cargo or luggage in ■ Type B cargo does not damage the excess of the specified weight roof of the vehicle. limit on the roof rack may • When carrying large objects damage your vehicle. on the roof rack, make sure • The vehicle center of gravity they do not exceed the overall will be higher when items are roof length or width. loaded onto the roof rack. • When you are carrying cargo Avoid sudden starts, braking, on the roof rack, do not operate sharp turns, abrupt maneu- the sunroof (if equipped). vers or high speeds that may OXMA043222 result in loss of vehicle con- If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can trol or rollover resulting in an load cargo on top of your vehicle. accident. (Continued)

4 157 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4a(~158).QXP 1/23/2013 3:57 PM Page 158

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) • Always drive slowly and turn corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts, caused by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.

4 158 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 159

Features of your vehicle

AUDIO SYSTEM ✽ NOTICE Antenna CAUTION If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and • Before entering a place with a electronic device may malfunction. low height clearance or a vehicle wash, remove the antenna by rotating it counter-clockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged. • When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception. But it OXM049252N could be removed when park- Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to ing the vehicle or when load- receive AM or/and FM broadcast sig- ing cargo on the roof rack. nals. • When cargo is loaded on the This antenna is removable. To roof rack, do not place the remove the roof antenna, turn it cargo near the antenna pole to counterclockwise. To install the roof ensure proper reception. antenna, turn it clockwise.

4 159 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 160

Features of your vehicle

Steering wheel audio control VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1) RADIO mode (if equipped) • Push the lever upward (+) to It will function as the PRESET STA- increase the volume. TION buttons. • Push the lever downward (-) to decrease the volume. CD/USB/iPod® mode It will function as TRACK UP/DOWN SEEK/PRESET ( )/ (2) button. The SEEK/PRESET button has different functions based on the system MODE (3) 1 2 mode. For the following functions the Press the button to change audio button should be pressed for 0.8 sec- source. onds or more. 4 ➟ ➟ ➟ ➟ 3 - FM(1~2) AM SAT(1~3) CD OXMA043078 USB AUX(iPod®) FM... RADIO mode The steering wheel may incorporate audio control buttons. These buttons It will function as the AUTO SEEK MUTE (4) select button. are installed to promote safe driving. • Press the button to mute the sound. ® CAUTION CD/USB/iPod mode • Press the button to turn off the Do not operate audio remote It will function as the FF/REW button. microphone during a telephone control buttons simultaneously. If the SEEK/PRESET button is call. pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it will work as follows in each mode. Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the following pages in this section.

4 160 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 161

Features of your vehicle

Aux, USB port (if equipped) ✽ NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the power source of the portable audio device. * iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

OXM043306 If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB(universal serial bus) port, you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB and also an iPod®.

4 161 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 162

Features of your vehicle

How vehicle audio works This can be due to factors, such as AM reception the distance from the radio station, FM reception closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area.

JBM002

JBM001 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad- AM and FM radio signals are broadcasts. This is because AM radio cast from transmitter towers located waves are transmitted at low fre- around your city. They are intercept- quencies. These long distance,low ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- frequency radio waves can follow the cle. This signal is then processed by curvature of the earth rather than the radio and sent to your vehicle travelling straight. In addition, they speakers. curve around obstructions resulting When a strong radio signal has in better signal coverage. reached your vehicle, the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear.

4 162 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 163

Features of your vehicle

FM radio station

JBM003 JBM004 JBM005 FM broadcasts are transmitted at • Fading - As your vehicle moves • Station Swapping - As an FM sig- high frequencies and do not bend to away from the radio station, the nal weakens, another more power- follow the earth's surface. Because signal will weaken and sound will ful signal near the same frequency of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade. When this occurs, may begin to play. This is because begin to fade within short distances we suggest that you select another your radio is designed to lock onto from the station. short distances from stronger station. the clearest signal. If this occurs, the station. Also, FM signals are eas- • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or select another station with a ily affected by buildings, mountains, large obstructions between the stronger signal. and obstructions. This can lead to transmitter and your radio can dis- • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio undesirable or unpleasant listening turb the signal causing static or signals being received from sever- conditions which might lead you to fluttering noises to occur. Reducing al directions can cause distortion believe a problem exists with your the treble level may lessen this or fluttering. This can be caused by radio. The following conditions are effect until the disturbance clears. a direct and reflected signal from normal and do not indicate radio the same station, or by signals trouble: from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.

4 163 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 164

Features of your vehicle

Using a cellular phone or a two- Caring for disc WARNING way radio • If the temperature inside the car is too When a cellular phone is used inside Do not use a cellular phone high, open the car windows to venti- the vehicle, noise may be produced while driving. Stop at a safe late before using the system. location to use a cellular phone. from the audio system. This does not • It is illegal to copy and use mean that something is wrong with MP3/WMA files without permission. the audio equipment. In such a case, Use CDs that are created only by try to operate mobile devices as far lawful means. from the audio equipment as possible. • Do not apply volatile agents, such as benzene and thinner, normal cleaners and magnetic sprays CAUTION made for analogue disc onto CDs. When using a communication • To prevent the disc surface from system such as a cellular phone getting damaged, hold CDs by the or a radio set inside the vehicle, edges or the center hole only. a separate external antenna • Clean the disc surface with a piece must be fitted. When a cellular of soft cloth before playback (wipe phone or a radio set is used it from the center to the outside with an internal antenna alone, edge). it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and • Do not damage the disc surface or adversely affect safe operation attach pieces of sticky tape or of the vehicle. paper. • Make certain only CDs are inserted into the CD player (Do not insert more than one CD at a time). • Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt.

4 164 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 165

Features of your vehicle

• Depending on the type of CD- NOTE: R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may Order of playing files (folders) : not operate normally according to the manufacturing companies. In 1. Song playing order : to such circumstances, continued sequentially. use may cause malfunctions to 2. Folder playing order : your audio system. ❋ If no song file is contained in the folder, that folder is not displayed. ✽ NOTICE - Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs, which do not comply with international audio CD standards (Red Book), may not play on your car audio. Please note that inabilities to properly play a copy protected CD may indicate that the CD is defective, not the CD player.

4 165 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 166

Features of your vehicle

WARNING (Continued) CAUTION • Do not stare at the screen • Please refrain from use if the • Operating the device while while driving. Staring at the screen is blank or no sound driving could lead to acci- screen for prolonged periods can be heard as these signs dents due to a lack of atten- of time could lead to traffic may indicate product mal- tion to external surroundings. accidents. function. Continued use First park the vehicle before in such conditions could lead operating the device. • Do not disassemble, assem- to accidents(fires, electric ble, or modify the audio sys- shock) or product malfunc- • Adjust the volume to levels tem. Such acts could result in tions. that allow the driver to hear accidents, fire, or electric sounds from outside of the shock. • Do not touch the antenna dur- vehicle. Driving in a state ing thunder or lightening as • Using the phone while driving where external sounds cannot such acts may lead to light- be heard may lead to acci- may lead to a lack of attention of ning induced electric shock. traffic conditions and increase dents. the likelihood of accidents. • Do not stop or park in park- • Pay attention to the volume Use the phone feature after ing-restricted areas to operate setting when turning the parking the vehicle. the product. Such acts could device on. A sudden output of lead to traffic accidents. • Heed caution not to spill water extreme volume upon turning or introduce foreign objects • Use the system with the vehi- the device on could lead to into the device. Such acts cle ignition turned on. hearing impairment. (Adjust could lead to smoke, fire, or Prolonged use with the igni- the volume to a suitable levels product malfunction. tion turned off could result in before turning off the device.) battery discharge. (Continued) (Continued)

4 166 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 167

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If you want to change the posi- • When cleaning the device, tion of device installation, make sure to turn off the please inquire with your place device and use a dry and of purchase or service mainte- smooth cloth. Never use nance center. Technical tough materials, chemical expertise is required to install cloths, or solvents (alcohol, or disassemble the device. benzene, thinners, etc.) as • Turn on the car ignition before such materials may damage using this device. Do not oper- the device panel or cause ate the audio system for long color/quality deterioration periods of time with the igni- • Do not place beverages close tion turned off as such opera- to the audio system. Spilling tions may lead to battery dis- beverages may lead to system charge. malfunction. • Do not subject the device to • In case of product malfunction, severe shock or impact. Direct please contact your place of pur- pressure onto the front side of chase or After Service center. the monitor may cause dam- • Placing the audio system age to the LCD or touch within an electromagnetic screen. environment may result in (Continued) noise interference.

4 167 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 168

Features of your vehicle

USING THE USB DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) • To use an external USB device, • An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is • You may hear a strange noise make sure the device is not con- not recognizable. when connecting or disconnect- nected when starting up the • Depending on the condition of ing a USB device. vehicle. Connect the device after the external USB device, the • If you disconnect the external starting up. connected external USB device USB device during playback in • If you start the engine when the can be unrecognizable. USB mode, the external USB USB device is connected, it may • When the formatted byte/sector device can be damaged or may damage the USB device. (USB setting of External USB device is malfunction. Therefore, discon- flashdrives are very sensitive to not either 512BYTE or nect the external USB device electric shock.) 2048BYTE, then the device will when the audio is turned off or in another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD) • If the engine is started up or not be recognized. turned off while the external USB • Use only a USB device format- • Depending on the type and device is connected, the external ted to FAT 12/16/32. capacity of the external USB USB device may not work. device or the type of the files • USB devices without USB I/F stored in the device, there is a • The System may not play unau- authentication may not be recog- difference in the time taken for thenticated MP3 or WMA files. nizable. recognition of the device. 1) It can only play MP3 files with • Make sure the USB connection • Do not use the USB device for the compression rate terminal does not come in con- purposes other than playing between 8Kbps ~ 320Kbps. tact with the human body or music files. 2) It can only play WMA music other objects. • Playing videos through the USB files with the compression • If you repeatedly connect or dis- is not supported. rate between 8Kbps ~ connect the USB device in a 320Kbps. short period of time, it may break • Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB • Take precautions for static elec- the device. I/F may lower performance or tricity when connecting or discon- (Continued) cause trouble. necting the external USB device. (Continued) (Continued)

4 168 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 169

Features of your vehicle

(Continued) (Continued) • If you use devices such as a USB • Some USB flash memory read- hub purchased separately, the ers (such as CF, SD, micro SD, vehicle’s audio system may not etc.) or external-HDD type recognize the USB device. In that devices can be unrecognizable. case, connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal • Music files protected by DRM of the vehicle. (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE- MENT) are not recognizable. • If the USB device is divided by log- ical drives, only the music files on • The data in the USB memory the highest-priority drive are rec- may be lost while using this ognized by car audio. audio. Always back up important data on a personal storage • Devices such as MP3 Player/ device. Cellular phone/Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard • Please avoid using USB I/F can be unrecognizable. USB memory products which can be • Charging through the USB may used as key chains or not be supported in some mobile cellular phone acces- devices. sories as they could cause dam- • USB HDD or USB types liable to age to the USB jack. Please connection failures due to vehicle make certain only to use plug vibrations are not supported. type connector products. (i-stick type) • Some non-standard USB devices (METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be unrecognizable. (Continued)

4 169 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 170

Features of your vehicle

USING THE iPod® DEVICE (Continued) (Continued) • Some iPod models may not sup- • Some iPod devices, such as the • When connecting iPod with the port communication protocol iPhone, can be connected iPod Power Cable, insert the and files may not properly play. through the Bluetooth® Wireless connector to the multimedia Supported iPod models: Technology interface. The device socket completely. If not inserted must have audio Bluetooth® completely, communications - iPhone 3GS/4 Wireless Technology capability between iPod and audio may be - iPod touch 1st~4th generation (such as for stereo headphone interrupted. - iPod nano 1st~6th generation Bluetooth® Wireless Technology). • When adjusting the sound The device can play, but it will not - iPod classic effects of the iPod and the audio be controlled by the audio system. system, the sound effects of • The order of search or playback • To use iPod features within the both devices will overlap and of songs in the iPod can be dif- audio, use the cable provided might reduce or distort the qual- ferent from the order searched in upon purchasing an iPod device. ity of the sound. the audio system. • Skipping or improper operation • Deactivate (turn off) the equaliz- • If the iPod is disabled due to its may occur depending on the er function of an iPod when own malfunction, reset the iPod. characteristics of your adjusting the audio system’s vol- (Reset: Refer to iPod manual) iPod/Phone device. ume, and turn off the equalizer • An iPod may not operate nor- • If your iPhone is connected to of the audio system when using mally on low battery. both the Bluetooth® Wireless the equalizer of an iPod. (Continued) Technology and USB, the sound • When not using iPod with car may not be properly played. In audio, detach the iPod cable your iPhone, select the Dock from iPod. Otherwise, iPod may connector or Bluetooth® remain in accessory mode, and Wireless Technology to change may not work properly. the sound output (source). (Continued)

4 170 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 171

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Before Using the Bluetooth® Precautions for Safe Driving Technology Handsfree

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a feature Bluetooth® Wireless Technology What is Bluetooth® ? that enables drivers to practice safe The Bluetooth® word mark and logos • Bluetooth® refers to a short-dis- driving. Connecting the head unit are registered trademarks owned by tance wireless networking technol- with a Bluetooth® phone allows the Bluetooth SIG, lnc. and any use of ogy which uses a 2.45GHz fre- user to conveniently make and such marks by Kia is under license. quency to connect various devices receive calls and use contacts. Before using Bluetooth®, carefully A Bluetooth® enabled call phone is within a certain distance. read the contents of this user’s required to use Bluetooth® wireless • Supported within PCs, external manual. technology. devices, Bluetooth® phones, PDAs, various electronic devices, and • Excessive use or operations while automotive environments, driving may lead to negligent driv- Bluetooth® allows data to be trans- ing practices and result in acci- mitted at high speeds without hav- dents. Refrain from excessive oper- ing to use a connector cable. ations while driving. • Bluetooth® Handsfree refers to a • Viewing the screen for prolonged device which allows the user to con- periods of time is dangerous and veniently make phone calls with may lead to accidents. When driv- Bluetooth® mobile phones through ing, view the screen only for short the AV/Navigation system. periods of time. • Bluetooth® Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones. To learn more about mobile device compatibility, visit www.kia.com.

4 171 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 172

Features of your vehicle

When connecting a Bluetooth® • Park the vehicle when connecting Phone the head unit with the mobile phone. • Before connecting the head unit • Bluetooth® connection may with the mobile phone, check to become intermittently discon- see that the mobile phone sup- nected in some mobile phones. ports Bluetooth® features. Follow these steps to try again. • Even if the phone supports 1. Within the mobile phone, turn Bluetooth®, the phone will not be the Bluetooth® function off/on found during device searches if and try again. the phone has been set to hidden 2. Turn the mobile phone power state or the Bluetooth® power is Off/On and try again. turned off. Disable the hidden 3. Completely remove the mobile state or turn on the Bluetooth® phone battery, reboot, and then power prior to searching/connect- again. ing with the Head unit. 4. Reboot the Audio Video • Bluetooth phone is automatically Navigation System and try connected when the ignition on. again. • If you do not want automatic con- 5. Delete all paired devices, pair nection with your Bluetooth® and try again. device, turn off the Bluetooth® feature within your mobile phone. • Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the • The Handsfree call volume and model of your mobile phone. quality may differ depending on the mobile phone.

4 172 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 173

Features of your vehicle

Voice Recognition (Continued) - When driving on rugged and • When using the voice recognition uneven roads feature, only commands listed with- - During severe rain (heavy rains, in the user's manual are supported. windstorms) • Be aware that during the operation • Phone related voice commands can of the voice recognition system, be used only when a Bluetooth® pressing any key other than the Wireless Technology device is con- key terminate voice recognition nected. mode. • When making calls by stating a • For superior voice recognition per- name, the corresponding contact formance, position the microphone must be downloaded and stored used for voice recognition above within the audio system. the head of the driver’s seat and • After downloading the Bluetooth® maintain a proper position when Wireless Technology phone book, it saying commands. takes some times to convert the • Within the following situations, phone book data into voice infor- voice recognition may not function mation. During this time, voice properly due to external sound. recognition may not properly oper- - When the windows and sunroof ate. are open • Pronounce the voice commands - When the wind of the cooling / naturally and clearly as if in a nor- heating device is strong mal conversation. - When entering and passing through tunnels (Continued)

4 173 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 174

Features of your vehicle

■ CD Player : AM1A0IXAN, AM1A0IXKN

4 174 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 175

Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM CONTROLLERS (2) RADIO (4) PHONE AND FUNCTIONS Changes to FM/AM/SIRIUS mode. Operates Phone Screen Each time the key is pressed, the ❈ When a phone is not connected, ❈ Display and settings may differ mode is changed in order of FM1 ➟ the connection screen is displayed. depending on the selected audio. FM2 ➟ AM ➟ SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3. ❈ In Setup>Display, the radio pop up (5) PWR/VOL knob screen will be displayed when Power : Turns power On/Off by Audio Head Unit [Mode Pop up] is turned On . pressing the knob When the pop up screen is displayed, use the TUNE knob or Volume : Sets volume by turning the knob left/right keys 1 ~ 6 to select the desired mode. SEEK (6) TRACK (3) MEDIA Radio Mode : Automatically search- Changes to CD, USB(iPod), AUX, My es for broadcast frequencies. Music, BT Audio mode. CD, USB, iPod, My Music modes Each time the key is pressed, the - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 sec- mode is changed in order of CD, onds): Moves to next or previous song USB(iPod), AUX, My Music, BT Audio. (file) ❈ In Setup>Display, the media pop - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 sec- (1) (EJECT) up screen will be displayed when onds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the Ejects the disc. [Mode Pop up] is turned On . current song. When the pop up screen is dis- BT Audio mode : Moves to next or played, use the TUNE knob or previous song(file) keys 1 ~ 5 to select the ❈ The Play/Pause feature may oper- desired mode. ate differently depending on the mobile phone.

4 175 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 176

Features of your vehicle

(8) SCAN (10) MENU Radio Mode Displays menus for the current mode. - Shortly press the key : Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds (11) TUNE knob each. Radio mode : Changes frequency by - Press and hold the key (over 0.8 turning the knob left/right. seconds): Previews the broadcasts CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode: saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 for 5 seconds each. Searches songs (files) by turning the knob left/right. ❈ Press the SCAN key again to ❈ continue listening to the current When the desired song is dis- frequency. played, press the knob to play the song. ❈ SAT Radio does not support the (7) DISP Preset scan feature. Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus. Each time the button is shortly CD, USB, My Music mode pressed (under 0.8 seconds), it sets the screen Off ➟ Screen On ➟ - Shortly press the key (under 0.8 CAT seconds): Previews each song (12) FOLDER Screen Off Radio Mode ❈ (file) for 10 seconds each. Audio operation is maintained and ❈ - SIRIUS RADIO : Category Search only the screen will be turned Off. Press the SCAN key again to In the screen Off state, press any continue listening to the current MP3, CD, USB mode : Folder Search key to turn the screen On again. song (file).

(9) SETUP Moves to the Display, Sound, Phone, System setting modes.

4 176 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 177

Features of your vehicle

(13) 1 ~ 6 (Preset) Radio Mode: Saves frequencies (channels) or receives saved frequencies (channels) CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode - 1 : Repeat - 2 : Random In the Radio, Media, Setup, and Menu pop up screen, the number menu is selected.

4 177 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 178

Features of your vehicle

SETUP Mode Pop up [Mode Pop up] Changes On / Off selection mode Display Settings • During On state, press the RADIO or MEDIA key to display the mode Press the SETUP key Select [Display] change pop up screen. through TUNE knob or 1 key Select menu through TUNE knob Text Scroll [Text Scroll] Set On / Off • On : Maintains scroll • Off : Scrolls only one (1) time.

Media Display When playing an MP3 file, select the desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ or ‘Album/Artist/Song’.

4 178 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 179

Features of your vehicle

SOUND SETTINGS Sound Settings Speed Dependent Volume Control This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass, This feature is used to automatically Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and control the volume level according to Press the SETUP key Select [Sound] Balance. the speed of the vehicle. through TUNE knob or 2 key Select [Sound Settings] Select Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set Select menu through TUNE knob menu through TUNE knob Tur n in 4 levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of TUNE knobleft/right to set TUNE knob • Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the sound tone. • Fader, Balance : Moves the sound fader and balance. • Default : Restores default settings. ❈ Back : While adjusting values, pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu. Voice Recognition Volume Adjusts voice recognition volume. Select [Voice Recognition Vol.] Set volume of TUNE knob

4 179 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 180

Features of your vehicle

SYSTEM SETTINGS Memory Information • Off : This mode is for expert users Displays currently used memory and and omits some information during total system memory. voice command operation. (When Press the SETUP key Select using Expert mode, guidance [System] through tune knob or 4 Select [Memory Information] OK instructions can be heard through key Select menu through TUNE The currently used memory is dis- the [Help] or [Menu] commands. knob played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side. Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language. Select [Language] Set through TUNE knob

Prompt Feedback This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal and Expert modes. ❈ The system will reboot after the Select [Prompt Feedback] Set language is changed. through TUNE knob ❈ Language support by region • On : This mode is for beginner - English, Francais, Espanol users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation.

4 180 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 181

Features of your vehicle

RADIO : FM, AM OR SIRIUS Adjust Volume SCAN Changing RADIO mode (FM, AM Turn the VOL knob left/right to Press the SCAN key or SIRIUS) adjust the volume. • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): The broadcast frequency SEEK increases and previews each SEEK broadcast for 5 seconds each. After Press the TRACK key scanning all frequencies, returns • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 and plays the current broadcast fre- seconds): Automatically searches quency. for the next station. • Pressing and holding the key (over Press the RADIO key to change the • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broad- mode in order of FM1➟FM2➟ 0.8 seconds): While holding the key casts saved in Preset 1 ~ 6 AM➟SAT1➟SAT2➟SAT3. , frequency changes without stop- for 5 seconds each. ping. When the key is released, automatically searches for the next • When the power is off, press the frequency from that point. Selecting through manual RADIO key to turn on the audio search system and receive radio broad- Turn the TUNE knob left/right to casts. Preset SEEK adjust the frequency. • [Mode Pop up] On state : Displays Press the 1 ~ 6 key the change radio mode pop up • FM : Changes by 200KHz screen. While the pop up screen is • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 • AM : Changes by 10KHz displayed, you can change the seconds): Plays the frequency radio mode (FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ saved in the corresponding key. SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3) through the • Pressing and holding the key (over tune knob or 1 ~ 6 keys. 0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~ 6 will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP.

4 181 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 182

Features of your vehicle

MENU Within MENU key are the A.Store (Auto Store) and Info functions.

A.Store Press the MENU key Set [A.Store] through TUNE knob or 1 key. Saves broadcasts with superior reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no frequencies are received, then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast.

4 182 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 183

Features of your vehicle

SIRIUS Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels: passes, parking garages, dense NOTE: SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 tree foliage and thunderstorms can Satellite Radio requires SIRIUS® channels, including 69 channels of interfere with your reception. compatible receiver and a sub- 100% commercial-free music, plus SIRIUS Satellite Radio service: scription service fee after trial sports, news, talk and entertainment period. SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip- available nationwide in your vehicle. Vehicles without a factory-installed For more information and a complete tion-based satellite radio service that broadcasts music, sports, news and radio receiver require hardware list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan- purchase and installation. Please nels, visit sirius.com in the United entertainment programming to radio receivers, which are available for instal- see your dealer for further details. States, sirius-canada.ca in Canada, All fees and programming subject or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474. lation in motor vehicles or factory installed, as well as for the home, to change. Satellite Radio reception factors: portable and wireless devices, and Subscriptions governed by the To receive the satellite signal, your through an Internet connection on per- SIRIUS Terms & Conditions avail- vehicle has been equipped with a sonal computer. able at www.sirius.com / service satellite radio antenna located on the Vehicles that are equipped with a terms. roof of your vehicle. The vehicle roof factory installed SIRIUS Satellite Available only in the 48 contiguous provides the best location for an Radio system include: United States and the District of unobstructed, open view of the sky, a • Hardware and an introductory trial Columbia. Service available in requirement of a satellite radio sys- subscription term, which begins on Canada; see www.siriuscanada.ca tem. Like AM/FM, there are several the date of sale or lease of the KIA shall not be responsible for factors that can affect satellite radio vehicle. any such programming changes. reception performance: • For a small upgrade fee, access to • Antenna obstructions: For optimal SIRIUS music channels, and other Satellite Radio Electronic Serial reception performance, keep the select channels over the Internet Number (ESN): This 12-digit antenna clear of snow and ice using any computer connected to Satellite Serial Number is needed to build-up and keep luggage and the Internet (U.S. customers only). re-activate, modify or track your other material as far away from the satellite radio account. You will need antenna as possible. For information on extended subscription terms, contact SIRIUS at this number when communicating • Terrain: Hills, mountains, tall build- 1-888-539-7474. with SIRIUS. ings, bridges, tunnels, freeway over- 4 183 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 184

Features of your vehicle

SIRIUS RADIO Please note that the vehicle will need SCAN to be turned on, in Sirius mode, and Press the RADIO key SCAN Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 activation signal. seconds): Previews each broad- month complimentary period of SIR- cast for 5 seconds each IUS Satellite Radio so you have ❈ Press the SCAN key again to access to over 130 channels of SEEK continue listening to the current music, information, and entertain- Press the RADIO key frequency ment programming. • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 ❈ If the “Category” icon is displayed, seconds): select previous or next channels are changed within the channel. current category. • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): continuously move to Category previous or next channel. Press the CAT key Set through ❈ FOLDER If the “Category” icon is displayed, the TUNEknob channels are changed within the Activation current category. • The display will indicate the category In order to extend or reactivate your menus, highlight the category that subscription to SIRIUS Satellite the current channel belongs to. Radio, you will need to contact SIR- • In the Category List Mode, press the CAT IUS Customer Care at 1-888-539- FOLDER key to navigate category 7474. Have your 12 digit SID (Sirius list. Identification Number) / ESN • Press the tune knob to select the low- (Electronic Serial Number) ready. To est channel in the highlighted cate- retrieve the SID / ESN, turn on the gory. radio, press the [RADIO] button, and ❈ If channel is selected by selecting tune to channel zero. category, then the “CATEGORY” icon is displayed at the top of the screen. 4 184 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 185

Features of your vehicle

Preset Tune Press the RADIO key1 ~ 6 • Rotate TUNE knob : Changes • Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 the channel number or scrolls cate- seconds): Plays the frequency gory list. saved in the corresponding key. • Press TUNE knob : Selects the • Pressing and holding the key (over menu. 0.8 seconds): Pressing and holding the desired key from 1 ~ 6 Menu will save the current broadcast to the selected key and sound a Select category menu through the BEEP. TUNE knob Press the MENU key Select [ Info] through the ✽ Troubleshooting TUNE knob or 1 key 1. Antenna Error If this message is displayed, the antenna or antenna cable is bro- Info (Information) ken or unplugged. Please consult Displays the Artist/Song info of the with your Kia dealership. current song. 2. Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed, it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available. Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky.

4 185 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 186

Features of your vehicle

BASIC METHOD OF USE : Repeat Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB / While song (file) is playing 1 RPT (RPT) key iPod / My Music Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod, My Music mode: RPT on screen Press the MEDIA key to change the • To repeat one song (press the key) mod mode in order of CD ➟ : Repeats the current song. USB(iPod) ➟ AUX ➟ My Music ➟ BT MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on Audio. screen The folder/file name is displayed on • To repeat folder (pressing twice): the screen. repeats all files within the current folder.

❈ RPT Press the 1 key again to turn off repeat. ❈ The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted. Random

4 186 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 187

Features of your vehicle

MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on While song (file) is playing Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB SEEK screen TRACK key Mode CAT • Folder Random (press the key) : • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the While file is playing FOLDER Plays all files within the current fold- next song. (Folder Up) key er in random order. • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): Fast forwards the • Searches the next folder. iPod mode: ALL RDM on screen CAT song. While file is playing FOLDER • All Random (press the key) : Plays (Folder Down) key all files in random order. Scan • Searches the parent folder. MP3 CD, USB : ALL RDM on screen ❈ If a folder is selected by pressing • All Random (pressing twice): Plays While song (file) is playing SCAN key the TUNE knob, the first file all files in random order. within the selected folder will be • Shortly pressing the key : Scans all ❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn played. off repeat. songs from the next song for 10 ❈ seconds each. In iPod mode, moves to the Parent ❈ Folder. Changing Song/File Press the SCAN key again to turn off. While song (file) is playing ❈ Searching Songs (File) SEEK The SCAN function is not support- TRACK key ed in iPod mode. • Turning TUNE knob : Searches • Shortly pressing the key : Plays the for songs (files) current song from the beginning. SEEK • Pressing TUNE knob : Plays ❈ If the TRACK key is pressed selected song (file). again within 2 second, the previous song is played. • Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8 seconds): Rewinds the song.

4 187 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 188

Features of your vehicle

MENU : Audio CD Information MENU : MP3 CD / USB Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key Press the MENU key Set [ Info] Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key to set the Repeat, Random, through the TUNE knob or 3 to set the Repeat, Folder Random, Information features. key to display information of the cur- Folder Repeat, All Random, rent song. Information, and Copy features. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info display.

Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] Repeat through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key to repeat the current song. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] ❈ through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT Press RPT again to turn off. key to repeat the current song. ❈ Press RPT again to turn off. Random Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key to randomly play songs within the current folder. ❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

4 188 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 189

Features of your vehicle

Folder Random ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off MENU : iPod info display. Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM] In iPod mode, press the MENU key to through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM set the Repeat, Album Random, All key to randomly play songs within the Copy Random, Information and Search features. current folder. Press the MENU key Set [ ❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off. Copy] through the TUNEknob or 6 key. Folder Repeat This is used to copy the current song into My Music. You can play Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT] the copied Music in My Music through the TUNE knob or 3 mode. key to repeat songs within the cur- ❈ rent folder. If another key is pressed while copying is in progress, a pop up ❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off. asking you whether to cancel Repeat copying is displayed. Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] All Random ❈ If another media is connected or through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM] inserted (USB, CD, iPod, AUX) key to repeat the current song. while copying is in progress, copy- through the TUNEknob or 4 key ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off. to randomly play all songs within the ing is canceled. CD. ❈ Music will not be played while ❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off. copying is in progress. All Random Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] Information through the TUNE knob or 2 key. Press the MENU key Set [ Info] through the TUNE knob or 5 Plays all songs within the currently key to display information of the cur- playing category in random order. rent song. ❈ Press RDM again to turn off.

4 189 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 190

Features of your vehicle

Information Press the MENU key Set [ Info] through the TUNE knob or 3 key. Displays information of the current song. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info display.

Search Press the MENU key Set [ Search] through the TUNE knob or 4 key. Displays iPod category list. ❈ Searching iPod category is MENU key pressed, move to parent category.

4 190 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 191

Features of your vehicle

MENU : My Music Mode Information ➀ Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob. Press the MENU key Set [ Info] through the TUNE knob or 3 ➁ Press the MENU key and select In My Music mode, press the MENU key. the delete menu to delete the key to set the Repeat, Random, selected file. Information, Delete, Delete All, and Displays information of the current Delete Selection features. song. ❈ Press the MENU key to turn off Delete All info display. Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All] through the TUNEknob or 5 key. Delete Deletes all songs of My Music. Press the MENU key Set [ Delete] through the TUNE knob or 4 Delete Selection key. Repeat Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel] Deletes currently playing file Press the MENU key Set [ RPT] through the TUNE knob or 6 In the play screen, pressing delete through the TUNE knob or 1 RPT key. will delete the currently playing song. key. Songs within My Music are selected Repeats the currently playing song. Deletes file from list and deleted. ❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat ➀ Select the songs you wish to off. delete from the list.

Random Press the MENU key Set [ RDM] through the TUNE knob or 2 RDM key. Plays all songs in random order. ❈ Press RDM again to turn random off. 4 191 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 192

Features of your vehicle

➁ After selecting, press MENU key AUX and select the delete menu. AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal. AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal. If an external device is connected, you can also press the MEDIA key to change to AUX mode. My Music • Even if memory is available, a maximum of 6,000 songs can be stored. • The same song can be copied up to 1,000 times. • Memory info can be checked in the ❈ AUX mode cannot be started System menu of Setup. unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal.

AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use.

4 192 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:42 PM Page 193

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Using the Bluetooth® Wireless AUDIO audio can be used only when the Technology audio features [Audio Streaming] of Phone is • Play / Stop turned On . What is Bluetooth® Wireless ❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Press the TUNE knob to play and Technology? Audio Streaming : Press the SETUP pause the current song. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is a key Select [Phone] through the tune wireless technology that allows mul- knob or 3 key Select [Audio tiple devices to be connected in a Streaming] through the TUNE short range, low-powered devices knob Set On / Off like hands-free, stereo headset, wireless remote controller, etc. For more Starting Bluetooth® Wireless information, visit the Bluetooth® Technology Audio Wireless Technology website at • Press the MEDIA key to change the www.Bluetooth.com • Previous / Next song mode in order of SEEK SEEK CD➟USB➟AUX➟My Music➟BT Press TRACK or TRACK to play Before using Bluetooth® Wireless Audio. previous or next song. Technology audio features • If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth® ❈ The previous song / next song / • Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Wireless Technology audio will start play / pause functions may not be audio may not be supported playing. supported in some mobile phones. depending on the compatibility of ❈ Audio may not automatically start your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology playing in some mobile phones. mobile phone. • In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio, you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology mobile phone.

4 193 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 194

Features of your vehicle

PHONE • Check call history and making call ➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds) the key on the steering Making a call using the remote controller. Steering remote controller ➁ The call history list will be displayed on the screen. ➂ Press the key again to connect a call to the selected number.

• Redialing the most recently called number ➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the key on the steering remote controller. ➁ The most recently called number is redialed. (1) VOLUME button : Raises or lowers speaker volume. (2) MUTE button : Mute the microphone during a call. (3) button : Activates voice recognition. (4) button : Places and transfers calls. (5) button : Ends calls or cancels functions.

4 194 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 195

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Pairing PHONE Key / Key on the Steering Remote Pairing a Bluetooth® Wireless Controller Technology wireless technology Device When No Devices have been Paired What is Bluetooth® Wireless 1. Press the PHONE key or the 1) Car Name : Name of device as Technology Pairing? key on the steering remote con- shown when searching from your troller. The following screen is dis- Pairing refers to the process of syn- Bluetooth® Wireless Technology chronizing your Bluetooth® Wireless played. device Technology phone or device with the 2. Select [OK] button to enter the 2) Passkey : Passkey used to pair car audio system for connection. Pair Phone screen. the device Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature. 3. From your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device (i.e. Mobile Phone), search and select your car audio system. 4. After a few moments, a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered. Here, enter the passkey “0000” to pair your Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device with the car audio system. 5. Once pairing is complete, the following screen is displayed.

4 195 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 196

Features of your vehicle

Pairing through [PHONE] • Bluetooth® features supported with- Setup in the vehicle are as follows. Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth® Press the SETUP key Select device. [Phone] Select [Pair Phone] -Outgoing/Incoming Select TUNE knob Handsfreecalls • If Bluetooth® Wireless Technology - Operations during a call (Switch devices are paired but none are to Private, Switch to call waiting, currently connected, pressing the MIC on/off) PHONE key or the key on the - Downloading Call History steering remote controller displays the following screen. Select [Pair] - Downloading Mobile Contacts button to pair a new device or - Bluetooth® device auto connec- select [Connect] to connect a previ- 1. The following steps are the same tion ously pair device. as the steps described in the - Bluetooth Audio Streaming “When No Devices have been • Up to five Bluetooth® devices can be Paired” section. paired to the Car Handsfreesystem. • Only one Bluetooth® device can be connected at a time. • Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth® device is connected. • Only Bluetooth® Handsfreeand Bluetooth audio related features are supported.

4 196 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 197

Features of your vehicle

• Normal operations are possible Connecting a Device From the paired phone list, select the only within devices that support device you want to connect and Handsfree or audio features, such select [Connect]. as a Bluetooth® mobile phone or a Press the SETUP key Select Bluetooth audio device. [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a connected Bluetooth® device becomes disconnected due to being out of communication range, turning the device OFF, or a Bluetooth® communication error, corresponding Bluetooth® devices are automatically searched and connected. 1) Connected Phone : Device that is • the system becomes unstable due currently connected to communication errors between 2) Paired Phone : Device that is the car Handsfreeand the Bluetooth® paired but not connected device, reset the Bluetooth® and try again. Upon resetting Bluetooth®, the system is restored to its factory release state. • After Pairing is complete, a contacts download request is sent once to the mobile phone. As some mobile phones may require confirmation upon receiving a download request, check the mobile phone screen.

4 197 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 198

Features of your vehicle

Changing Priority From the paired phone list, select • Priority icon will be displayed the phone you want to change to the whenset a priority phone highest priority, then select [Change What is Priority? Priority] button from the Menu. The It is possible to pair up to five selected device will be changed to Bluetooth® Wireless Technology the highest priority. devices with the car audio system. As a result, the “Change Priority’ feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones.

Press the SETUP key Select [Phone] Select [Phone List]

4 198 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 199

Features of your vehicle

Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device • When deleting the currently connected device, the device will automatically be disconnected to pro- Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select ceed with the deleting process. [Phone] Select [Phone List] [Phone] Select [Phone List] • If a paired Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device is deleted, the device’s call history and contacts data will also be deleted. • To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again.

From the paired phone list, select the From the paired phone list, select the currently connected device and device you want to delete and select select [Disconnect] button. [Delete] button.

4 199 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 200

Features of your vehicle

® • If you select the [Call History] but- Answering Calls USING Bluetooth Wireless ton but there is no call history data, Technology a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data. Answering a Call Phone Menu Screen • If you select the [Contacts] button Answering a call with a Bluetooth® but there is no contacs data, a Wireless Technology device connect- prompt is displayed which asks to ed will display the following screen. Phone Menus download contacts data. To accept the call, press key on With a Bluetooth® Wireless • This feature may not be supported the steering wheel during call is Technology device connected, press in some mobile phones. For more incoming. the PHONE key to display the Phone information on download support, menu screen. refer to your mobile phone user’s manual.

1) Caller : Displays the other part’s name when the incoming caller is 1) Favorite : Up to 20 frequently used saved within your contacts contact saved so help your fast 2) Incoming Number : Displays the call. incoming number 2) Call History : Displays the call history list screen 3) Contacts : Displays the Contacts list screen 4) Setup : Displays Phone related settings.

4 200 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 201

Features of your vehicle

• When the incoming call pop-up is Favorites Call History displayed, most Audio and SETUP Press the PHONE key Select mode features will not operate. [Favorites] Only the call volume can be oper- Press the PHONE key Select [Call ated. History] • The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones. • When a call is answered with the mobile phone, the call mode will automatically convert to Private mode. 1) Saved favorite contact : Connects call upon selection A list of incoming, outgoing and 2) To add favorite : Downloaded con- missed calls is displayed. tacts are saved as favorite. • The call history may not be saved in the call history list in some • In order to save Favorite, contacts mobile phones. should be downloaded. • Calls received with hidden caller ID • Contact which saved in Favorite not will not become saved in the call changed automatically although the information changed in the mobile history list. phone. In this case, delete it and • Calling through the call history is save new information. not possible when there is no call history or the Bluetooth® phone has not been connected. • Up to 20 received, dialed and missed calls are each saved.

4 201 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 202

Features of your vehicle

• Time of received/dialed calls and • Up to 1,000 contacts saved in your • It is not possible to commence call time information are not saved. Bluetooth® phone can be down- download when the contacts downloaded into the car contacts. load feature has been turned off Contacts that have been down- within the Bluetooth® device. In Contacts loaded to the car cannot be edited addition, some devices may require or deleted on the phone. device authorization upon attempt- • Mobile phone contacts are man- ing to download contacts. If down- Press the PHONE key Select loading does not normally occur, [Contacts] aged separately for each paired Bluetooth® device(max 1 devices x check the Bluetooth® device set- 5,000 contacts each). Previously tings or the screen state. downloaded data is maintained • The download feature may not be even if the Bluetooth® device has supported in some mobile phones. been disconnected. (However, the Check to see that the Bluetooth® contacts and call history saved to device supports the download fea- the phone will be deleted if a paired ture. For more information of sup- phone is deleted.) ported Bluetooth® devices and • It is possible to download contacts function support, visit. The list of saved phone book entries even during Bluetooth streaming is displayed. audio. • When downloading contacts, the icon will be displayed within the status bar.

4 202 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 203

Features of your vehicle

Bluetooth® Wireless Viewing Paired Phone List 1) Connect/Disconnect Phone : Technology Setting Press the SETUP key Select Connect/ disconnects currently [Phone] Select [Phone List] selected phone 2) Change Priority : Sets currently Pairing a New Device selected phone to highest connec- Press the SETUP key Select tion priority [Phone] Select [Pair Phone] 3) Delete : Deletes the currently selected phone 4) Return : Moves to the previous screen

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system. This feature is used to view mobile For more information, refer to the phones that have been paired with “Pairing through Phone Setup” sec- the audio system. Upon selecting a ® tion within Bluetooth Wireless paired phone, the setup menu is dis- Technology. played. For more information, refer to the “Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Connection” section within Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

4 203 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 204

Features of your vehicle

• Only contacts within connected Downloading Contacts Auto Download (Contacts) phones can be downloaded. Also Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select check to see that your mobile [Phone] Select [Contacts Download] [Phone] Select [Auto Download] phone supports the download feature. • To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads, refer to your mobile phone user’s manual. • The contacts for only the connected phone can be downloaded. Before downloading, check to see whether The contacts is downloaded from the This feature is used to automatically your phone supports the download mobile phone and the download download mobile contacts entries feature. progress is displayed. once a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone is connected. • Upon downloading phone contacts, the previous corresponding data is • The Auto Download feature will deleted. download mobile contacts entries • This feature may not be supported every time the phone is connected. in some mobile phones. The download time may differ • Voice Recognition may not operate depending on the number of saved for several moments while contacts contacts entries and the communi- are being downloaded. cation state. • Before downloading contacts, first check to see that your mobile phone supports the contacts download feature.

4 204 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 205

Features of your vehicle

Audio Streaming Outgoing Volume Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select Press the SETUP key Select [Phone] Select [Audio Streaming] [Phone] Select [Outgoing Volume] [Phone] Select [Bluetooth System Off] Once Bluetooth® Wireless Technology is turned off, Bluetooth® Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system.

When Audio Streaming is turned on, Use TUNE know to adjust the out- you can play music files saved in your going volume level. Bluetooth® Wireless Technology device from the car. • Even while on a call, the volume can be changed by using the SEEK TRACK key.

• To turn Bluetooth® Wireless Technology back on, go to SETUP [Phone] and select “Yes”.

4 205 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 206

Features of your vehicle

VOICE RECOGNITION If prompt feedback is in [ON], then Skipping Prompt Messages the system will say “Please say a While prompt message is being stat- Using Voice Recognition command after the beep (BEEP)” ed Shortly press the key on the • If prompt feedback is in [OFF], then steering remote controller (under 0.8 the system will only say “(BEEP)” seconds) Starting Voice Recognition • To change Prompt Feedback The prompt message is immediately Shortly press the key on the [On]/[Off], go to SETUP [System] ended and the beep tone will sound. steering remote controller. Say a [Prompt Feedback] After the “beep”, say the voice com- command mand. • For proper recognition, say the command after the voice instruc- Re-starting Voice Recognition tion and beep tone. While system waits for a command Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller (under 0.8 seconds) The command wait state is immediately ended and the beep ton will sound. After the “beep”, say the voice command.

4 206 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 207

Features of your vehicle

ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION

While Voice Recognition is operating Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller (over 0.8 seconds)

• While using voice command, pressing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice command. • In a state where the system is waiting for a voice command, say “cancel” or “end” to end voice command. • In a state where the system is waiting for a voice command, press and hold the key on the steering remote controller to end voice command.

4 207 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 208

Features of your vehicle

Illustration on using voice commands • End voice command. Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): • Starting voice command. Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): (BEEP)

Please say a command after Contacts the beep (BEEP) Beep~

More Help Contacts. Please say the name of the contact you want to call. More Help. You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD, USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone, Cancel Call History or Contacts. Please say a command. Beep Beep.. (end beep)

• Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8 seconds): Please say a... while guidance message is being stated

Shortly pressing the (BEEP) key (under 0.8 seconds) More Help

More Help. You can say Radio, FM, AM, SIRIUS, Media, CD, USB, Aux, My Music, iPod, Bluetooth Audio, Phone, Call History or Contacts. Please say a command. 4 208 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 209

Features of your vehicle

Voice Command List • Common Commands: These are commands that can be used in all situations. (However, some commands may not be supported in special circumstances.) Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be • When listening to the radio, displays the next used anywhere in the system. radio screen. (FM1➟FM2➟AM➟SAT1➟ ➟ ➟ Help Provides guidance on commands that can be SAT2 SAT3 FM1) used within the current mode. Radio • When listening to a different mode, displays Call Calls saved in Contacts the most recently played radio screen. Ex) Call “John” • When currently listening to the FM radio, Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com- maintains the current state. mands. After saying this command, say • When listening to a different mode, displays “Favorites”,“Call History”, “Contacts” or ”Dial the most recently played FM screen. Number” execute corresponding functions. FM1(FM One) Displays the FM1 screen. Favorites Display the Favorite screen. FM2(FM Two) Displays the FM2 screen. Call History Displays the Call History screen. AM Displays the AM screen. Contacts Displays the Contacts screen. After saying FM Preset 1~6 Plays the most recently played broadcast (Call by Name) this command, say the name of a contact saved in FM Preset 1~6. saved in the Contacts to automatically con- AM Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1~6. nect the call. FM 87.5~107.9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding Dial Number Display the Dial number screen. After saying frequency. this command, you can say the number what you want to call. AM 530~1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency. Redial Connects the most recently called number. SIRIUS (Satellite) • When currently listening to the SIRIUS, maintains the current state. • When listening to a different mode, displays the most recently playedSIRIUS screen.

4 209 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 210

Features of your vehicle

Command Function Command Function SIRIUS (Satellite) Displays the selected SIRIUS screen. My Music Plays the music saved in My Music. 1~3 AUX (Auxiliary) Plays the connected external device. SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel. Bluetooth Audio Playsthe music saved in connected Bluetooth® 0~223 device. Media Moves to the most recently played media Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment. screen. Cancel (Exit) Ends voice command. CD Plays the music saved in the CD. USB Plays USB music. iPod Plays iPod music.

4 210 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 211

Features of your vehicle

• FM/AM radio commands: Commands that can be • Satellite radio commands: Commands that can be used while listening to FM, AM radio. used while listening to Satellite Radio.

Command Function Command Function Preset 1~6 Playsthe broadcast station saved in Preset 1~6. Scan Scans receivable channels from the current Auto Store Automatically selects radio broadcast fre- broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. quencies with superior reception and saves in Preset 1~6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1~6. Presets 1~6. Information Displays the information of the current broad- Seek up Plays the next receivable broadcast. cast. Seek down Plays the previous receivable broadcast. Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each. Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information of the current broadcast.(This feature can be used when receiving RBDS broadcasts.)

4 211 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 212

Features of your vehicle

• Audio CD commands: Commands that can be used • MP3 CD / USB commands: Commands that can be while listening to Audio CD. used while listening to music files saved in CD and USB.

Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD. Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen- folder. tial order. All Random Randomly plays all saved files. Repeat Repeats the current track. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen- order. tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file. Scan Scans the tracks from the next track for 10 Folder Repeat Repeats all files in the current folder. seconds each. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1~30 Plays the desired track number. order. Information Displays the information screen of the current Next File Plays the next file. track. Previous File Plays the previous file. Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 seconds each. Information Displays the information screen of the current file. Copy Copies the current file into My Music.

4 212 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 213

Features of your vehicle

• iPod Commands: Commands that can be used while • My Music Commands: Commands that can be used playing iPod. while playing My Music.

Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files. category. Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen- order. tial order. Repeat Repeats the current file. Repeat Repeats the current song. Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen- order. tial order. Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec- Information Displays the information screen of the current onds each. song. Information Displays the information screen of the current file. Delete Deletes the current file. You will bypass an additional confirmation process. Delete All Deletes all files saved in My Music. You will bypass an additional confirmation process.

4 213 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 4b(AUDIO).qxp 1/23/2013 3:43 PM Page 214

Features of your vehicle

• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Audio Commands: Commands that can be used while playing Phone Music.

Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song. Pause Pauses the current song.

4 214 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 1

Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 5-3 Special driving conditions ...... 5-57 Key...... 5-5 • Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-57 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-8 • Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-58 Manual transaxle ...... 5-13 • Smooth cornering ...... 5-59 • Manual transaxle operation ...... 5-13 • Driving at night ...... 5-60 • Driving in the rain...... 5-60 Automatic transaxle...... 5-16 • Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-61 • Automatic transaxle operation...... 5-16 • Driving off-road...... 5-61 All wheel drive (AWD)...... 5-23 • Highway driving ...... 5-61 Brake system...... 5-30 Winter driving ...... 5-63 • Power brakes ...... 5-30 Trailer towing ...... 5-66 • Parking brake ...... 5-32 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-34 Vehicle load limit ...... 5-75 • Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-36 Vehicle weight ...... 5-81 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ...... 5-40 • Base curb weight ...... 5-81 5 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 • Vehicle curb weight ...... 5-81 Cruise control system...... 5-44 • Cargo weight ...... 5-81 • GAW (Gross axle weight) ...... 5-81 Blind spot detection system (BSD) ...... 5-49 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)...... 5-81 Active ECO system...... 5-54 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ...... 5-81 Economical operation ...... 5-55 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ...... 5-81 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 2

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS! Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. • Do not inhale exhaust fumes. Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation. • Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer. • Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out. • Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior. If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary: 1. Close all windows. 2. Open side vents. 3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

25 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 3

Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting • Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors. mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con- clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached. • Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, at the exact interval depending on the fluid. Further • Adjust the inside and outside • Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in chapter 7, rearview mirrors. sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. • Be sure that all lights work. • Be sure there are no obstacles • Check all gauges. behind you if you intend to back up. WARNING • Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is Driving while distracted can turned to the ON position. result in a loss of vehicle control, that may lead to an acci- • Release the parking brake and dent, severe personal injury, make sure the brake warning light and death. The driver’s primary goes out. responsibility is in the safe and For safe operation, be sure you are legal operation of a vehicle, and familiar with your vehicle and its use of any handheld devices, equipment. other equipment, or vehicle systems which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle.

53 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 4

Driving your vehicle

WARNING WARNING - Driving WARNING All passengers must be proper- under the influence of • When you intend to park or ly belted whenever the vehicle alcohol or drugs stop the vehicle with the is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger- engine on, be careful not to in chapter 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num- depress the accelerator pedal tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high- for a long period of time. It way death toll each year. Even a may overheat the engine or small amount of alcohol will exhaust system and ignite a WARNING affect your reflexes, percep- fire. tions and judgment. Driving • When you make a sudden Always check the surrounding while under the influence of stop or turn the steering areas near your vehicle for peo- drugs is as dangerous or more wheel rapidly, loose objects ple, especially children, before dangerous than driving drunk. may drop on the floor and it putting a vehicle into D (Drive) could interfere with the opera- or R (Reverse). You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you tion of the foot pedals, possi- drink or take drugs and drive. bly causing an accident. Keep If you are drinking or taking all things in the vehicle safely drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride stored. with a driver who has been • If you do not focus on driving, drinking or taking drugs. it may cause an accident. Be Choose a designated driver or careful when operating what call a cab. may disturb driving such as audio or heater. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive safely.

45 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 5

Driving your vehicle

KEY POSITIONS (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ignition switch Ignition switch position ACC (Accessory) (if equipped) LOCK The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative.

✽ NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension.

ON The warning lights can be checked OXM059001N OXM059029N before the engine is started. This is Whenever a front door is opened, the The steering wheel locks to protect the normal running position after the ignition switch will illuminate for your against theft (if equipped). The igni- engine is started. convenience, provided the ignition tion key can be removed only in the Do not leave the ignition switch ON if switch is not in the ON position. The LOCK position. the engine is not running to prevent light will go off immediately when the battery discharge. ignition switch is turned on. It will When turning the ignition switch to also go off after about 30 seconds the LOCK position, push the key when the door is closed. inward at the ACC position and turn START the key toward the LOCK position. Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked in this position.

55 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 6

Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine WARNING - Ignition (Continued) switch • Never reach for the ignition switch, or any other controls WARNING • Never turn the ignition switch through the steering wheel to LOCK or ACC while the Always wear appropriate shoes while the vehicle is in motion. vehicle is moving. This would when operating your vehicle. The presence of your hand or result in loss of directional Unsuitable shoes (high heels, arm in this area could cause a control and braking function, ski boots,etc.) may interfere loss of vehicle control, an which could cause an acci- with your ability to use the accident and serious bodily dent. brake and accelerator pedal. injury or death. • The anti-theft steering column • Do not place any movable lock is not a substitute for the 1.Make sure the parking brake is objects around the driver’s parking brake. Before leaving applied. seat as they may move while the driver’s seat, always make driving, interfere with the driv- 2.Automatic Transaxle - Place the sure the shift lever is engaged er and lead to an accident. transaxle shift lever in P (Park). in 1st gear for the manual Depress the brake pedal fully. transaxle or P (Park) for auto- You can also start the engine when matic transaxle, set the park- the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) ing brake fully and shut the position. engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement 3.Turn the ignition switch to START may occur if these precau- and hold it there until the engine tions are not taken. starts (a maximum of 10 seconds), then release the key. (Continued)

65 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 7

Driving your vehicle

4.In extremely cold weather (below 0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has CAUTION not been operated for several days, If the engine stalls while you are let the engine warm up without in motion, do not attempt to depressing the accelerator. move the shift lever to the P Whether the engine is cold or warm, (Park) position. If traffic and it should be started without road conditions permit, you may depressing the accelerator. put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine.

CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before re- engaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may damage it.

57 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 8

Driving your vehicle

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED) Illuminated ENGINE ENGINE START/STOP button START/STOP button position CAUTION You are able to turn off the OFF engine (START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), only when the vehicle is not in motion. In an emergency situation while the vehi- Not illuminated cle is in motion, you are able to turn the engine off and to the • With automatic transaxle ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for To turn off the engine (START/RUN more than 2 seconds or 3 times position) or vehicle power (ON posi- successively within 3 seconds. tion), press the ENGINE If the vehicle is still moving, you START/STOP button with the shift OXM053001 can restart the engine without lever in the P (Park) position. When depressing the brake pedal by Whenever the front door is opened, you press the ENGINE the ENGINE START/STOP button pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button without the shift START/STOP button with the will illuminate for your convenience. lever in the P (Park) position, the The light will go off after about 30 shift lever in the N (Neutral) ENGINE START/STOP button will position. seconds when the door is closed. It not change to the OFF position but to will also go off immediately when the the ACC position. theft-alarm system is armed.

85 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 9

Driving your vehicle

ACC(Accessory) ON START/RUN

Orange indicator Red indicator Not illuminated • With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle • With automatic transaxle Press the ENGINE START/STOP Press the ENGINE START/STOP To start the engine, depress the button while it is in the OFF position button while it is in the ACC position brake pedal and press the ENGINE without depressing the brake pedal. without depressing the brake pedal. START/ STOP button with the shift If the ENGINE START/STOP button The warning lights can be checked lever in the P (Park) or the N is in the ACC position for more than before the engine is started. Do not (Neutral) position. For your safety, 1 hour, the button is turned off auto- leave the ENGINE START/STOP start the engine with the shift lever in matically to prevent battery dis- button in the ON position for a long the P (Park) position. charge. time. The battery may discharge, because the engine is not running. ✽ NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button without depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles, the engine will not start and the ENGINE START/STOP button changes as follow: OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC

59 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 10

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE (Continued) Starting the engine with a smart key (if equipped) If you leave the ENGINE START/ • Never reach for the ENGINE STOP button in the ACC or ON START/STOP button or any 1.Carry the smart key or leave it position for a long time, the battery other controls through the inside the vehicle. will discharge. steering wheel while the vehi- 2.Make sure the parking brake is cle is in motion. The presence firmly applied WARNING of your hand or arm in the 3.Automatic Transaxle - Place the area could cause loss of vehi- • Never press the ENGINE transaxle shift lever in P (Park). cle control, an accident and Depress the brake pedal fully. START/STOP button while the serious bodily injury or death. vehicle is in motion except in 4.Press the ENGINE START/STOP an emergency. If the engine • Do not place any movable button while depressing the brake stops while the vehicle is in objects around the driver's pedal. seat as they may move while motion, this would result in 5.In extremely cold weather (below loss of directional control and driving, interfere with the driver and lead to an accident. (-18°C) 0°F) or after the vehicle braking function, which could has not been operated for several cause an accident. days, let the engine warm up with- • Before leaving the driver's out depressing the accelerator. seat, always make sure the Whether the engine is cold or warm, shift lever is engaged in P it should be started without depress- (Park), set the parking brake ing the accelerator. fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not taken. (Continued)

5 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 11

Driving your vehicle

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the WARNING CAUTION engine may not start. The engine will start, only when If the engine stalls while the • When the ENGINE START/STOP the smart key is in the vehicle. vehicle is in motion, do not button is in the ACC position or Never allow children or any per- attempt to move the shift lever above, if any door is opened, the son who is unfamiliar with the to the P (Park) position. If the system checks for the smart key. If vehicle to touch the ENGINE traffic and road conditions per- the smart key is not in the vehicle, START/STOP button or related mit, you may put the shift lever the "KEY OUT" indicator will blink. parts. in the N (Neutral) position while And if all doors are closed, the the vehicle is still moving and chime will sound for 5 seconds. press the ENGINE START/STOP The indicator or warning will turn button in an attempt to restart off while the vehicle is moving. the engine. Always have the smart key with you.

511 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 12

Driving your vehicle

(Continued) • When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If it is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position. The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal. But for your safety always OXM053002 depress the brake pedal before starting the engine. ✽ NOTICE • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you CAUTION can start the engine by pressing Do not press the ENGINE the engine start/stop button with START/ STOP button for more the smart key. than 10 seconds except when The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown. should contact the engine start/stop button directly. When you press the engine start/stop button directly with the smart key, the smart key should contact the button at a right angle. (Continued)

5 12 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 13

Driving your vehicle

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Manual transaxle operation CAUTION The manual transaxle has 6 forward gears. • When downshifting from fifth gear to fourth gear, caution This shift pattern is imprinted on the should be taken not to inad- shift knob. The transaxle is fully syn- vertently press the gear shift chronized in all forward gears so lever sideways in such a man- shifting to either a higher or a lower ner that second gear is gear is easily accomplished. engaged. Such a drastic Press the clutch pedal down fully downshift may cause the while shifting, then release it slowly. engine speed to increase to If your vehicle is equipped with an the point that the tachometer ignition lock switch, the engine will will enter the red-zone. Such The shift lever can be moved without pulling over-revving of the engine the ring (1). not start when starting the engine The ring (1) must be pulled up while moving without depressing the clutch pedal. may possibly cause engine the shift lever. (if equipped) damage. OXM053041 The gearshift lever must be returned • Do not downshift more than 2 to the neutral position before shifting gears or downshift the gear into R (Reverse). when the engine is running at The button (1) located immediately high speed (5,000 RPM or below the shift knob must be pulled higher). Such a downshifting upward while moving the shift lever may damage the engine. to the R (Reverse) position. (if equipped) Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

513 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 14

Driving your vehicle

• During cold weather, shifting may Using the clutch be difficult until the transaxle lubri- WARNING The clutch should be pressed all the cant has warmed up. This is nor- • Before leaving the driver’s way to the floor before shifting, then mal and not harmful to the seat, always set the parking released slowly. The clutch pedal transaxle. brake fully and shut the should always be fully released while • If you've come to a complete stop engine off. Then make sure driving. Do not rest your foot on the and it's hard to shift into 1st or R the transaxle is shifted into clutch pedal while driving. This can (Reverse), put the shift lever in N 1st gear when the vehicle is cause unnecessary wear. Do not (Neutral) position and release the parked on a level or uphill partially engage the clutch to hold clutch. Press the clutch pedal back grade, and shifted into R the vehicle on an incline. This causes down, and then shift into 1st or R (Reverse) on a downhill unnecessary wear. Use the foot (Reverse) gear position. grade. Unexpected and sud- brake or parking brake to hold the den vehicle movement can vehicle on an incline. Do not operate occur if these precautions are the clutch pedal rapidly and repeat- CAUTION not followed in the order iden- edly. • To avoid premature clutch tified. wear and damage, do not • If your vehicle has a manual Downshifting drive with your foot resting on transaxle not equipped with a the clutch pedal. Also, don’t ignition lock switch, it may When you must slow down in heavy use the clutch to hold the move and cause a serious traffic or while driving up steep hills, vehicle stopped on an uphill accident when starting the downshift before the engine starts to grade, while waiting for a traf- engine without depressing labor. Downshifting reduces the fic light, etc. the clutch pedal while the chance of stalling and gives better parking brake is released and acceleration when you again need to • Do not use the shift lever as a increase your speed. When the vehi- handrest during driving, as the shift lever not in the N (neutral) position. cle is traveling down steep hills, this can result in premature downshifting helps maintain safe wear of the transaxle shift speed and prolongs brake life. forks.

5 14 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 15

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when • Never take the vehicle out of gear driving on a slippery surface. Be WARNING and coast down a hill. This is especially careful when braking, • Always buckle-up! In a colli- extremely hazardous. Always leave accelerating or shifting gears. On a sion, an unbelted occupant is the vehicle in gear. slippery surface, an abrupt change significantly more likely to be in vehicle speed can cause the seriously injured or killed than • Don't "ride" the brakes. This can drive wheels to lose traction and a properly belted occupant. cause them to overheat and mal- the vehicle to go out of control. function. Instead, when you are • Avoid high speeds when cor- driving down a long hill, slow down nering or turning. and shift to a lower gear. When you • Do not make quick steering do this, engine braking will help wheel movements, such as slow down the vehicle. sharp lane changes or fast, • Slow down before shifting to a sharp turns. lower gear. This will help avoid • The risk of rollover is greatly over-revving the engine, which can increased if you lose control cause damage. of your vehicle at highway • Slow down when you encounter speeds. cross winds. This gives you much • Loss of control often occurs if better control of your vehicle. two or more wheels drop off • Be sure the vehicle is completely the roadway and the driver stopped before you attempt to shift oversteers to reenter the road- into reverse. The transaxle can be way. damaged if you do not. To shift into • In the event your vehicle reverse, depress the clutch, move leaves the roadway, do not the shift lever to neutral, then shift steer sharply. Instead, slow to the reverse position. down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

515 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 16

Driving your vehicle

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED) Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever.

✽ NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle, if the battery has been disconnected, may be somewhat abrupt. This is a UP normal condition, and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM (Transaxle Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module).

DOWN

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting. (If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal. However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle.) Press the lock release button when shifting. The shift lever can be shifted freely. OXM053022

5 16 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 17

Driving your vehicle

For smooth operation, depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal and the lock release but- CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus- ton when shifting from P (Parking) to • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position a forward or reverse gear. transaxle, do not accelerate when the ignition switch is in the ON the engine in R (Reverse) or position. any forward gear position with WARNING - Automatic the brakes on. P (Park) transaxle • When stopped on an incline, • Always check the surrounding do not hold the vehicle with Always come to a complete stop areas near your vehicle for the engine power. Use the before shifting into P (Park). This people, especially children, service brake or the parking position locks the transaxle and pre- before shifting the shift lever brake. vents the drive wheels from rotating. into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Do not shift from N (Neutral) • Before leaving the driver’s or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING seat, always make sure the (Reverse) when the engine is shift lever is in the P (Park) above idle speed. • Shifting into P (Park) while the position; then set the parking vehicle is in motion will cause brake fully and shut the the drive wheels to lock which engine off. Unexpected and will cause you to lose control sudden vehicle movement of the vehicle. can occur if these precautions • Do not use the P (Park) posi- are not followed in the order tion in place of the parking identified. brake. Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P (Park) position and set the parking brake fully. • Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.

517 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 18

Driving your vehicle

N (Neutral) CAUTION The wheels and transaxle are not The transaxle may be damaged engaged. The vehicle will roll freely if you shift into P (Park) while even on the slightest incline unless the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes are applied. R (Reverse) D (Drive) Sports Use this position to drive the vehicle mode backward. This is the normal forward driving position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear OXM053023 sequence, providing the best fuel CAUTION Sports mode economy and power. Always come to a complete stop Whether the vehicle is stationary or before shifting into or out of R in motion, sports mode is selected by (Reverse); you may damage the For extra power when passing anoth- pushing the shift lever from the D transaxle if you shift into R er vehicle or climbing grades, (Drive) position into the manual gate. (Reverse) while the vehicle is in depress the accelerator fully, at To return to D (Drive) range opera- motion, except when “Rocking which time the transaxle will auto- tion, push the shift lever back into the the vehicle” explained in this matically downshift to the next lower main gate. section. gear. In sports mode, moving the shift ✽ NOTICE lever backwards and forwards will Always come to a complete stop allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. before shifting into D (Drive). In contrast to a manual transaxle, the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed.

5 18 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 19

Driving your vehicle

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once (Continued) Shift lock system (if equipped) to shift up one gear. • To maintain the required levels of For your safety, the automatic Down (-) :Pull the lever backwards vehicle performance and safety, transaxle has a shift lock system once to shift down one the system may not execute cer- which prevents shifting the transaxle gear. tain gearshifts when the shift lever from P (Park) into R (Reverse) is operated. unless the brake pedal is depressed. • When driving on a slippery road, ✽ NOTICE push the shift lever forward into To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R (Reverse): • In sports mode, the driver must the +(up) position. This causes the execute upshifts in accordance transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear 1.Depress and hold the brake pedal. with road conditions, taking care which is better for smooth driving 2.Start the engine or turn the ignition to keep the engine speed below the on a slippery road. Push the shift switch to the ON position. red zone. lever to the -(down) side to shift 3.Move the shift lever. back to the 1st gear. • In sports mode, only the 6 forward If the brake pedal is repeatedly gears can be selected. To reverse depressed and released with the or park the vehicle, move the shift shift lever in the P (Park) position, a lever to the R (Reverse) or P chattering noise near the shift lever (Park) position as required. may be heard. It is a normal condi- • In sports mode, downshifts are tion. made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. • In sports mode, when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically. (Continued)

519 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 20

Driving your vehicle

Ignition key interlock system WARNING The ignition key cannot be removed Always fully depress the brake unless the shift lever is in the P pedal before and while shifting (Park) position. Even if the ignition out of the P (Park) position into switch is in the LOCK position, the another position to avoid inad- key also cannot be removed. vertent motion of the vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with which could injure persons in ENGINE START/STOP button, the or around the vehicle. button will not change to the OFF position unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. OXM053025 Shift-lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position into R (Reverse) position with the brake pedal depressed, continue depressing the brake, then do the following: 1.Carefully remove the cap covering the shift-lock access hole (1). 2.Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the access hole and press down on the key (or screwdriver). 3.Move the shift lever. 4.Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately.

5 20 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 21

Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do • Never move the gear shift lever not depend on placing the WARNING from P (Park) to any other position transaxle in P (Park) to keep the • Always buckle-up! In a colli- with the accelerator pedal vehicle from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than • Never move the gear shift lever into driving on a slippery surface. Be a properly belted occupant. P (Park) when the vehicle is in especially careful when braking, motion. accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor- slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning. • Be sure the vehicle is completely in vehicle speed can cause the • Do not make quick steering stopped before you attempt to shift drive wheels to lose traction and wheel movements, such as into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). the vehicle to go out of control. sharp lane changes or fast, • Never take the vehicle out of gear • Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns. and coast down a hill. This may be economy is obtained by smoothly • The risk of rollover is greatly extremely hazardous. Always leave depressing and releasing the increased if you lose control the vehicle in gear when moving. accelerator pedal. of your vehicle at highway • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can speeds. cause them to overheat and malfunction. Instead, when you are • Loss of control often occurs if driving down a long hill, slow down two or more wheels drop off and shift to a lower gear. When you the roadway and the driver do this, engine braking will help oversteers to reenter the road- slow down the vehicle. way. • Slow down before shifting to a • In the event your vehicle lower gear. Otherwise, the lower leaves the roadway, do not gear may not be engaged. steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes. • Never exceed posted speed limits.

521 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 22

Driving your vehicle

Moving up a steep grade from a WARNING standing start If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D free by moving it forward and (Drive). Select the appropriate gear backward. Do not attempt this depending on load weight and steep- procedure if people or objects ness of the grade, and release the are anywhere near the vehicle. parking brake. Depress the accelera- During the rocking operation tor gradually while releasing the the vehicle may suddenly move service brakes. forward or backward as it When accelerating from a stop on becomes unstuck, causing a steep hill, the vehicle may have a injury or damage to nearby peo- tendency to roll backwards. ple or objects. Shifting the shift lever into 2 (Second Gear) will help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards.

5 22 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 23

Driving your vehicle

ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED) In general, off-road conditions provide less traction and braking effec- WARNING tiveness than normal road condi- If the AWD system warning light tions. The driver must be especially ( ) illuminates, this indicates alert to avoid driving on slopes which that there is a malfunction in the tilt the vehicle to either side. AWD system. These factors must be carefully con- If this occurs, have your vehicle sidered when driving off-road. checked by an authorized Kia Keeping the vehicle in contact with dealer as soon as possible. the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the dri- OXMA053039 ver's responsibility for the safety of Tight corner brake effect Engine power can be delivered to all him/herself and his / her passengers. front and rear wheels for maximum CAUTION - AWD traction. AWD is useful when extra WARNING - Off road When turning sharply on a traction is required on roads, such driving as, when driving on slippery, muddy, paved road at low speed while wet, or snow-covered roads. These This vehicle is designed prima- in four-wheel drive, steering vehicles are not designed for chal- rily for on road use although it control will be difficult. lenging off-road use. Occasional off- can operate effectively off road. road use such as established However, it was not designed to drive in challenging off-road Tight corner brake effect is a unique unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is characteristic of four-wheel drive always important when traveling off- conditions. Driving in conditions that exceed the vehicle's vehicles caused by the difference in highway that the driver carefully tire rotation at the four wheels and reduces the speed to a level that intended design or the driver's experience level may result in the zero-degree alignment of the does not exceed the safe operating front wheels and suspension. speed for those conditions. severe injury or death. Sharp turns at low speeds should be carried out with caution.

523 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 24

Driving your vehicle

All Wheel Drive (AWD) transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description • When driving in AWD AUTO mode, the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles under normal operating conditions. However, if the system determines that there is a AWD AUTO need for the AWD mode, the engine’s driving power is dis- (AWD LOCK is tributed to all four wheels automatically without driver inter- deactivated) (Indicator light is vention. not illuminated) • When driving on normal roads and pavement, the vehicle moves similar to conventional 2WD vehicles.

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades, off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., to maximize traction. AWD LOCK • This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speeds above 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to AWD AUTO mode (Indicator light is at speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle decelerates illuminated) to speeds below 30 km/h (19 mph), however, the transfer mode is shifted into AWD LOCK mode again.

✽ NOTICE • When driving on normal roads, deactivate the AWD LOCK mode by pushing the AWD LOCK button (the indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads with AWD LOCK mode (especially, when cornering) may cause mechanical noise or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated. Some parts of the power train may be damaged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration. • When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.

5 24 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 25

Driving your vehicle

For safe All-wheel drive operation

WARNING - Four-wheel driving The conditions of on-road or off-road that demand four- wheel drive mean all functions of your vehicle are exposed to extreme stress than under normal road conditions. Slow down HILL1 HILL2 and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the • When you are driving up or down surface under your tires. If you hills drive as straight as possible. Use extreme caution in going up or WARNING - Hills have any doubt about the safety Driving across the contour of of the conditions you are fac- down steep hills, since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the steep hills can be extremely ing, stop and consider the best dangerous. This danger can way to proceed. Do not exceed grade, terrain and water/mud conditions. come from slight changes in the the ability of yourself or your wheel angle which can destabi- vehicle to operate safely. lize the vehicle or even if the vehicle is maintaining stability • Do not try to drive in deep standing under power, it can lose that water or mud since such conditions stability if the vehicle stops its can stall your engine and clog your forward motion. Your vehicle exhaust pipes. Do not drive down may roll over without warning steep hills since it requires extreme and without time for you to cor- skill to maintain control of the vehi- rect a mistake that could cause cle. serious injury or death.

525 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:29 PM Page 26

Driving your vehicle

• You must consciously take the • Always hold the steering wheel effort to learn how to corner in an firmly when you are driving off- AWD vehicle. Do not rely on your road. experience in conventional 2WD • Make sure all passengers are vehicles in choosing safe cornering wearing seat belts. speed in AWD mode. For starters, you must drive more slowly in AWD. WARNING - Wind • Drive carefully off-road because danger your vehicle may be damaged by If you are driving in heavy wind, rocks or roots of trees. Become the vehicle's higher center of familiar with the off-road conditions OXM053026 gravity decreases your steering where you are going to drive control capacity and requires before you begin driving. WARNING - Steering you to drive more slowly. wheel WARNING - 4WD Do not grab the inside of the steering wheel when you are • If you need to drive in the water, Reduce speed when you turn stop your vehicle, set your transfer corners. The center of gravity of driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering to the AWD LOCK mode and drive AWD vehicles is higher than at less than 8 km/h (5 mph). that of conventional 2WD vehi- maneuver or from steering cles, making them more likely to wheel rebound due to impact roll over when you turn corners with objects on the ground. You too fast. could lose control of the steering wheel.

5 26 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 27

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE WARNING - Driving • Do not drive in water if the level is WARNING - AWD driving through higher than the bottom of the vehi- • Avoid high cornering speed. water cle. • Do not make quick steering Drive slowly. If you are driving • Check your brake condition once wheel movements, such as too fast in water, the water can you are out of mud or water. Press sharp lane changes or fast, get into the engine compart- the brake pedal several times as sharp turns. ment and wet the ignition sys- you move slowly until you feel nor- • The risk of rollover is greatly tem, causing your vehicle to mal braking forces return. increased if you lose control suddenly stop. If this happens • Shorten your scheduled mainte- of your vehicle at high speed. and your vehicle is in a tilted nance interval if you drive in off- position, your vehicle may roll road conditions such as sand, mud • In a collision, an unbelted per- over. or water (see “Maintenance under son is significantly more like- severe usage conditions” in chap- ly to die compared to a person ter 7). Always wash your vehicle wearing a seat belt. thoroughly after off-road use, • Loss of control often occurs if especially cleaning the bottom of two or more wheels drop off the vehicle. the roadway and the driver • Since the driving torque is always oversteers to re-enter the applied to the 4 wheels the per- roadway. In the event your formance of the AWD vehicle is vehicle leaves the roadway, do greatly affected by the condition of not steer sharply. Instead, the tires. Be sure to equip the vehi- slow down before pulling cle with four tires of the same size back into the travel lanes. and type. • A full time four wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck. Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving.

527 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 28

Driving your vehicle

Reducing the risk of a rollover CAUTION - Mud or snow - Rollover This multi-purpose passenger vehi- WARNING If one of the front or rear wheels cle is defined as a Sports Utility As with other Sports Utility begins to spin in mud, snow, Vehicle (SUV). A SUV has higher Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate etc. the vehicle can sometimes ground clearance and a narrower this vehicle correctly may result be driven out by depressing the track to make it more capable of per- in loss of control, an accident or accelerator pedal further; how- forming in a wide variety of off-road vehicle rollover. ever avoid running the engine applications. Specific design charac- • Utility vehicles have a signifi- continuously at high rpm teristics give them a higher center of cantly higher rollover rate because doing so could dam- gravity than ordinary vehicles. An than other types of vehicles. age the AWD system. advantage of the higher ground • Specific design characteris- clearance is a better view of the tics (higher ground clearance, road, which allows you to anticipate narrower track, etc.) give this WARNING - Jacked problems. A SUV is not designed for vehicle a higher center of vehicle cornering at the same speeds as gravity than ordinary vehicles. conventional passenger vehicles, While the full-time AWD vehicle any more than low profile sports cars • A SUV is not designed for cor- is being raised on a jack, never are designed to perform satisfactori- nering at the same speeds as start the engine or cause the ly in off-road conditions. Due to this conventional vehicles. tires to rotate. risk, driver and passengers are • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt There is the danger that rotating strongly recommended to buckle maneuvers. tires touching the ground could their seat belts. In a rollover crash, • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- cause the vehicle to go off the an unbelted person is more likely to ed person is significantly jack and to jump forward. die than a person wearing a seat more likely to die than a per- belt. There are steps that a driver can son wearing a seat belt. Make take to reduce the risk of a rollover. sure everyone in the vehicle is Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed, properly buckled up. and or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way. 5 28 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 29

Driving your vehicle

• Full-time AWD vehicles must be WARNING tested on a special four wheel Your vehicle is equipped with chassis dynamometer. tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability. Do ✽ NOTICE not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from Never engage the parking brake the one that is originally while performing these tests. installed on your vehicle. It can Temporary free roller affect the safety and perform- • A full-time AWD vehicle should not Roll tester (speedometer) ance of your vehicle, which be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a OXM059025 could lead to steering failure or 2WD roll tester must be used, per- 1.Check the tire pressures recom- rollover and serious injury. form the following: mended for your vehicle. When replacing the tires, be 2.Place the front wheels on the roll sure to equip all four tires with tester for a speedometer test as the tire and wheel of the same shown in the illustration. size, type, tread, brand and load-carrying capacity. If you 3.Release the parking brake. nevertheless decide to equip 4.Place the rear wheels on the tem- your vehicle with any tire/wheel porary free roller as shown in the combination not recommended illustration. by Kia for off road driving, you should not use these tires for WARNING - highway driving. Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death.

529 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 30

Driving your vehicle

BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes - Brakes (Continued) Your vehicle has power-assisted WARNING • Do not drive with your foot • Wet brakes may impair the brakes that adjust automatically vehicle’s ability to safely slow through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high down; the vehicle may also In the event that the power-assisted brake temperatures, exces- pull to one side when the brakes lose power because of a sive brake lining and pad brakes are applied. Applying stalled engine or some other reason, wear, and increased stopping the brakes lightly will indicate you can still stop your vehicle by distances. whether they have been applying greater force to the brake affected in this way. Always pedal than you normally would. The • When descending a long or test your brakes in this fash- stopping distance, however, will be steep hill, shift to a lower gear ion after driving through deep longer. and avoid continuous applica- water.To dry the brakes, apply tion of the brakes. Continuous When the engine is not running, the them lightly while maintaining brake application will cause reserve brake power is partially a safe forward speed until the brakes to overheat and depleted each time the brake pedal brake performance returns to could result in a temporary is applied. Do not pump the brake normal. loss of braking performance. pedal when the power assist has • Always, confirm the position been interrupted. (Continued) of the brake and accelerator Pump the brake pedal only when pedal before driving. If you necessary to maintain steering con- don’t check the position of the trol on slippery surfaces. accelerator and brake pedal before driving, you may depress the accelerator instead of the brake pedal. It may cause a serious accident.

5 30 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 31

Driving your vehicle

In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator If service brakes fail to operate while When your brake pads are worn and WARNING - Brake wear the vehicle is in motion, you can new pads are required, you will hear This brake wear warning sound make an emergency stop with the a high-pitched warning sound from means your vehicle needs serv- parking brake. The stopping dis- your front brakes or rear brakes. You ice. If you ignore this audible tance, however, will be much greater may hear this sound come and go or warning, you will eventually than normal. it may occur whenever you depress lose braking performance, the brake pedal. which could lead to a serious accident. WARNING - Parking Please remember that some driving brake conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or Applying the parking brake lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor- while the vehicle is moving at mal and does not indicate a problem normal speeds can cause a with your brakes. sudden loss of control of the vehicle. If you must use the parking brake to stop the vehi- CAUTION cle, use great caution in apply- • To avoid costly brake repairs, ing the brake. do not continue to drive with worn brake pads. • Always replace the front or WARNING rear brake pads as pairs. Do not operate the parking brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the vehicle system and endanger driving safety.

531 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 32

Driving your vehicle

Parking brake CAUTION Applying the parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.

OXM053118 Hand type

OXM059013 To engage the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and then without Foot type pressing the release button in, pull To engage the parking brake, first the parking brake lever up as far as apply the foot brake and then possible. depress the parking brake pedal In addition it is recommended that down as far as possible. when parking the vehicle on a gradient, the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear on manual transaxle vehicles.

5 32 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 33

Driving your vehicle

Releasing the parking brake WARNING • To prevent unintentional movement when stopped and leaving the vehicle, do not use the shift lever instead of the parking brake. Set the parking brake AND make sure the shift lever is securely positioned in 1st (First) gear or R (Reverse) for manual transaxle OXM053119 equipped vehicles and in P Hand type (Park) for automatic transaxle OXM059014 equipped vehicles. Foot type To release the parking brake, first apply the foot brake and pull up the • Never allow anyone who is To release the parking brake, parking brake lever slightly. Secondly unfamiliar with the vehicle to depress the parking brake pedal a press the release button (1) and touch the parking brake. If the second time while applying the foot lower the parking brake lever (2) parking brake is released brake. The pedal will automatically while holding the button. unintentionally, serious injury extend to the fully released position. may occur. • All vehicles should always have the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle which can injure occupants or pedestrians.

533 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 34

Driving your vehicle

If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not pos- (Continued) sible, use extreme caution while During these conditions the operating the vehicle and only con- vehicle should be driven at tinue to drive the vehicle until you reduced speeds: can reach a safe location or repair • Rough, gravel or snow-cov- shop. ered roads. • On roads where the road sur- Anti-lock brake system (ABS) face is pitted or has different surface height. WARNING The safety features of an ABS W-75 (or ESC) equipped vehicle ABS (or ESC) will not prevent should not be tested by high Check the brake warning light by accidents due to improper or speed driving or cornering. This turning the ignition switch ON (do not dangerous driving maneuvers. could endanger the safety of start the engine). This light will be Even though vehicle control is yourself or others. illuminated when the parking brake is improved during emergency applied with the ignition switch in the braking, always maintain a safe START or ON position. distance between you and Before driving, be sure the parking objects ahead. Vehicle speeds brake is fully released and the brake should always be reduced dur- warning light is off. ing extreme road conditions. If the brake warning light remains on The braking distance for vehi- after the parking brake is released cles equipped with an anti-lock while the engine is running, there braking system (or Electronic may be a malfunction in the brake Stability Control System) may system. Immediate attention is nec- be longer than for those without essary. it in the following road conditions. (Continued)

5 34 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 35

Driving your vehicle

The ABS continuously senses the ✽ NOTICE speed of the wheels. If the wheels A click sound may be heard in the are going to lock, the ABS system engine compartment when the vehi- repeatedly modulates the hydraulic cle begins to move after the engine is brake pressure to the wheels. started. These conditions are normal When you apply your brakes under and indicate that the anti-lock brake conditions which may lock the system is functioning properly. wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- • Even with the anti-lock brake sys- responding sensation in the brake tem, your vehicle still requires suf- pedal. This is normal and it means ficient stopping distance. Always your ABS is active. maintain a safe distance from the W-78 In order to obtain the maximum ben- vehicle in front of you. efit from your ABS in an emergency • Always slow down when cornering. CAUTION situation, do not attempt to modulate The anti-lock brake system cannot • If the ABS warning light is on your brake pressure and do not try to prevent accidents resulting from and stays on, you may have a pump your brakes. Press your brake excessive speeds. problem with the ABS. In this pedal as hard as possible or as hard • On loose or uneven road surfaces, case, however, your regular as the situation allows the ABS to operation of the anti-lock brake brakes will work normally. control the force being delivered to system may result in a longer stop- • The ABS warning light will stay the brakes. ping distance than for vehicles on for approximately 3 sec- equipped with a conventional onds after the ignition switch brake system. is ON. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible.

535 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 36

Driving your vehicle

✽ Electronic stability control CAUTION NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle (ESC) • When you drive on a road hav- because of a drained battery, the ing poor traction, such as an engine may not run as smoothly and icy road, and have operated the ABS warning light may turn on your brakes continuously, the at the same time. This happens ABS will be active continuous- because of low battery voltage. It ly and the ABS warning light does not mean your ABS has mal- may illuminate. Pull your vehi- functioned. cle over to a safe place and • Do not pump your brakes! stop the engine. • Have the battery recharged before • Restart the engine. If the ABS driving the vehicle. warning light goes off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may have a OXMA053031 problem with the ABS. The Electronic Stability control Contact an authorized Kia (ESC) system is designed to stabi- dealer as soon as possible. lize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.

5 36 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 37

Driving your vehicle

The Electronic Stability Control ESC operation WARNING (ESC) system is an electronic sys- ESC ON condition tem designed to help the driver main- Never drive too fast according • When the ignition is turned to the road conditions or too tain vehicle control under adverse conditions. It is not a substitute for - ON, ESC and ESC OFF quickly when cornering. indicator lights illuminate for Electronic stability control safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driv- approximately 3 seconds, (ESC) will not prevent acci- then ESC is turned on. dents. Excessive speed in er steering input can all affect turns, abrupt maneuvers and whether ESC will be effective in pre- • Press the ESC OFF but- hydroplaning on wet surfaces venting a loss of control. It is still your ton for at least half a sec- can still result in serious acci- responsibility to drive and corner at ond after turning the igni- dents. Only a safe and attentive reasonable speeds and to leave a tion ON to turn ESC off. driver can prevent accidents by sufficient margin of safety. (ESC OFF indicator will avoiding maneuvers that cause When you apply your brakes under illuminate). To turn the the vehicle to lose traction. conditions which may lock the ESC on, press the ESC Even with ESC installed, always wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’ OFF button (ESC OFF follow all the normal precau- sound from the brakes, or feel a cor- indicator light will go off). tions for driving - including driv- responding sensation in the brake • When starting the engine, ing at safe speeds for the condi- pedal. This is normal and it means you may hear a slight tick- tions. your ESC is active. ing sound. This is the ESC performing an automatic system self-check and does ✽ NOTICE not indicate a problem. A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started. These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly.

537 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 38

Driving your vehicle

When operating ESC operation off • ESC off state 2 When the ESC is in opera- ESC OFF state To cancel ESC operation, tion, the ESC indicator light This car has 2 kinds of ESC press the ESC OFF button blinks. off states. (ESC OFF ) for more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indicator • When the Electronic If the engine stops when Stability Control is operat- light (ESC OFF ) illuminates ESC is off, ESC remains off. and ESC OFF warning chime ing properly, you can feel a Upon restarting the engine, slight pulsation in the vehi- will sound. At this state, the the ESC will automatically engine control function and cle. This is only the effect turn on again. of brake control and indi- brake control function do not cates nothing unusual. operate. It means the car sta- • ESC off state 1 bility control function does not • When moving out of the To cancel ESC operation, operate any more. mud or driving on a slip- press the ESC OFF button pery road, pressing the (ESC OFF ) shortly (ESC accelerator pedal may not OFF indicator light (ESC cause the engine rpm OFF ) illuminates).At this (revolutions per minute) to state, the engine control increase. function does not operate. It means the traction control function does not operate. Brake control function only operates.

5 38 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 39

Driving your vehicle

Indicator light ESC OFF usage CAUTION When driving ■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tire or • ESC should be turned on for daily wheel sizes may cause the ESC driving whenever possible. system to malfunction. When replacing tires, make sure they • To turn ESC off while driving, press are the same size as your origi- the ESC OFF button while driving ■ ESC OFF indicator light nal tires. on a flat road surface.

WARNING WARNING Never press the ESC OFF but- The Electronic Stability Control ton while ESC is operating (ESC When ignition switch is turned to ON, system is only a driving aid; use indicator light blinks). the indicator light illuminates, then precautions for safe driving by If ESC is turned off while ESC is goes off if the ESC system is operat- slowing down on curved, operating, the vehicle may slip ing normally. snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- out of control. The ESC indicator light blinks when- ly and don’t attempt to acceler- ever ESC is operating or illuminates ate whenever the ESC indicator ✽ when ESC fails to operate. light is blinking, or when the NOTICE road surface is slippery. The ESC OFF indicator light comes • When operating the vehicle on a on when the ESC is turned off with dynamometer, ensure that the the button. ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated). If the ESC is left on, it may prevent the vehicle speed from increasing, and result in false diagnosis. • Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation.

539 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 40

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle stability management The VSM does not operate when: Malfunction indicator (VSM) • Driving on bank road such as gra- The VSM can be deactivated even if This system provides further dient or incline you don’t cancel the VSM operation enhancements to vehicle stability • Driving in reverse by pressing the ESC OFF button. It indicates that a malfunction has and steering responses when a vehi- • ESC OFF indicator light ( ) been detected somewhere in the cle is driving on a slippery road or a remains on the instrument cluster vehicle detects changes in coeffi- Electric Power Steering system or cient of friction between right wheels • EPS indicator light remains on the VSM system. If the ESC indicator and left wheels when braking. instrument cluster light ( ) or EPS warning light remains on, take your vehicle to an VSM operation off authorized Kia dealer and have the VSM operation system checked. When the VSM is in operation, ESC If you press the ESC OFF button to indicator light ( ) blinks. turn off the ESC, the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator When the vehicle stability manage- light ( ) illuminates. ment is operating properly, you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle To turn on the VSM, press the button and/or abnormal steering responses again. The ESC OFF indicator light (EPS). This is only the effect of brake goes out. and EPS control and indicates nothing unusual.

5 40 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 41

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Hill-start assist control (HAC) • The VSM is designed to function WARNING A vehicle has the tendency to roll above approximately 15 km/h (9 • The Vehicle Stability back on a steep hill when it starts to mph) on curves. Management system is not a go after stopping. The Hill-start • The VSM is designed to function substitute for safe driving Assist Control (HAC) prevents the above approximately 30 km/h (18 practices but a supplemen- vehicle from rolling back by applying mph) when a vehicle is braking on tary function only. It is the the brakes automatically for about a split-mu road. The split-mu road responsibility of the driver to 1.5 seconds. The brakes are is made of surfaces which have dif- always check the speed and released when the accelerator pedal ferent friction forces. the distance to the vehicle is depressed or after about 1.5 sec- ahead. Always hold the steer- onds. ing wheel firmly while driving. • Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the dri- WARNING ver’s intention, even with The HAC is activated only for installed VSM. Always follow about 1.5 seconds, so when the all the normal precautions for vehicle is starting off always driving at safe speeds for the depress the accelerator pedal. conditions – including driving in clement weather and on a ✽ slippery road. NOTICE • Driving with varying tire or • The HAC does not operate when wheel sizes may cause the the transaxle shift lever is in the P VSM system to malfunction. (Park) or N (Neutral) position. When replacing tires, make • The HAC activates even though sure they are the same size as the ESC is off but it does not acti- your original tires. vate when the ESC has malfunc- tioned.

541 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 42

Driving your vehicle

Good braking practices • Check to be sure the parking brake • Don't coast down hills with the is not engaged and the parking vehicle out of gear. This is extreme- brake indicator light is out before ly hazardous. Keep the vehicle in WARNING driving away. gear at all times, use the brakes to • Whenever you leave or park • Driving through water may get the slow down, then shift to a lower your vehicle, always set the brakes wet. They can also get wet gear so that engine braking will parking brake as far as possi- when the vehicle is washed. Wet help you maintain a safe speed. ble and shift the vehicle to 1st brakes can be dangerous! Your • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. (First) gear or R (Reverse) for vehicle will not stop as quickly if the Resting your foot on the brake manual transaxle, or P (Park) brakes are wet. Wet brakes may pedal while driving can be danger- for automatic transaxle. If the cause the vehicle to pull to one ous because the brakes might parking brake is not fully side. overheat and lose their effective- engaged, the vehicle may To dry the brakes, apply the brakes ness. It also increases the wear of move inadvertently and injure the brake components. yourself and others. lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to • If a tire goes flat while you are driv- • All vehicles should always keep the vehicle under control at ing, apply the brakes gently and have the parking brake fully all times. If the braking action does keep the vehicle pointed straight engaged when parking to not return to normal, stop as soon ahead while you slow down. When avoid inadvertent movement as it is safe to do so and call an you are moving slowly enough for it of the vehicle which can injure authorized Kia dealer for assis- to be safe to do so, pull off the road occupants or pedestrians. tance. and stop in a safe place.

5 42 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 43

Driving your vehicle

• If your vehicle is equipped with an • Under some conditions your park- automatic transaxle, don't let your ing brake can freeze in the vehicle creep forward. To avoid engaged position. This is most like- creeping forward, keep your foot ly to happen when there is an firmly on the brake pedal when the accumulation of snow or ice vehicle is stopped. around or near the rear brakes or if • Be cautious when parking on a hill. the brakes are wet. If there is a risk Firmly engage the parking brake that the parking brake may freeze, and place the shift lever in P (auto- apply it only temporarily while you matic transaxle) or in first or put the shift lever in P (automatic reverse gear (manual transaxle). If transaxle) or in first or reverse gear your vehicle is facing downhill, turn (manual transaxle) and block the the front wheels into the curb to rear wheels so the vehicle cannot help keep the vehicle from rolling. If roll. Then release the parking your vehicle is facing uphill, turn brake. the front wheels away from the • Do not hold the vehicle on the curb to help keep the vehicle from upgrade with the accelerator rolling. If there is no curb or if it is pedal.This can cause the transaxle required by other conditions to to overheat. Always use the brake keep the vehicle from rolling, block pedal or parking brake. the wheels.

543 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 44

Driving your vehicle

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING (Continued) • If the cruise control is left on • Be careful when driving (CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con- instrument cluster illuminat- trol system, which may ed), the cruise control can be increase the vehicle speed. switched on accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator light OFF) when the cruise control is not in use, to avoid OXMA053020 inadvertently setting a speed. 1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system 2. Cruise set indicator only when traveling on open highways in good weather. The cruise control system allows you • Do not use the cruise control to program the vehicle to maintain a when it may not be safe to constant speed without pressing the keep the vehicle at a constant accelerator pedal. speed, for instance, driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on This system is designed to function slippery (rainy, icy or snow- above approximately 40 km/h (25 covered) or winding roads or mph). over 6% up-hill or down-hill roads. • Pay particular attention to the driving conditions whenever using the cruise control system. (Continued)

5 44 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 45

Driving your vehicle

✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed: • During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds. The delay is normal. • To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine. This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel OXM053004 OXM053006 cruise control is in normal condi- CRUISE :Turns cruise control sys- 1. Press the CRUISE button on the tion. tem on or off. steering wheel to turn the system CANCEL: Cancels cruise control on. The CRUISE indicator light in operation. the instrument cluster will illuminate. RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 40 km/h SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con- (25 mph ). trol speed.

545 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 46

Driving your vehicle

To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising speed: speed:

OXM053008 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), and release it at the desired OXM053009 OXM053008 speed. The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi- Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: nate. Release the accelerator • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and pedal at the same time. The hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually desired speed will automatically Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the be maintained. want. speed you want to maintain. On a steep grade, the vehicle may • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and slow down or speed up slightly while release it immediately. release it immediately. going uphill or downhill. The cruising speed will increase by The cruising speed will decrease 2km/h (or 1 mph) each time you by 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the lever up (to RES+) in this move the lever down (to SET-) in manner. this manner.

5 46 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 47

Driving your vehicle

To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do Each of these actions will cancel the cruise control on: one of the following: cruise control operation (the SET indicator light in the instrument clus- If you want to speed up temporarily ter will go off), but it will not turn the when the cruise control is on, system off. If you wish to resume depress the accelerator pedal. cruise control operation, push the Increased speed will not interfere RES + switch located on your steer- with cruise control operation or ing wheel. You will return to your pre- change the set speed. viously preset speed. To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator.

OXM053010 • Press the brake pedal. • Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle. • Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel. • Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km/h (9 mph ). • Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

547 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 48

Driving your vehicle

To resume cruising speed at To turn cruise control off, do more than approximately 40 one of the following: km/h (25 mph):

OXM053006 OXM053009 • Press the CRUISE button (the If any method other than the CRUISE indicator light in the CRUISE button was used to cancel instrument cluster will go off). cruising speed and the system is still • Turn the ignition off. activated, the most recent set speed Both of these actions cancel cruise will automatically resume when you control operation. If you want to move the lever up (to RES+). resume cruise control operation, It will not resume, however, if the repeat the steps provided in “To set vehicle speed has dropped below cruise control speed” on the previous approximately 40 km/h (25 mph). page.

5 48 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 2/13/2013 9:53 AM Page 49

Driving your vehicle

BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED) ➀ BSD(Blind spot detection) Warning range is dependent on your WARNING vehicle speed. However, if your vehi- • Always check the road condi- cle speed is speedy about 10km/h tions while driving for unex- than other vehicle, the warning is not pected situations even operated. though the BSD (Blind spot ➁ LCA(Lane change assist) detection) system is operating. When the vehicle is approaching to your vehicle at high speed, the warn- • Never use the BSD system as ing is operated. a replacement for careful driv- OXM053013 ing practices. Drivers should always use their mirrors and look over their shoulders to detect other vehicles when changing lanes. The BSD system is only intended to sup- plement safe practices.

OXMA053126 The BSD (Blind spot detection) system uses a radar sensor to alert the driver while driving. It senses the rear side territory of the vehicle and provides information to the driver.

549 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:30 PM Page 50

Driving your vehicle

Operating conditions Warning type 1st stage The indicator on the switch will illumi- The system will activate when: nate when the BSD (Blind spot 1.The system is on detection) system switch is pressed with the ignition switch ON. If vehicle 2.Vehicle speed is above 30 km/h speed exceeds 30 km/h (18.6 mph) (18.6 mph) the system will activate. 3.Other vehicles are detected in the If the ignition switch is turned OFF rear side and ON the system returns to the previous state.

When the system is not used turn the OXMA053014 system off by turning off the switch. If a vehicle is detected within the When the system is turned on the boundary of the system, a yellow warning light will illuminate for 3 sec- warning light will illuminate inside of onds on the outside rearview mirror. the outside rearview mirror glass.

5 50 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 51

Driving your vehicle

2nd stage Detecting sensor Warning message

OXMA053015

The second stage alarm will activate OXM053016 OXM053053E when: 1.The first stage alert is on The sensors are located on inside of The message will appear to notify the rear bumper. the driver if there are foreign sub- 2.The turn signal is on to change a stances on the rear bumper or it is lane or the hazard warning light is Always keep the rear bumper clean for the system to work properly. hot near the rear bumper. The light on on the switch and the system will turn off automatically. When the second stage alert is acti- Remove the foreign matter on the vated, a warning light will illuminate rear bumper. on the outside rearview mirror housing and a alarm will sound. If the system does not work normally even though the foreign matter is removed, take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked.

551 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 52

Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION • The warning light on the out- • The system may not work side rearview mirror housing properly if the bumper has will illuminate whenever a been replaced or if repair work vehicle is detected at the rear has been done near the sen- side by the system. sor. To avoid accidents, do not • The detection area differs focus only on the warning according to the roads width. light and neglect to see the If the road is narrow the sys- surroundings of the vehicle. tem may detect other vehicles OXM053054E • Drive safely even though the in the next lane. If the system does not work properly, vehicle is equipped with a • To the contrary, if the road is a warning message will appear and BSD (Blind spot detection) very wide the system may not the light on the switch will turn off. system. Do not solely rely on detect other vehicles. The system will turn off automatical- the system but check for your- • The system may turn off due ly. self before changing lanes. to strong electromagnetic The system may not alert the waves. Have your vehicle inspected by an driver in some conditions so authorized Kia dealer. always check the surroundings while driving.

5 52 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 53

Driving your vehicle

Non-operating condition - A lot of amount of metal sub- Outside rearview mirror may not stances are near the vehicles such Driver's Attention alert the driver when: as a construction area. The driver must be cautious in the - The outside rearview mirror hous- - A big vehicle is near such as a bus ing is covered with foreign matter. following situations in which the sys- or truck. tem may not assist the driver and - The window is covered with foreign may not function properly. - A motorcycle or bicycle is near. matter. - A flat trailer like vehicle is near. - The windows are severely tinted. - Curved roads, tollgates, etc. - If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to it - The surrounding of the sensor is and has accelerated. covered by rain, snow, mud, etc - When the other vehicle passes by - The rear bumper near the sensor is very fast. covered or hidden with a foreign matter such as a sticker, bumper - When changing lanes. guard, bicycle stand etc. - When going down or up a steep - The rear bumper is damaged or the road where the height of the lane is sensor is out of place. different. - The height of the vehicle is - When the other vehicle drives at changed or altered such as when the rear very nearby or drives very the trunk is loaded with heavy close. objects, or has abnormal tire pres- - When the temperature near the sure etc. bumper is high. - Due to bad weather such as heavy - When a trailer or carrier is installed. rain or snow. - A fixed object is near such as a guardrail, etc.

553 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 54

Driving your vehicle

ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM Active ECO operation • When the Active ECO button is Limitation of Active ECO oper- pressed the ECO indicator (green) ation: will illuminate to show that the If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating. Active ECO is operating, the system • When the Active ECO is activated, operation is limited even though it will remain on until the Active there is no change in the ECO indi- ECO button is pressed again. cator. Active ECO does not turn off when • When the coolant temperature is the engine is restarted. To turn off low: The system will be limited until Active ECO, press the Active ECO engine performance becomes nor- button again. mal. • If Active ECO is turned off, the sys- • When driving up a hill: The system tem will return to normal mode. OXM053017 will be limited to gain power when Active ECO helps improve fuel effi- driving uphill because the engine ciency by controlling certain engine When Active ECO is activated: torque is restricted. and transaxle system operating • The engine noise may get louder. • When using sports mode: The sys- parameters. Fuel efficiency depends tem will be limited according to the • The vehicle speed may slightly be on the driver's driving habit and road shift location. reduced. condition. • When the accelerator pedal is • The air conditioner performance deeply depressed for a few sec- may be affected. onds: The system will be limited, judging that the driver wants to speed up.

5 54 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 55

Driving your vehicle

ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi- mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main- Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance many miles (kilometers) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in from a gallon (liter) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec- gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details). fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi- • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should moderate rate. Don't make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important and maintain a steady cruising essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be speed. Don't race between stop- pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the lights. Try to adjust your speed to • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra the traffic so you don't have to aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel change speeds unnecessarily. ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos- or driving too fast over irregular corrosion. sible. Always maintain a safe dis- surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Don't carry unneces- tance from other vehicles so you faster tire wear and may also result sary weight in your vehicle. Weight can avoid unnecessary braking. in other problems as well as reduces fuel economy. This also reduces brake wear. greater fuel consumption. • Don't let the engine idle longer • Drive at a moderate speed. The than necessary. If you are waiting faster you drive, the more fuel your (and not in traffic), turn off your vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate engine and restart only when speed, especially on the highway, you're ready to go. is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption.

555 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 56

Driving your vehicle

• Remember, your vehicle does not • Use your air conditioning sparingly. require extended warm-up. After The air conditioning system is WARNING - Engine off the engine has started, allow the operated by engine power so your during engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds fuel economy is reduced when you motion prior to placing the vehicle in gear. use it. Never turn the engine off to In very cold weather, however, give • Open windows at high speeds can coast down hills or anytime the your engine a slightly longer warm- reduce fuel economy. vehicle is in motion. The power up period. • Fuel economy is less in crosswinds steering and power brakes will • Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. and headwinds. To help offset not function properly without Lugging is driving too slowly in a some of this loss, slow down when the engine running. Instead, very high gear resulting in engine driving in these conditions. keep the engine on and down- bucking. If this happens, shift to a shift to an appropriate gear for lower gear. Over-revving is racing engine braking effect. In addi- the engine beyond its safe limit. Keeping a vehicle in good operating tion, turning off the ignition This can be avoided by shifting at condition is important both for econ- while driving could engage the the recommended speed. omy and safety. Therefore, have an steering wheel lock resulting in authorized Kia dealer perform loss of vehicle steering which scheduled inspections and mainte- could cause serious injury or nance. death.

5 56 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 57

Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditions • If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, Reducing the risk of a rollover When hazardous driving conditions use second gear. Accelerate slow- This multi-purpose passenger vehi- are encountered such as water, ly to avoid spinning the drive cle is defined as a Sports Utility snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- wheels. Vehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higher ards, follow these suggestions: • Use sand, rock salt, or other non- ground clearance and a narrower • Drive cautiously and allow extra slip material under the drive track to make them capable of per- distance for braking. wheels to provide traction when forming in a wide variety of off-road stalled in ice, snow, or mud. applications. Specific design charac- • Avoid sudden braking or steering. teristics give them a higher center of • When braking with non-ABS gravity than ordinary vehicles. An brakes pump the brake pedal with WARNING - Downshifting advantage of the higher ground a light up-and-down motion until Downshifting with an automatic clearance is a better view of the the vehicle is stopped. transaxle, while driving on slip- road, which allows you to anticipate pery surfaces can cause an problems. They are not designed for accident. The sudden change in cornering at the same speeds as WARNING - ABS tire speed could cause the tires conventional passenger vehicles, Do not pump the brake pedal on to skid. Be careful when down- any more than low-slung sports vehi- a vehicle equipped with ABS. shifting on slippery surfaces. cles are designed to perform satis- factorily in off-road conditions. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo, and never modify your vehicle in any way.

557 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 58

Driving your vehicle

Rocking the vehicle - Rollover WARNING WARNING If it is necessary to rock the vehicle As with other Sports Utility Your vehicle is equipped with to free it from snow, sand, or mud, Vehicle (SUV), failure to operate tires designed to provide safe first turn the steering wheel right and this vehicle correctly may result ride and handling capability. Do left to clear the area around your in loss of control, an accident or not use a size and type of tire front wheels. Then, shift back and vehicle rollover. and wheel that is different from forth between 1st (First) and R • Utility vehicles have a signifi- the one that is originally (Reverse) in vehicles equipped with cantly higher rollover rate installed on your vehicle. It can a manual transaxle or R (Reverse) than other types of vehicles. affect the safety and perform- and any forward gear in vehicles ance of your vehicle, which • Specific design characteris- equipped with an automatic could lead to steering failure or transaxle. Do not race the engine, tics (higher ground clearance, rollover and serious injury. narrower track, etc.) give this and spin the wheels as little as pos- When replacing the tires, be sible. If you are still stuck after a few vehicle a higher center of sure to equip all four tires with gravity than ordinary vehicles. tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a the tire and wheel of the same tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat- • A SUV is not designed for cor- size, type, tread, brand and ing and possible damage to the nering at the same speeds as load-carrying capacity. If you transaxle. conventional vehicles. nevertheless decide to equip • Avoid sharp turns or abrupt your vehicle with any tire/wheel maneuvers. combination not recommended CAUTION • In a rollover crash, an unbelt- by Kia for off road driving, you Prolonged rocking may cause ed person is significantly should not use these tires for engine overheating, transaxle more likely to die than a per- highway driving. damage or failure, and tire dam- son wearing a seat belt. Make age. sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up.

5 58 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 59

Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering WARNING - Spinning WARNING tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle. could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation may injure bystanders. the vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes unstuck, causing ✽ NOTICE injury or damage to nearby peo- OUN056051 The ESC system (if equipped) ple or objects. Avoid braking or gear changing in should be turned OFF prior to rock- corners, especially when roads are ing the vehicle. wet. Ideally, corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration. If you follow these suggestions, tire wear will be held to a minimum.

559 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 60

Driving your vehicle

Driving at night • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the Driving in the rain glare from other driver's headlights. • Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. (On vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature.) Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You could be temporarily blinded, and it OCM053010 1VQA3003 will take several seconds for your Because night driving presents more eyes to readjust to the darkness. Rain and wet roads can make driving hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement. remember: Here are a few things to consider • Slow down and keep more dis- when driving in the rain: tance between you and other vehi- • A heavy rainfall will make it harder cles, as it may be more difficult to to see and will increase the dis- see at night, especially in areas tance needed to stop your vehicle, where there may not be any street so slow down. lights. • Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape. Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield.

5 60 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 61

Driving your vehicle

• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving off-road tion, making a quick stop on wet Drive carefully off-road because your WARNING pavement can cause a skid and vehicle may be damaged by rocks or • Underinflated or overinflated possibly lead to an accident. Be roots of trees. Become familiar with tires can cause poor handling, sure your tires are in good shape. the off-road conditions where you loss of vehicle control, and • Turn on your headlights to make it are going to drive before you begin sudden tire failure leading to easier for others to see you. driving. accidents, injuries, and even • Driving too fast through large pud- death. Always check tires for proper inflation before driv- dles can affect your brakes. If you Highway driving must go through puddles, try to ing. For proper tire pressures, drive through them slowly. Tires refer to “Tires and wheels” in section 8. • If you believe you may have gotten Adjust the tire inflation pressures to your brakes wet, apply them lightly specification. Low tire inflation pres- • Driving on tires with no or while driving until normal braking sures will result in overheating and insufficient tread is danger- operation returns. possible failure of the tires. ous. Worn-out tires can result Avoid using worn or damaged tires in loss of vehicle control, col- which may result in reduced traction lisions, injury, and even death. Driving in flooded areas or tire failure. Worn-out tires should be Avoid driving through flooded areas replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for unless you are sure the water is no ✽ higher than the bottom of the wheel NOTICE driving. Always check the tire hub. Drive through any water slowly. Never exceed the maximum tire tread before driving your vehi- Allow adequate stopping distance inflation pressure shown on the cle. For further information because brake performance may be tires. and tread limits, refer to “Tires affected. and wheels” in section 7. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

561 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 62

Driving your vehicle

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil.

Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine.

5 62 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 63

Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snowy or icy conditions Snow tires To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi- may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of on your tires. If snow tires are need- the same size and load range as the ed, it is necessary to select tires original tires. Mount snow tires on all equivalent in size and type of the four wheels to balance your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Failure to do handling in all weather conditions. so may adversely affect the safety Keep in mind that the traction provid- and handling of your vehicle. ed by snow tires on dry roads may Furthermore, speeding, rapid accel- not be as high as your vehicle's orig- eration, sudden brake applications, inal equipment tires.You should drive 1VQA3005 and sharp turns are potentially very cautiously even when the roads are Severe weather conditions in the hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations. other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden Do not install studded tires without problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy first checking local, state and munic- should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You ipal regulations for possible restric- need to keep sufficient distance tions against their use. between the vehicle in operation in front of your vehicle. Also, apply the brake gently. WARNING - Snow tire size Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.

563 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 64

Driving your vehicle

Use high quality ethylene gly- Change to "winter weight" oil To keep locks from freezing col coolant if necessary To keep the locks from freezing, Your vehicle is delivered with high In some climates it is recommended squirt an approved de-icer fluid or quality ethylene glycol coolant in the that a lower viscosity "winter weight" glycerine into the key opening. If a cooling system. It is the only type of oil be used during cold weather. See lock is covered with ice, squirt it with coolant that should be used because section 8 for recommendations. If an approved de-icing fluid to remove it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- you aren't sure what weight oil you the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, ing system, lubricates the water should use, consult an authorized you may be able to thaw it out by pump and prevents freezing. Be sure Kia dealer. using a heated key. Handle the heat- to replace or replenish your coolant ed key with care to avoid injury. in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. Before winter, Check spark plugs and igni- have your coolant tested to assure tion system Use approved window washer that its freezing point is sufficient for Inspect your spark plugs as anti-freeze in system the temperatures anticipated during described in section 7 and replace To keep the water in the window the winter. them if necessary. Also check all washer system from freezing, add an ignition wiring and components to be approved window washer anti-freeze sure they are not cracked, worn or solution in accordance with instruc- Check battery and cables damaged in any way. tions on the container. Window wash- Winter puts additional burdens on er anti-freeze is available from an the battery system. Visually inspect authorized Kia dealer and most auto the battery and cables as described parts outlets. Do not use engine in section 7. The level of charge in coolant or other types of anti-freeze your battery can be checked by an as these may damage the paint fin- authorized Kia dealer or a service ish. station.

5 64 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 65

Driving your vehicle

Don’t let your parking brake Carry emergency equipment freeze Depending on the severity of the Under some conditions your parking weather, you should carry appropri- brake can freeze in the engaged ate emergency equipment. Some of position. This is most likely to hap- the items you may want to carry pen when there is an accumulation include tow straps or chains, flash- of snow or ice around or near the light, emergency flares, sand, shov- rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. el, jumper cables, window scraper, If there is a risk the parking brake gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blan- may freeze, apply it only temporarily ket, etc. while you put the gear shift lever in P (Park, automatic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components are not obstructed.

565 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 66

Driving your vehicle

TRAILER TOWING If you are considering towing with Remember that trailering is different your vehicle, you should first check WARNING - Weight than just driving your vehicle by itself. with your country's Department of limits Trailering means changes in han- Motor Vehicles to determine their Before towing, make sure the dling, durability, and fuel economy. legal requirements. total trailer weight, GCW (gross Successful, safe trailering requires Since laws vary the requirements for combination weight), GVW correct equipment, and it has to be towing trailers, cars, or other types of (gross vehicle weight), GAW used properly. vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask (gross axle weight) and trailer an authorized Kia dealer for further tongue load are all within the This section contains many time- details before towing. limits. tested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are WARNING - Towing a important for your safety and that of trailer CAUTION your passengers. Please read this Pulling a trailer improperly can section carefully before you pull a If you don't use the correct trailer. equipment and/or drive improp- damage your vehicle and result erly, you can lose control when in costly repairs not covered by you pull a trailer. For example, if your warranty. To pull a trailer Load-pulling components such as the trailer is too heavy, the correctly, follow the advice in the engine, transaxle, wheel assem- brakes may not work well - or this section. blies, and tires are forced to work even at all. You and your pas- harder against the load of the added sengers could be seriously or weight. The engine is required to fatally injured. Pull a trailer only Your vehicle can tow a trailer.* To operate at relatively higher speeds if you have followed all the identify what the vehicle trailering and under greater loads. This addi- steps in this section. capacity is for your vehicle, you tional burden generates extra heat. should read the information in The trailer also adds considerably to “Weight of the trailer” that appears wind resistance, increasing the You may require an additional wiring later in this section. harness connector to install a trailer pulling requirements. hitch. Please contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details.

5 66 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 67

Driving your vehicle

Hitches Safety chains Trailer brakes It's important to have the correct You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak- hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to trucks going by, and rough roads are er. Cross the safety chains under the your state’s regulations and that it is a few reasons why you’ll need the tongue of the trailer so that the properly installed and operating cor- right hitch. Here are some rules to tongue will not drop to the road if it rectly. follow: becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weight exceeds the • Will you have to make any holes in Instructions about safety chains may maximum allowed weight without the body of your vehicle when you be provided by the hitch manufactur- trailer brakes, then the trailer will also install a trailer hitch? If you do, then er or by the trailer manufacturer. require its own brakes as well. Be be sure to seal the holes later Follow the manufacturer’s recom- sure to read and follow the instruc- when you remove the hitch. mendation for attaching safety tions for the trailer brakes so you’ll be If you don’t seal them, deadly car- chains. Always leave just enough able to install, adjust and maintain bon monoxide (CO) from your slack so you can turn with your trail- them properly. exhaust can get into your vehicle, er. And, never allow safety chains to • Don’t tap into or modify your vehi- as well as dirt and water. drag on the ground. cle's brake system. • The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not - Trailer attach rental hitches or other WARNING bumper-type hitches to them. Use brakes only a frame-mounted hitch that Do not use a trailer with its own does not attach to the bumper. brakes unless you are absolute- • Kia trailer hitch accessory is avail- ly certain that you have proper- able at an authorized Kia dealer. ly set up the brake system. This is not a task for amateurs. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.

567 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 68

Driving your vehicle

Driving with a trailer Following distance Making turns Towing a trailer requires a certain Stay at least twice as far behind the When you’re turning with a trailer, amount of experience. Before setting vehicle ahead as you would when make wider turns than normal. Do out for the open road, you must get driving your vehicle without a trailer. this so your trailer won’t strike soft to know your trailer. Acquaint your- This can help you avoid situations shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, self with the feel of handling and that require heavy braking and sud- or other objects near the edge of the braking with the added weight of the den turns. road. Avoid jerky or sudden maneu- trailer. And always keep in mind that vers. Signal well in advance before turning or lane changes. the vehicle you are driving is now a Passing good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by You’ll need more passing distance itself. up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased Before you start, check the trailer vehicle length, you’ll need to go hitch and platform, safety chains, much farther beyond the passed electrical connector(s), lights, tires vehicle before you can return to your and mirror adjustment. If the trailer lane. Due to the added load to the has electric brakes, start your vehicle engine when going uphill the vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the may also take longer to pass than it trailer brake controller by hand to be would on flat ground. sure the brakes are working. This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time. Backing up During your trip, check occasionally Hold the bottom of the steering to be sure that the load is secure, wheel with one hand. Then, to move and that the lights and any trailer the trailer to the left, just move your brakes are still working. hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.

5 68 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 69

Driving your vehicle

Turn signals when towing a trailer Driving on grades When you tow a trailer, your vehicle WARNING Reduce speed and shift to a lower has to have a different turn signal Failure to use an approved trail- gear before you start down a long or flasher and extra wiring. The green er wiring harness could result steep downgrade. If you don’t shift arrows on your instrument panel will in damage to the vehicle electri- down, you might have to use your flash whenever you signal a turn or cal system and/or personal brakes so much that they would get lane change. Properly connected, injury. hot and no longer operate efficiently. the trailer lights will also flash to alert On a long uphill grade, shift down other drivers you’re about to turn, and reduce your speed to around 70 change lanes, or stop. km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi- When towing a trailer, the green bility of engine and transaxle over- arrows on your instrument panel will heating. flash for turns even if the bulbs on If your trailer weighs more than the the trailer are burned out. Thus, you maximum trailer weight without trail- may think drivers behind you are er brakes and you have an automat- seeing your signals when, in fact, ic transaxle, you should drive in D they are not. It’s important to check (Drive) when towing a trailer. occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) check the lights every time you dis- when towing a trailer will minimize connect and then reconnect the heat build up and extend the life of wires. your transaxle. Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle’s lighting system. Use only an approved trailer wiring harness. An authorized Kia dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness.

569 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 70

Driving your vehicle

Parking on hills 2.If the vehicle has a manual CAUTION Generally, if you have a trailer transaxle, place the vehicle in neu- • When towing a trailer on steep attached to your vehicle, you should tral. If the vehicle has an automatic grades (in excess of 6%) pay not park your vehicle on a hill. People transaxle, place the vehicle in P close attention to the engine can be seriously or fatally injured, (Park). coolant temperature gauge to and both your vehicle and the trailer 3.Set the parking brake and shut off ensure the engine does not can be damaged if they unexpected- the engine. overheat. ly roll downhill. 4.Place chocks under the trailer If the needle of the coolant However, if you ever have to park wheels on the down hill side of the temperature gauge moves your trailer on a hill, here's how to do wheels. across the dial towards “H” it: 5.Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, (HOT), pull over and stop as shift to neutral, release the parking soon as it is safe to do so, and brake and slowly release the allow the engine to idle until it WARNING - Parking on a hill brakes until the trailer chocks cools down. You may proceed absorb the load. once the engine has cooled Parking your vehicle on a hill sufficiently. with a trailer attached could 6.Reapply the brakes, reapply the cause serious injury or death, parking brake and shift the vehicle • You must decide driving to R (Reverse) for manual speed depending on trailer should the trailer break loose or brake stops working. transaxle or P (Park) for automatic weight and uphill grade to transaxle. reduce the possibility of engine and transaxle over- 1.Pull the vehicle into the parking 7.Shut off the vehicle and release the heating. space. Turn the steering wheel in vehicle brakes but leave the park- the direction of the curb (right if ing brake set. headed downhill, left if headed up hill).

5 70 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 71

Driving your vehicle

Maintenance when trailer tow- WARNING - Parking ing CAUTION brake Your vehicle will need service more • Due to higher load during It can be dangerous to get out often when you regularly pull a trail- trailer usage, overheating of your vehicle if the parking er. Important items to pay particular might occur in hot days or brake is not firmly set. attention to include engine oil, auto- during uphill driving. If the If you have left the engine run- matic transaxle fluid, axle lubricant coolant gauge indicates over- ning, the vehicle can move sud- and cooling system fluid. Brake con- heating, switch off the A/C and denly. You or others could be dition is another important item to stop the vehicle in a safe area seriously or fatally injured. frequently check. Each item is cov- to cool down the engine. ered in this manual, and the Index • When towing check transaxle will help you find them quickly. If fluid more frequently. When you are ready to leave after you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to parking on a hill review these sections before you 1. With the manual transaxle in start your trip. Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Don’t forget to also maintain your (Park), apply your brakes and hold trailer and hitch. Follow the mainte- the brake pedal down while you: nance schedule that accompanied • Start your engine; your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, conduct the check at the • Shift into gear; and start of each day’s driving. Most • Release the parking brake. importantly, all hitch nuts and bolts 2. Slowly remove your foot from the should be tight. brake pedal. 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks. 4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.

571 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 72

Driving your vehicle

kg (lbs.) If you do decide to pull a trail- Gasoline Engine er Engine Here are some important points if 2.4L 3.3L you decide to pull a trailer: Item • Consider using a sway control. You 750 750 can ask a hitch dealer about sway Without brake system control. Maximum trailer (1,650) (1,650) weight 907 907 • Do not do any towing with your With brake system vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,999) (1,999) (1,200 miles) in order to allow the 127 159 engine to properly break in. Failure Maximum tongue weight to heed this caution may result in (280) (350) serious engine or transaxle damage. To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, you should • When towing a trailer, be sure to read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” that appears later in this sec- consult an authorized Kia dealer tion. for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc. • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 km/h (60 mph)). • On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower. • The chart contains important con- siderations that have to do with weight: 5 72 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 73

Driving your vehicle

Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue The trailer tongue should weigh a maximum of 10% of the total loaded trailer weight, within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load. After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren’t, you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

C190E01JM C190E02JM What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load of any trailer is an a trailer? It should never weigh more important weight to measure than the maximum trailer weight with because it affects the total gross trailer brakes. But even that can be vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehi- too heavy. cle. This weight includes the curb It depends on how you plan to use weight of the vehicle, any cargo you your trailer. For example, speed, alti- may carry in it, and the people who tude, road grades, outside tempera- will be riding in the vehicle. And if you ture and how often your vehicle is will tow a trailer, you must add the used to pull a trailer are all important. tongue load to the GVW because The ideal trailer weight can also your vehicle will also be carrying that depend on any special equipment weight. that you have on your vehicle.

573 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:31 PM Page 74

Driving your vehicle

WARNING - Trailer • Never load a trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front. The front should be loaded with approximately 60% of the total trailer load; the rear should be loaded with approximately 40% of the total trailer load. • Never exceed the maximum weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in damage to your vehicle and/or personal injury. Check weights and loading at a commercial scale or highway patrol office equipped with scales. • An improperly loaded trailer can cause loss of vehicle control.

5 74 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 75

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OXM059100N/OXMA053203N/OXM059102N/OXMA053205 OXMA059102N/OXMA053204A/OXMA053200N/OXMA053206 Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.

575 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 4/10/2013 4:36 PM Page 76

Driving your vehicle

Vehicle capacity weight: Seating capacity: Towing capacity: 5 persons : 420 kg (930 lbs.) Total - 5 persons - 2.4L Engine 7 persons : 506 kg (1120 lbs.) (Front seat : 2 persons, Without trailer brakes Rear seat : 3 persons) Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi- : 750 kg (1650 lbs.) - 7 persons mum combined weight of occupants With trailer brakes and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped (Front seat : 2 persons, with a trailer, the combined weight Rear seat : 5 persons) : 907 kg (2000 lbs.) includes the tongue load. Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a - 3.3L Engine driver, your vehicle may carry. Without trailer brakes However, the seating capacity may : 750 kg (1650 lbs.) be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight With trailer brakes of the cargo being carried or towed. : 907 kg (2000 lbs.) Do not overload the vehicle as there - with trailer package is a limit to the total weight, or load : 1588 kg (3500 lbs.) limit including occupants and cargo, Towing capacity is the maximum the vehicle can carry. trailer weight including its cargo weight, your vehicle can tow.

5 76 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 77

Driving your vehicle

Cargo capacity: Steps for determining correct load 5.Determine the combined weight of The cargo capacity of your vehicle limit luggage and cargo being loaded will increase or decrease depending 1.Locate the statement "The com- on the vehicle. That weight may not on the weight and the number of bined weight of occupants and safely exceed the available cargo occupants and the tongue load, if cargo should never exceed XXX kg and luggage load capacity calcu- your vehicle is equipped with a trail- or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's plac- lated in Step 4. er. ard. 6.If your vehicle will be towing a trail- 2.Determine the combined weight of er, load from your trailer will be the driver and passengers that will transferred to your vehicle. Consult be riding in your vehicle. this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and 3.Subtract the combined weight of luggage load capacity of your vehi- the driver and passengers from cle. XXX kg or XXX lbs. 4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 635 kg (1400 lbs.) and there will be five 68 kg (150 lbs.) passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg (650 lbs). (635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or 1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)

577 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 78

Driving your vehicle

Example 1 Example 2 Example 3

ABC ABC ABC

C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM

Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Vehicle Capacity 635 kg A A A Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Weight (1400 lbs) Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant Subtract Occupant 136 kg 340 kg 390 kg B Weight B Weight B Weight (300 lbs) (750 lbs) 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 78 kg (172 lbs) × 5 (860 lbs) Available Cargo and 499 kg Available Cargo and 295 kg Available Cargo and 245 kg C C C Luggage weight (1100 lbs) Luggage weight (650 lbs) Luggage weight (540 lbs) Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's capacity weight.

5 78 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 79

Driving your vehicle

Certification label The label will help you decide how - Over The certification label is located on WARNING much cargo and installed equipment the driver's door sill at the center pil- loading your vehicle can carry. lar. • Never exceed the GVWR for This label shows the maximum your vehicle, the GAWR for If you carry items inside your vehicle allowable weight of the fully loaded either the front or rear axle - like suitcases, tools, packages, or vehicle. This is called the GVWR and vehicle capacity weight. anything else - they are moving as (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The Exceeding these ratings can fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop GVWR includes the weight of the cause an accident or vehicle or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, vehicle, all occupants, fuel and damage.You can calculate the the items will keep going and can cargo. weight of your load by weigh- cause an injury if they strike the driving the items (or people) er or a passenger. This label also tells you the maxi- before putting them in the mum weight that can be supported vehicle. Be careful not to over- by the front and rear axles, called load your vehicle. Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). • Do not load your vehicle any To find out the actual loads on your heavier than the GVWR, either front and rear axles, you need to go the maximum front or rear to a weigh station and weigh your GAWR and vehicle capacity vehicle.Your dealer can help you with weight. If you do, parts, this. Be sure to spread out your load including tires on your vehicle equally on both sides of the center- can break, and it can change line. the way your vehicle handles and braking ability. This could cause you to lose control and crash. Also, overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle.

579 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 80

Driving your vehicle

WARNING CAUTION WARNING - Loose cargo • Overloading your vehicle can • Overloading your vehicle may Items you carry inside your cause heat buildup in your cause damage. Repairs would vehicle can strike and injure vehicle's tires and possible not be covered by your war- occupants in a sudden stop or tire failure that could lead to a ranty. Do not overload your turn, or in a crash. crash. vehicle. • Put items in the cargo area of • Overloading your vehicle can • Using heavier suspension your vehicle. Try to spread the cause increased stopping dis- components to get added weight evenly. tances that could lead to a durability might not change • Never stack items, like suit- crash. your weight ratings. Ask your cases, inside the vehicle • A crash resulting from poor dealer to help you load your above the tops of the seats. vehicle the right way. handling vehicle damage, tire • Do not leave an unsecured failure, or increased stopping child restraint in your vehicle. distances could result in serious injury or death. • When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it. • Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary.

5 80 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 5.QXP 1/23/2013 3:32 PM Page 81

Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT GLOSSARY This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating) trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle bility, with or without a trailer. (including all options, equipment, Properly loading your vehicle will passengers and cargo). The GVWR provide maximum return of the vehi- GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label cle design performance. Before load- This is the total weight placed on located on the driver’s door sill. ing your vehicle, familiarize yourself each axle (front and rear) - including with the following terms for determin- vehicle curb weight and all payload. ing your vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's specifications and the certification GAWR label: (Gross axle weight rating) This is the maximum allowable Base curb weight weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers This is the weight of the vehicle are shown on the certification label. including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not The total load on each axle must include passengers, cargo, or option- never exceed its GAWR. al equipment. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) Vehicle curb weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus This is the weight of your new vehicle actual Cargo Weight plus passen- when you picked it up from your deal- gers. er plus any aftermarket equipment.

581 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 1

What to do in an emergency

Road warning ...... 6-2 • Hazard warning flasher ...... 6-2 In case of an emergency while driving...... 6-3 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 6-3 • If you have a flat tire while driving...... 6-3 • If engine stalls while driving ...... 6-3 If the engine does not start ...... 6-4 • If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 • Jump starting...... 6-5 • Push-starting ...... 6-6 If the engine overheats...... 6-7 If you have a flat tire ...... 6-8 • Jack and tools ...... 6-8 • Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-9 • Changing tires ...... 6-11 6 • Use of temporary compact spare tire ...... 6-15 Towing ...... 6-17 • Towing service ...... 6-17 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 2

What to do in an emergency

ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer- ■ gency repairs are being made or Type A when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher oper- OXM063002 ates whether your vehicle is run- ■ Type B ning or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.

OXM063001

The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

26 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 3

What to do in an emergency

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross- 2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn If the engine stalls while driv- road or crossing on your emergency hazard flashing ers, set the parking brake and put If the engine stalls at a crossroad or 1.Reduce your speed gradually, the transaxle in P (Park, automatic crossing, set the shift lever in the N keeping a straight line. Move cau- transaxle) or reverse (manual (Neutral) position and then push the tiously off the road to a safe place. transaxle). vehicle to a safe place. 2.Turn on your emergency flashers. 3.Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on 3.Try to start the engine again. If your If you have a flat tire while the side of the vehicle that is away vehicle will not start, contact an driving from traffic. authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance. If a tire goes flat while you are driv- 4.When changing a flat tire, follow ing: the instruction provided later in this 1.Take your foot off the accelerator section. ✽ NOTICE pedal and let the vehicle slow If there was a check engine light and down while driving straight ahead. loss of power or stall and if safe to do Do not apply the brakes immedi- so to wait at least 10 seconds to ately or attempt to pull off the road restart the vehicle after it stalls. This as this may cause a loss of control. may reset the car so it will no longer When the vehicle has slowed to run at low power (limp home) condi- such a speed that it is safe to do tion. so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.

63 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 4

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally turns over slowly WARNING but does not start 1.If your vehicle has an automatic If the engine will not start, do 1.Check the fuel level. transaxle, be sure the shift lever is not push or pull the vehicle to start it. This could result in a 2.With the ignition switch in the in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK position, check all connec- emergency brake is set. collision or cause other damage. In addition, push or pull tors at the ignition coils and spark 2.Check the battery connections to starting may cause the catalytic plugs. Reconnect any that may be be sure they are clean and tight. converter to overload and cre- disconnected or loose. 3.Turn on the interior light. If the light ate a fire hazard. 3.Check the fuel line in the engine dims or goes out when you operate compartment. the starter, the battery is dis- 4.If the engine still does not start, call charged. an authorized Kia dealer or seek 4.Check the starter connections to other qualified assistance. be sure they are securely tightened. 5.Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See instructions for "Jump starting".

46 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 5

What to do in an emergency

EMERGENCY STARTING

Jumper Cables Jump starting - Battery Jump starting can be dangerous if WARNING done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The vehicle or battery, follow these jump battery produces hydrogen (-) gas which may explode if (+) starting procedures. If in doubt, we (-) strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks. competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not (+) Discharged ice jump start your vehicle. followed exactly, serious per- Booster battery sonal injury and damage to battery the vehicle may occur! If you 1VQA4001 CAUTION are not sure how to follow this Connect cables in numerical order Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- procedure, seek qualified and disconnect in reverse order. tem. You can damage a 12-volt assistance. Automobile bat- starting motor, ignition system, teries contain sulfuric acid. and other electrical parts This is poisonous and highly beyond repair by use of a 24- corrosive. When jump start- volt power supply (either two ing, wear protective glasses 12-volt batteries in series or a and be careful not to get acid 24-volt motor generator set). on yourself, your clothing or on the vehicle. • Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged WARNING - Battery battery is frozen or if the elec- Never attempt to check the electrolyte level is low; the battery trolyte level of the battery as may rupture or explode. this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury.

65 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 6

What to do in an emergency

Jump starting procedure Do not allow the jumper cables to Push-starting 1.Make sure the booster battery is contact anything except the correct Vehicles equipped with automatic 12-volt and that its negative termi- battery terminals or the correct transaxle lock system cannot be nal is grounded. ground. Do not lean over the bat- push-started. tery when making connections. 2.If the booster battery is in another Follow the directions in this section vehicle, do not allow the vehicles to for jump-starting. come in contact. CAUTION - Battery 3.Turn off all unnecessary electrical cables loads. Do not connect the jumper WARNING 4.Connect the jumper cables in the cable from the negative terminal Never tow a vehicle to start it exact sequence shown in the illus- of the booster battery to the because the sudden surge for- tration. First connect one end of a negative terminal of the dis- ward when the engine starts jumper cable to the positive termi- charged battery. This can cause could cause a collision with the nal of the discharged battery (1), the discharged battery to over- tow vehicle. then connect the other end to the heat and crack, releasing bat- positive terminal of the booster tery acid. battery (2). Proceed to connect one end of the 5.Start the engine of the vehicle with other jumper cable to the negative the booster battery and let it run at terminal of the booster battery (3), 2,000 rpm, then start the engine of then the other end to a solid, sta- the vehicle with the discharged tionary, metallic point (for example, battery. the engine lifting bracket) away If the cause of your battery discharg- from the battery (4). Do not con- ing is not apparent, you should have nect it to or near any part that your vehicle checked by an author- moves when the engine is cranked. ized Kia dealer.

66 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 7

What to do in an emergency

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4.Check to see if the water pump overheating, you experience a loss drive belt is missing. If it is not WARNING of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is Do not remove the radiator cap knocking, the engine will probably be tight. If the drive belt seems to be when the engine is hot. This too hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- may result in coolant being ing from the radiator, hoses or blown out of the opening and 1.Pull off the road and stop as soon under the vehicle. (If the air condi- cause serious burns. as it is safe to do so. tioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining 2.Place the shift lever in P (Park, from it when you stop). 6.If you cannot find the cause of the automatic transaxle) or Neutral overheating, wait until the engine (manual transaxle) and set the WARNING temperature has returned to nor- parking brake. If the air condition- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, ing is on, turn it off. While the engine is running, carefully add coolant to the reser- 3.If engine coolant is running out keep hair, hands and clothing voir to bring the fluid level in the under the vehicle or steam is com- away from moving parts such reservoir up to the halfway mark. ing out from underneath the hood, as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury. 7.Proceed with caution, keeping stop the engine. Do not open the alert for further signs of overheat- hood until the coolant has stopped ing. If overheating happens again, running or the steaming has 5.If the water pump drive belt is bro- call an authorized Kia dealer for stopped. If there is no visible loss ken or engine coolant is leaking assistance. of engine coolant and no steam, out, stop the engine immediately leave the engine running and and call the nearest authorized Kia check to be sure the engine cool- dealer for assistance. CAUTION ing fan is operating. If the fan is not Serious loss of coolant indi- running, turn the engine off. cates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer.

67 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 8

What to do in an emergency

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE Jack and tools Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency WARNING - Changing tire changing only. tires To prevent the jack from “rattling” • Never attempt vehicle repairs while the vehicle is in motion, store it in the traffic lanes of a public properly. road or highway. Follow jacking instructions to reduce • Always move the vehicle com- the possibility of personal injury. pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on a firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm, level place off the road, OXM063003 call a towing service company The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut for assistance. wrench are stored in the luggage • Be sure to use the correct compartment. front and rear jacking posi- Pull up the luggage box cover to tions on the vehicle; never reach this equipment. use the bumpers or any other (1) Jack handle part of the vehicle for jack support. (2) Jack (Continued) (3) Wheel lug nut wrench (4) Socket

86 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:33 PM Page 9

What to do in an emergency

(Continued) Removing and storing the spare tire • The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death. No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack; use vehicle support stands. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. OXM063005 • Do not allow anyone to remain 3.Connect the socket and wheel lug in the vehicle while it is on the nut wrench. jack. OXM063004 4.Use the wheel lug nut wrench to • Make sure any children pres- Your spare tire is stored underneath loosen the bolt enough to lower the ent are in a secure place away your vehicle, directly below the cargo spare tire. from the road and from the area. Turn the wrench counterclockwise vehicle to be raised with the To remove the spare tire: jack. until the spare tire reaches the 1.Open the tailgate. ground. 2.Find the hex bolt cover and bend the cover back.

69 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 10

What to do in an emergency

WARNING Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from “rattling”. Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.

OXM069004 OXM069005 5.After the spare tire reaches the To store the spare tire: ground, continue to turn the 1.Lay the tire on the ground with the wrench counterclockwise, and valve stem facing up. draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the wrench excessively, oth- 2.Place the wheel under the vehicle erwise the spare tire carrier may be and install the retainer (1) through damaged. the wheel center. 6.Remove the retainer (1) from the 3.Turn the wrench clockwise until it center of the spare tire. clicks.

6 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 11

What to do in an emergency

Changing tires WARNING - Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be 1VQA4023 blocked, and that no person 1VQA4022 4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, remain in a vehicle that is jack, jack handle, and spare tire being jacked. 1.Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle. the parking brake firmly. 5.Block both the front and rear of the 2.Place the transaxle shift lever in R wheel that is diagonally opposite (Reverse) with manual transaxle or from the jack position. P (Park) with automatic transaxle. 3.Activate the hazard warning flashers.

611 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 12

What to do in an emergency

OXM069006 OCM054013 OAM069009 6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- 7.Place the jack at the front or rear 8.Insert the jack handle into the jack clockwise one turn each, but do jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the not remove any nut until the tire you are changing. Place the jack at vehicle until the tire just clears the has been raised off the ground. the designated locations under the ground. This measurement is frame. approximately 30 mm (1 in.). Before removing the wheel lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta- WARNING - Jack ble and that there is no chance for location movement or slippage. To reduce the possibility of injury, be sure to use only the jack provided with the vehicle and in the correct jack position; never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

6 12 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 13

What to do in an emergency

9.Loosen the wheel nuts and remove 10. To install the wheel, hold it on the them with your fingers. Slide the WARNING studs, put the wheel nuts on the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so Wheels may have sharp edges. studs and tighten them finger it cannot roll away.To put the wheel Handle them carefully to avoid tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is on the hub, pick up the spare tire, possible severe injury. Before completely seated, then tighten line up the holes with the studs and putting the wheel into place, be the nuts as much as possible slide the wheel onto them. If this is sure that there is nothing on the with your fingers again. difficult, tip the wheel slightly and hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, 11. Insert the wrench into the jack get the top hole in the wheel lined gravel, etc.) that prevents the and lower the vehicle to the up with the top stud.Then jiggle the wheel from fitting solidly ground by turning the wheel nut wheel back and forth until the against the hub. wrench counterclockwise. wheel can slide over the other If there is, remove it. If the con- studs. tact of the mounting surface between the wheel and hub is not good, the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death.

613 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 14

What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust removal that the same nuts that it until it is correct. Always reinstall were removed are reinstalled - the valve cap after checking or or, if replaced, that nuts with adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap metric threads and the same is not replaced, dust and dirt may get chamfer configuration are used. into the tire valve and air may leak Installation of a non-metric OUN047019 from the tire. If you lose a valve cap, thread nut on a metric stud or buy another and install it as soon as vice-versa will not secure the Then position the wrench as shown possible. wheel to the hub properly and in the drawing and tighten the wheel After you have changed the wheels, will damage the stud so that it nuts. Be sure the socket is seated must be replaced. completely over the nut. Do not stand always secure the flat tire in its place on the wrench handle or use an and return the jack and tools to their Note that most lug nuts do not extension pipe over the wrench han- proper storage locations. have metric threads. Be sure to dle. Go around the wheel tightening use extreme care in checking every nut following the numerical for thread style before installing sequence shown in the image until aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. they are all tight. Then double-check If in doubt, consult an author- each nut for tightness. After changing ized Kia dealer. wheels, have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)

6 14 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 15

What to do in an emergency

Important - use of compact spare WARNING - Wheel studs tire (if equipped) WARNING If the studs are damaged, they Your vehicle is equipped with a com- The compact spare tire is for may lose their ability to retain pact spare tire. This compact spare emergency use only. Do not the wheel.This could lead to the tire takes up less space than a regu- operate your vehicle on this loss of the wheel and a collision lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than a compact spare at speeds over resulting in serious injuries. conventional tire and is designed for 80 km/h (50 mph). The original temporary use only. tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to To prevent the jack, jack handle, avoid failure of the spare possi- wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire CAUTION bly leading to personal injury or from rattling while the vehicle is in • You should drive carefully death. motion, store them properly. when the compact spare is in use. The compact spare WARNING - Inadequate should be replaced by the The compact spare should be inflat- spare tire pressure proper conventional tire and ed to 420 kPa (60 psi). rim at the first opportunity. Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after • The operation of this vehicle ✽ NOTICE installing the spare tire. Adjust is not recommended with Check the inflation pressure after it to the specified pressure, if more than one compact spare installing the spare tire. Adjust it to necessary. Refer to “Tires and tire in use at the same time. the specified pressure, as necessary. wheels” in section 8.

615 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 16

What to do in an emergency

When using a compact spare tire, • Avoid driving over obstacles. The • The compact spare tire should not observe the following precautions: compact spare tire diameter is be used on any other wheels, nor • Under no circumstances should smaller than the diameter of a con- should standard tires, snow tires, you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a ventional tire and reduces the wheel covers or trim rings be used higher speed could damage the ground clearance approximately with the compact spare wheel. If tire. 25 mm (1 inch), which could result such use is attempted, damage to in damage to the vehicle. these items or other vehicle com- • Ensure that you drive slowly ponents may occur. enough for the road conditions to • Do not take this vehicle through an avoid all hazards. Any road hazard, automatic vehicle wash while the • Do not use more than one compact such as a pothole or debris, could compact spare tire is installed. spare tire at a time. seriously damage the compact • Do not use the compact spare tire • Do not tow a trailer while the com- spare. on any other vehicle because this pact spare tire is installed. • Any continuous road use of this tire tire has been designed especially could result in tire failure, loss of for your vehicle. vehicle control, and possible per- • The compact spare tire’s tread life sonal injury. is shorter than a regular tire. • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi- Inspect your compact spare tire mum load rating or the load-carry- regularly and replace worn coming capacity shown on the sidewall pact spare tires with the same size of the compact spare tire. and design, mounted on the same wheel.

6 16 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 17

What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service For trailer towing guidelines information, refer to “Trailer towing” in sec- WARNING tion 5. If your vehicle is equipped with side and curtain air bag, set the On 4WD vehicles, your vehicle must ignition switch to LOCK or ACC be towed with a wheel lift and dollies position when the vehicle is or flatbed equipment with all the being towed. wheels off the ground. The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ignitions is ON, and the rollover sensor CAUTION detects the situation as a The 4WD vehicle should never rollover. be towed with the wheels on the dolly ground. This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the 4WD system.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to dolly tow the vehicle with the rear wheels OXM069028 on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an If any of the loaded wheels or sus- authorized Kia dealer or a commer- pension components are damaged cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting or the vehicle is being towed with the and towing procedures are neces- front wheels on the ground, use a sary to prevent damage to the vehi- towing dolly under the front wheels. cle. The use of wheel dollies or When being towed by a commercial flatbed is recommended. tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. 617 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 6.QXP 1/23/2013 3:34 PM Page 18

What to do in an emergency

When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies : 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

OUN046030 CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transaxle.

OCM054034

CAUTION • Do not tow the vehicle backwards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle. • Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment.

6 18 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 1

Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 7-3 Climate control air filter ...... 7-41 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 • Filter inspection ...... 7-41 • Owner’s responsibility ...... 7-5 Wiper blades ...... 7-43 • Owner maintenance precautions ...... 7-6 • Blade inspection...... 7-43 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 • Blade replacement ...... 7-43 • Owner maintenance schedule...... 7-7 Battery...... 7-47 Scheduled maintenance service...... 7-9 • For best battery service ...... 7-47 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-27 • Battery recharging ...... 7-48 Engine oil...... 7-31 • Reset items ...... 7-49 • Checking the engine oil level ...... 7-31 Tires and wheels ...... 7-50 • Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 7-32 • Tire care ...... 7-50 Engine coolant ...... 7-33 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-50 • Checking the coolant level ...... 7-33 • Checking tire inflation pressure...... 7-51 • Changing the coolant ...... 7-35 • Tire rotation ...... 7-52 Brake/clutch fluid...... 7-36 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-53 • Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ...... 7-36 • Tire replacement ...... 7-54 Washer fluid ...... 7-37 • Wheel replacement ...... 7-55 • Checking the washer fluid level ...... 7-37 • Tire traction ...... 7-55 Parking brake...... 7-38 • Tire maintenance...... 7-55 7 • Checking the parking brake...... 7-38 • Tire sidewall labeling ...... 7-56 Air cleaner...... 7-39 • Filter replacement ...... 7-39 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 2

Fuses ...... 7-64 • Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-68 Appearance care...... 7-74 • Exterior care ...... 7-74 • Interior care ...... 7-79 Emission control system ...... 7-81

7 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 3

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

■ 2.4L GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Positive battery terminal 7. Negative battery terminal 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9. Radiator cap 10. Engine oil dipstick * : if equipped

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OXMA072001

73 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 4

Maintenance

■ 3.3L GDI

1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Radiator cap 9. Engine oil dipstick 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir * if equipped

* The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OXMA073001

47 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 5

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility We recommend you have your vehi- to prevent damage to your vehicle cle maintained and repaired by an and injury to yourself whenever per- authorized Kia dealer. An authorized forming any maintenance or inspec- ✽ NOTICE Kia dealer meets Kia’s high service tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record quality standards and receives tech- Should you have any doubts con- Retention are the owner's responsi- nical support from Kia in order to pro- cerning the inspection or servicing of bility. vide you with a high level of service your vehicle, we strongly recom- satisfaction. mend that you have an authorized You should retain documents that Kia dealer perform this work. show proper maintenance has been An authorized Kia dealer has factory performed on your vehicle in accor- trained technicians and genuine Kia dance with the scheduled mainte- parts to service your vehicle proper- nance service charts shown on the ly. For expert advice and quality serv- following pages. You need this infor- ice, see an authorized Kia dealer. mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- requirements of your vehicle war- cient servicing may result in opera- ranties. tional problems with your vehicle that Detailed warranty information is pro- could lead to vehicle damage, an vided in your Warranty & Consumer accident, or personal injury. Information manual. Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.

75 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 6

Maintenance

Owner maintenance precautions WARNING - Maintenance work Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives • Performing maintenance work instructions only for the maintenance on a vehicle can be danger- items that are easy to perform. ous. You can be seriously injured while performing some As explained earlier in this section, maintenance procedures. If several procedures can be done only you lack sufficient knowledge by an authorized Kia dealer with spe- and experience or the proper cial tools. tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an ✽ NOTICE authorized Kia dealer. Improper owner maintenance dur- • Working under the hood with ing the warranty period may affect the engine running is danger- warranty coverage. For details, read ous. It becomes even more the separate Warranty & Consumer dangerous when you wear Information manual provided with jewelry or loose clothing. the vehicle. If you're unsure about These can become entangled any servicing or maintenance proce- in moving parts and result in dure, have it done by an authorized injury. Therefore, if you must Kia dealer. run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fans.

67 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 7

Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- When you stop for fuel: • Note any changes in the sound of formed by the owner or an author- the exhaust or any smell of • Check the engine oil level. ized Kia dealer at the frequencies exhaust fumes in the vehicle. indicated to help ensure safe, • Check the coolant level in the • Check for vibrations in the steering dependable operation of your vehi- coolant reservoir. cle. wheel. Notice any increased steer- • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer- Any adverse conditions should be level. ing wheel, or change in its straight- brought to the attention of your deal- • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position. er as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly These Owner Maintenance Checks WARNING turns slightly or “pulls” to one side are generally not covered by war- when traveling on smooth, level ranties and you may be charged for Be careful when checking your road. labor, parts and lubricants used. engine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check coolant and steam may blow for unusual sounds, pulling to one out under pressure. This could side, increased brake pedal travel cause burns or other serious or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. injury. • If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs, check the transaxle fluid level. • Check the automatic transaxle P (Park) function. • Check the parking brake. • Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).

77 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 8

Maintenance

At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check the coolant level in the • Clean the body and door drain engine coolant reservoir. holes. • Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. and latches. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- tires including the spare. strips. • Check the air conditioning system. At least twice a year • Inspect and lubricate the automat- (i.e., every Spring and Fall): ic transaxle linkage and controls. • Check the radiator, heater and air • Clean the battery and terminals. conditioning hoses for leaks or • Check the brake fluid level. damage. • Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function. • Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts.

87 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 9

Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre- conditions apply. If any of the follow- quently than the following Normal ing conditions apply, follow the Maintenance Schedule. After 120 Maintenance Under Severe Usage months or 240,000 km (150,000 Conditions. miles) continue to follow the pre- • Repeated short distance driving. scribed maintenance intervals. • Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas. • Extensive use of brakes. • Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used. • Driving on rough or muddy roads. • Driving in mountainous areas. • Extended periods of idling or low speed operation. • Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates. • More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C (90°F).

79 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 10

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first. *1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one *3 : Transfer case oil and rear axle oil should be changed bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are avail- anytime they have been submerged in water. able from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor- *4 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine mation on how to use them. Do not mix other addi- vibration and adjust if necessary. tives. *5 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur *2 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be or tension is reduced excessively. maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.

7 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 11

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 6 months 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ ❑ Replace engine oil and filter *6 Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or joint, upper arm ball joint replace. ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

711 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 12

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 18 months 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (36,000 km (22,500 miles) or 36 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or joint, upper arm ball joint replace. ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) (Continued)

7 12 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 13

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 30 months

❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect battery condition (48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect vacuum hose (48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 48 months) ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3 ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months) replace. ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (60,000 km (37,500 miles) or 60 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

713 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 14

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 36 months 84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 42 months

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 84 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (84,000 km (52,500 miles) or 84 months) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or joint, upper arm ball joint replace. ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 72 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 72 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7 14 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 15

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months (Continued) ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect drive belts ❑ Inspect battery condition (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months ❑ Inspect vacuum hose after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months) ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months) ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Replace coolant joint, upper arm ball joint (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❈ ❑ Inspect parking brake Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect valve clearance *4 (Continued)

715 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 16

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 54 months 120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 60 months ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 108 months) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (108,000 km (67,500 miles) or 108 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball replace. joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3 ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3 ❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)*5 (Continued)

7 16 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 17

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 66 months ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Rotate tire (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter (120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (120,000 km (75,000 miles) or 120 months) (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months) ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or Inspect brake pedal free play replace. ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

717 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 18

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 72 months (Continued)

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect battery condition (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 144 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace coolant ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 144 months) ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❈ ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 (Continued)

7 18 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 19

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 78 months 168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 84 months

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 156 months) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (156,000 km (97,500 miles) or 156 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball replace. joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months) (Continued)

719 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 20

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 90 months

❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Rotate tire (168,000 km (105,000 miles) or 168 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3 replace. ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 180 months) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 (180,000 km (112,500 miles) or 180 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

7 20 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 21

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 96 months (Continued) ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect battery condition (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines (192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 192 months) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace coolant ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 192 months) ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ 2 Inspect fuel filter * replace. ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❑ Inspect valve clearance *4 ❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 (Continued)

721 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 22

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 102 months 216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 108 months

❑ Rotate tire ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 204 months) ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (204,000 km (127,500 miles) or 204 months) ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball replace. joint, upper arm ball joint ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts ❑ Inspect drive belts (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 ❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Replace spark plugs ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months) (Continued)

7 22 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 23

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (Continued) 228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 114 months

❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Rotate tire (216,000 km (135,000 miles) or 216 months) ❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 228 months) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Add fuel additive *1 replace. (228,000 km (142,500 miles) or 228 months) ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

723 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 24

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 120 months (Continued) ❑ Rotate tire ❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid ❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 40,000 miles or 48 months) ❑ Inspect vacuum hose ❑ Inspect drive belts ❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months ❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines after every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months) *5 ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Replace climate control air filter ❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler (for evaporator and blower unit) ❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers ❑ Replace air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect propeller shaft (AWD) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter ❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads (240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months) ❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball ❑ Replace coolant joint, upper arm ball joint (First, 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 60 months ❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months) ❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Add fuel additive *1 ❑ Inspect fuel filter *2 (240,000 km (150,000 miles) or 240 months) ❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections ❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections ❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *2 ❑ Inspect brake pedal free play ❑ Inspect parking brake ❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap, fuel tank ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or ❑ Inspect rear axle oil (AWD) *3 replace. ❑ Inspect transfer case oil (AWD) *3 (Continued) No check, No service required ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)

7 24 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 2/13/2013 9:55 AM Page 25

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE DRIVING CONDI- MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION TION EVERY 6,000 KM (3,750 MILES) A, B, C, D, E, F, G, ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R OR 6 MONTHS H, I, J, K AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY A, B, H, I, K

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 96,000 KM (60,000 MILES) A, C, E, F, G, I

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID R EVERY 120,000 KM (80,000 MILES) C, E, F, G, I, J

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I UPPER ARM BALL JOINT

725 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 26

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE DRIVING CONDI- MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE INTERVALS OPERATION TION EVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J 6 MONTHS TRANSFER CASE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

REAR AXLE OIL (AWD) R EVERY 120,000 KM (75,000 MILES) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E UNIT) EVERY 12,000 KM (7,500 MILES) OR PROPELLER SHAFT I C, E 6 MONTHS

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A- Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez- G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road ing temperature H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack B- Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis- I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle tances towing C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- J - Driving over 170 km/h (106 mph) spread roads K- Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E- Driving in sandy areas

7 26 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 27

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel filter (cartridge) Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam- vehicle is being driven in severe con- cause multiple issues such as hard age. Have an authorized Kia dealer ditions, more frequent oil and filter starting. If an excessive amount of replace any damaged or leaking changes are required. foreign matter accumulates in the parts immediately. fuel tank, the filter may require replacement more frequently. Drive belts After installing a new filter, run the Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter- saturation and replace if necessary. Fuel filters should be installed by an vals specified in the maintenance Drive belts should be checked peri- authorized Kia dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new odically for proper tension and vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor- adjusted as necessary. rectly replaced.

727 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 28

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Cooling system hoses (if equipped) A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is Check the cooling system compo- Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- recommended when the filter is nents, such as the radiator, coolant dence of heat and/or mechanical replaced. reservoir, hoses and connections for damage. Hard and brittle rubber, leakage and damage. Replace any cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and damaged parts. excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Coolant nearest to high heat sources, such The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte- as the exhaust manifold. Valve clearance (if equipped) Inspect the hose routing to assure nance schedule. that the hoses do not come in con- Inspect for excessive valve noise tact with any heat source, sharp and/or engine vibration and adjust if edges or moving components which necessary. An authorized Kia dealer might cause heat damage or should perform the operation. mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage.

7 28 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:35 PM Page 29

Maintenance

Automatic transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines CAUTION (if equipped) Visually check for proper installation, Automatic transaxle fluid should not The use of a non-specified fluid chafing, cracks, deterioration and be checked under normal usage could result in transaxle mal- any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- conditions. function and failure. ed or damaged parts immediately. But in severe conditions, the fluid Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid. (Refer to should be changed at an authorized Brake/clutch (if equipped) fluid Kia dealer in accordance to the “Recommended lubricants and scheduled maintenance at the begin- capacities” in section 8.) Check the brake fluid level in the ning of this section. brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only Manual transaxle fluid hydraulic brake fluid conforming to (if equipped) DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification. Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance schedule.

✽ NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker. It is the normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.

729 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 3/4/2013 10:31 AM Page 30

Maintenance

Parking brake Suspension mounting bolts Drive shafts and boots Inspect the parking brake system Check the suspension connections Check the drive shafts, boots and including the parking brake lever (or for looseness or damage. Retighten clamps for cracks, deterioration, or pedal) and cables. to the specified torque. damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease. Brake discs, pads, calipers Steering gear box, linkage & and rotors boots/lower arm ball joint Air conditioning refrigerant Check the pads for excessive wear, With the vehicle stopped and engine discs for run out and wear, and off, check for excessive free-play in Check the air conditioning lines and calipers for fluid leakage. the steering wheel. connections for leakage and damage. Check the linkage for bends or dam- Exhaust pipe and muffler age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, damage. Replace any damaged muffler and hangers for cracks, dete- parts. rioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten con- Power steering pump, belt and nections or replace parts as neces- hoses (if equipped) sary. Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately. Inspect the power steering belt (or drive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

7 30 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 31

Maintenance

ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a ■ Type A ■ Type A few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.

WARNING - Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the OXM079005 radiator hose when checking or ■ Type B OXM079004 adding the engine oil as it may ■ Type B be hot enough to burn you.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.

CAUTION • Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. OXMA073005 OXMA073004 • Do not spill engine oil, when If it is near or at L, add enough oil to 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level adding or changing engine bring the level to F. Do not overfill. ground. oil. If you drop the engine oil 2. Start the engine and allow it to on the engine room, wipe it off Use a funnel to help prevent oil reach normal operating tempera- immediately. from being spilled on engine com- ture. ponents.

731 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 32

Maintenance

Use only the specified engine oil. Changing the engine oil and (Refer to “Recommended lubricants filter and capacities” in section 8.) Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section.

WARNING Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.

7 32 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 33

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level has a reservoir filled with year round (Continued) antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is WARNING When you are sure all the filled at the factory. pressure has been released, Removing radiator press down on the cap, using Check the antifreeze protection and cap coolant level at least once a year, at a thick towel, and continue the beginning of the winter season, turning counterclockwise to and before traveling to a colder cli- remove it. mate. • Even if the engine is not oper- • Never attempt to remove the ating, do not remove the radi- radiator cap while the engine ator cap or the drain plug is operating or hot. Doing so while the engine and radiator might lead to cooling system are hot. Hot coolant and and engine damage and could steam may still blow out result in serious personal under pressure, causing seri- injury from escaping hot ous injury. coolant or steam. • Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down. Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. (Continued)

733 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 34

Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant WARNING • When adding coolant, use only The electric motor deionized water or soft water for (cooling fan) is con- your vehicle and never mix hard trolled by the engine water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture coolant temperature, can result in serious malfunction or refrigerant pressure engine damage. and vehicle speed. It may some- • The engine in your vehicle has alu- times operate even when the minum engine parts and must be engine is not running. Use protected by an ethylene-glycol- extreme caution when working based coolant to prevent corrosion near the blades of the cooling OXM079006 and freezing. fan so that you are not injured Check the condition and connections • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol by a rotating fan blades. As the of all cooling system hoses and coolant or mix them with the spec- engine coolant temperature heater hoses. Replace any swollen ified coolant. decreases, the electric motor or deteriorated hoses. • Do not use a solution that contains will automatically shut off. This more than 60% antifreeze or less is a normal condition. The coolant level should be filled than 35% antifreeze, which would between F and L marks on the side If your vehicle is equipped with reduce the effectiveness of the of the coolant reservoir when the solution. GDI, the electric motor (cooling engine is cool. fan) may operate until you disconnect the negative battery If the coolant level is low, add enough cable. specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion. Bring the level to F, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized Kia dealer for a cooling system inspection.

7 34 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 35

Maintenance

For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant following table. Have the coolant changed by an Mixture Percentage authorized Kia dealer according to Ambient (volume) the Maintenance Schedule at the Temperature beginning of this section. Antifreeze Water -15°C (5°F) 35 65 CAUTION -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the -45°C (-49°F) 60 40 coolant in order to prevent the OXMA073007 coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator. WARNING Radiator cap WARNING - Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. Do not remove the radiator cap • Radiator coolant can severely when the engine and radiator obscure visibility when are hot. Scalding hot coolant sprayed on the windshield and steam may blow out under and may cause loss of vehicle pressure which may result in control or damage the paint serious injury. and body trim.

735 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 36

Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake/clutch* If the level is low, add fluid to the fluid level MAX level. The level will fall with WARNING - Brake/ accumulated mileage. This is a nor- clutch* fluid mal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and/or When changing and adding clutch disc (if equipped). If the fluid brake/clutch* fluid, handle it level is excessively low, have the carefully. Do not let it come in brake/clutch* system checked by an contact with your eyes. If brake/ authorized KIA dealer. clutch* fluid should come in contact with your eyes, immediately flush them with a large Use only the specified brake/clutch* quantity of fresh tap water. Have fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- your eyes examined by a doctor cants and capacities” in section 8.) as soon as possible.

OXM079008 Check the fluid level in the reservoir Never mix different types of fluid. CAUTION periodically. The fluid level should be Do not allow brake/clutch* fluid between MAX and MIN marks on the WARNING - Loss of to contact the vehicle's body side of the reservoir. brake/clutch* fluid paint, as paint damage will Before removing the reservoir cap In the event the brake/clutch* result. Brake/clutch* fluid, which and adding brake/clutch* fluid, clean system requires frequent addi- has been exposed to open air the area around the reservoir cap tions of fluid, the vehicle should for an extended time should thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch* be inspected by an authorized never be used as its quality can- fluid contamination. Kia dealer. not be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly. Don't put * if equipped in the wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/ clutch* system can damage brake/clutch* system parts.

7 36 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 37

Maintenance

WASHER FLUID Checking the washer fluid Check the fluid level in the washer level fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- WARNING - Coolant sary. Plain water may be used if ■ Type A • Do not use radiator coolant or washer fluid is not available. antifreeze in the washer fluid However, use washer solvent with reservoir. antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim. • Windshield washer fluid ODMNMC2019 ■ agents contain some amounts Type B of alcohol and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and ani- OXMA073010 mals. Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer The reservoir is translucent so that fluid. Serious injury or death you can check the level with a quick could occur. visual inspection.

737 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 38

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake Type B Type A

OXM059015 OXM059013 Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of Check whether the stroke is within “clicks’’ heard while fully applying it specification when the parking brake from the released position. Also, the pedal is depressed with 30 kg (66 lb, parking brake alone should securely 294 N) of force. Also, the parking hold the vehicle on a fairly steep brake alone should securely hold the grade. If the stroke is more or less vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the than specified, have the parking stroke is more or less than specified, brake adjusted by an authorized Kia have the parking brake adjusted by dealer. an authorized Kia dealer. Stroke : 8~9 notch Stroke : 5~6 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

7 38 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 39

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER Filter replacement

OXM079013 OXM073099

OXM079012 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner attaching clips and open the cover. box. It must be replaced when necessary, 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. and should not be washed. 4. Lock the cover with the cover You can clean the filter when inspect- attaching clips. ing the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air.

739 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 40

Maintenance

Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. CAUTION If the vehicle is operated in extreme- • Do not drive with the air clean- ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the er removed; this will result in element more often than the usual excessive engine wear. recommended intervals. (Refer to • When removing the air cleaner “Maintenance under severe usage filter, be careful that dust or conditions” in this section.) dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. • Use a Kia genuine part. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.

7 40 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 41

Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED) Filter inspection The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When you replace the climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OXM079015 OXM079016 1. Open the glove box and remove 2. With the glove box open, remove the support strap (1). the stoppers on both sides.

741 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 42

Maintenance

OXM079017 OXM079018N 3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air filter. ter case by pulling out both sides 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of the cover. of disassembly.

✽ NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.

7 42 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 43

Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Contamination of either the wind- Blade replacement shield or the wiper blades with for- When the wipers no longer clean eign matter can reduce the effective- adequately, the blades may be worn ness of the windshield wipers. or cracked, and require replacement. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commer- CAUTION cial vehicle washes. If the blades are To prevent damage to the wiper not wiping properly, clean both the arms or other components, do window and the blades with a good not attempt to move the wipers cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse manually. thoroughly with clean water.

1JBA5122 CAUTION CAUTION ✽ NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper The use of a non-specified blades, do not use gasoline, wiper blade could result in Commercial hot waxes applied by kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper malfunction and failure. automatic vehicle washes have been solvents on or near them. known to make the windshield difficult to clean.

743 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:36 PM Page 44

Maintenance

Front windshield wiper blade

1JBA7037

OHM078059

1LDA5023 Type B Type A 1. Raise the wiper arm. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose CAUTION the plastic locking clip. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, CAUTION since it may chip or crack the 1JBA7038 windshield. Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the windshield, 2. Compress the clip and slide the since it may chip or crack the blade assembly downward. windshield. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

7 44 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 45

Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade

OHM078060 OHM078061

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then 3. Install the new blade assembly in OHM078062 pull down the blade assembly and the reverse order of removal. remove it. 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly.

745 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 46

Maintenance

OHM078063 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade.

7 46 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 47

Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service WARNING - Battery dan- (Continued) gers If any electrolyte gets Always read the follow- into your eyes, flush ing instructions carefully your eyes with clean when handling a battery. water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate Keep lighted cigarettes medical attention. and all other flames or If electrolyte gets on sparks away from the your skin, thoroughly battery. wash the contacted Hydrogen, a highly com- area. If you feel pain or OXM079100 bustible gas, is always burning sensation, get present in battery cells medical attention imme- • Keep the battery securely mount- and may explode if ignit- diately. ed. ed. Wear eye protection • Keep the battery top clean and dry. Keep batteries out of the when charging or work- • Keep the terminals and connec- reach of children ing near a battery. tions clean, tight, and coated with because batteries con- Always provide ventila- petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive tion when working in an • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not enclosed space. the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to (Continued) solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes, clothing or paint finish. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, discon- (Continued) nect the battery cables.

747 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 48

Maintenance

Battery recharging (Continued) CAUTION Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, An inappropriately dis- If you connect unauthorized calcium-based battery. posed battery can be electronic devices to the bat- • If the battery becomes discharged Pb harmful to the environ- tery, the battery may be dis- ment and human health. charged. Never use unautho- in a short time (because, for exam- Dispose the battery rized devices. ple, the headlights or interior lights according to your local were left on while the vehicle was law(s) or regulation. not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure • If the battery gradually discharges on the case may cause battery because of high electric load while acid to leak, resulting in per- the vehicle is being used, recharge sonal injury. Lift with a battery it at 20-30A for two hours. carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on. Failure to follow the above warnings can result in serious bodily injury or death.

7 48 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 49

Maintenance

Reset items WARNING - Recharging (Continued) battery 1. Turn off the battery charger Items should be reset after the bat- main switch. tery has been discharged or the bat- When recharging the battery, tery has been disconnected. 2. Unhook the negative clamp observe the following precau- • Auto up/down window tions: from the negative battery terminal. (See section 4) • The battery must be removed • Sunroof (See section 4) from the vehicle and placed in 3. Unhook the positive clamp an area with good ventilation. from the positive battery ter- • Trip computer (See section 4) minal. • Do not allow cigarettes, • Climate control system sparks, or flame near the bat- (See section 4) tery. • Clock (See section 4) • Watch the battery during WARNING • Audio (See section 4) charging, and stop or reduce • Before performing mainte- the charging rate if the battery nance or recharging the bat- cells begin gassing (boiling) tery, turn off all accessories violently or if the temperature and stop the engine. of the electrolyte of any cell • The negative battery cable exceeds 49°C (120°F). must be removed first and • Wear eye protection when installed last when the battery checking the battery during is disconnected. charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. (Continued)

749 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 50

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care CAUTION For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in always maintain recommended tire excessive wear, poor handling inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy. the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, Recommended cold tire infla- have it checked by an author- tion pressures ized Kia dealer. All tire pressures (including the OXM079101L • Overinflation produces a spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- harsh ride, excessive wear at tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label the center of the tire tread, and vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver’s side center a greater possibility of dam- least three hours or driven less than pillar. age from road hazards. 1.6 km (one mile). Recommended pressures must be WARNING - Tire under- maintained for the best ride, vehicle inflation handling, and minimum tire wear. Severe underinflation (70 kPa For recommended inflation pressure, (10 psi) or more) can lead to refer to “Tire and wheels” in section severe heat build-up, causing 8. blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe injury or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.

7 50 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 51

Maintenance

Checking tire inflation pres- CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure sure • Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: Check your tires once a month or recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the more. sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 tires are cold. (After vehicle psi). Do not release air from Also, check the tire pressure of the has been parked for at least spare tire. warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been sure or the tires will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (one inflated. mile) since startup.) How to check • Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your Use a good quality gauge to check inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check tire pressure. You cannot tell if your the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. tires are properly inflated simply by could get into the valve core looking at them. Radial tires may and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle. Be careful not to overload a look properly inflated even when valve cap is missing, install a they're underinflated. new one as soon as possible. vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one. Check the tire's inflation pressure • Worn, old tires can cause acci- when the tires are cold. - "Cold" means your vehicle has been sitting WARNING - Tire Inflation dents. If your tread is badly worn, or if your tires have for at least three hours or driven no Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them. more than 1.6 km (1 mile). can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and potential injury.

751 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 52

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom- ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops. pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge. information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for • Tires with too much or too little correct balance. ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus- low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- When rotating tires, check for uneven ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, usually caused by incorrect tire pres- pushing on the metal stem in the injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out- center of the tire valve. Recheck the recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or sure to put the valve caps back on found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire. the valve stems. They help prevent the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of leaks by keeping out dirt and mois- ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if ture. fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, • Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness. are damaged. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section • Remember to check the pres- 8. sure of your spare tire. Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

7 52 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 53

Maintenance

Without a spare tire Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal- for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance The wheels on your vehicle were ✽ NOTICE aligned and balanced carefully at the Rotate radial tires that have an factory to give you the longest tire life asymmetric tread pattern only from and best overall performance. front to rear and not from right to In most cases, you will not need to left. have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire S2BLA790A wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires (if equipped) WARNING or the other, the alignment may need • Do not use the compact spare to be reset. tire (if equipped) for tire rota- If you notice your vehicle vibrating tion. when driving on a smooth road, your • Do not mix bias ply and radial wheels may need to be rebalanced. ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause CAUTION unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, Improper wheel weights can severe injury, or property damage your vehicle's alu- CBGQ0707A damage. minum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.

753 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 54

Maintenance

Tire replacement WARNING - Replacing (Continued) Tread wear indicator tires • Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes To reduce the chance of serious could cause unusual handling or fatal injuries from an acci- characteristics and poor vehi- dent caused by tire failure or cle control, resulting in a seri- loss of vehicle control: ous accident. • Replace tires that are worn, • Wheels that do not meet Kia’s show uneven wear, or are specifications may fit poorly damaged. Worn tires can and result in damage to the cause loss of braking effec- vehicle or unusual handling tiveness, steering control, and and poor vehicle control. OEN076053 traction. • The ABS works by comparing • Do not drive your vehicle with the speed of the wheels. The If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure tire size affects wheel speed. indicator will appear as a solid band in your tires. This can lead to When replacing tires, all 4 across the tread. This shows there is uneven wear and tire failure. less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread tires must use the same size left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never originally supplied with the this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires vehicle. Using tires of a differ- on the same vehicle.You must Do not wait for the band to appear ent size can cause the ABS replace all tires (including the (Anti-lock Brake System) and across the entire tread before replac- spare) if moving from radial to ing the tire. ESC (Electronic Stability bias-ply tires. Control) to work irregularly. (Continued)

7 54 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 55

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement Wheel replacement Tire traction A compact spare tire has a shorter When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you tread life than a regular size tire. any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are Replace it when you can see the wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery tread wear indicator bars on the tire. factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be The replacement compact spare tire and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators should be the same size and design appear. Slow down whenever there tire as the one provided with your is rain, snow or ice on the road to new vehicle and should be mounted WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con- on the same compact spare tire A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle. wheel. The compact spare tire is not size may adversely affect wheel designed to be mounted on a regular and bearing life, braking and size wheel, and the compact spare stopping abilities, handling Tire maintenance tire wheel is not designed for mount- characteristics, ground clear- In addition to proper inflation, correct ing a regular size tire. ance, body-to-tire clearance, wheel alignment helps to decrease snow chain clearance, tire wear. If you find a tire is worn speedometer and odometer cal- unevenly, have your dealer check the ibration, headlight aim and wheel alignment. bumper height. When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.

755 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 56

Maintenance

Tire sidewall labeling 2. Tire size designation 108 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum 1 A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation. You will need this load the tire can carry. 5,6 information when selecting replace- T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the 7 ment tires for your vehicle. The fol- speed rating chart in this section lowing explains what the letters and for additional information. 4 numbers in the tire size designation mean. Wheel size designation Example tire size designation: 2 Wheels are also marked with impor- 3 (These numbers are provided as an tant information that you need if you example only; your tire size designa- ever have to replace one. The follow- tor could vary depending on your 1 ing explains what the letters and I030B04JM vehicle.) numbers in the wheel size designa- This information identifies and P235/65R17 108T tion mean. describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides P - Applicable vehicle type (tires Example wheel size designation: the tire identification number (TIN) marked with the prefix “P’’ are 7.0JX17 for safety standard certification. The intended for use on passenger TIN can be used to identify the tire in vehicles or light trucks; however, case of a recall. not all tires have this marking). 7.0 - Rim width in inches. 235 - Tire width in millimeters. J - Rim contour designation. 1. Manufacturer or brand name 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section 17 - Rim diameter in inches. Manufacturer or Brand name is height as a percentage of its shown. width. R - Tire construction code (Radial). 17 - Rim diameter in inches.

7 56 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 57

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even used for passenger vehicle tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used. speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, we recommend that tires tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire be replaced after approximately tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service. ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading condi- Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers tions can accelerate the aging Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden S 180 km/h (112 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. tire failure, which could lead to T 190 km/h (118 mph) a loss of control and an acci- H 210 km/h (130 mph) DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO dent involving serious injury or death. V 240 km/h (149 mph) The front part of the DOT means a Z 240 km/h (Above 149 mph) plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured. For example: DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2013.

757 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 58

Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara- The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern- materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a- The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire. half times (1½) as well on the gov- struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100. nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading The relative performance of tires letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- depends upon the actual conditions struction. Quality grades can be found where of their use, however, and may applicable on the tire sidewall depart significantly from the norm between tread shoulder and maxi- due to variations in driving habits, 5. Maximum permissible inflation mum section width. pressure service practices and differences in For example: road characteristics and climate. This number is the greatest amount TREADWEAR 200 of air pressure that should be put in These grades are molded on the the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TRACTION AA side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. permissible inflation pressure. Refer TEMPERATURE A The tires available as standard or to the Tire and Loading Information optional equipment on your vehicle label for recommended inflation may vary with respect to grade. pressure.

7 58 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 59

Maintenance

Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature -A, B & C The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B and C representing the tempera- grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of ture stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat The temperature grade for this under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- tire is established for a tire that ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory is properly inflated and not asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. overloaded. Excessive speed, C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can underinflation, or excessive ance. cause the material of the tire to loading, either separately or in degenerate and reduce tire life, and combination, can cause heat WARNING excessive temperature can lead to build-up and possible sudden sudden tire failure. Grades B and A tire failure. This can cause loss The traction grade assigned to represent higher levels of perform- of vehicle control and serious this tire is based on straight- ance on the laboratory test wheel injury. ahead braking traction tests, than the minimum required by law. and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

759 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 60

Maintenance

Tire terminology and definitions Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of Intended Outboard Sidewall: The Air Pressure: The amount of air air pressure in a tire, measured in side of an asymmetrical tire, that inside the tire pressing outward on kilopascals (kPa) or pounds per must always face outward when the tire. Air pressure is expressed in square inch (psi) before a tire has mounted on a vehicle. kilopascal (kPa) or pounds per built up heat from driving. Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for square inch (psi). Curb Weight: This means the weight air pressure. Accessory Weight: This means the of a motor vehicle with standard and Load Index: An assigned number combined weight of optional acces- optional equipment including the ranging from 1 to 279 that corre- sories. Some examples of optional maximum capacity of fuel, oil and sponds to the load carrying capacity accessories are, automatic coolant, but without passengers and of a tire. cargo. transaxle, power seats, and air con- Maximum Inflation Pressure: The ditioning. DOT Markings: The DOT code maximum air pressure to which a Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a includes the Tire Identification cold tire may be inflated. The maxi- tire's height to its width. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric des- mum air pressure is molded onto the Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords ignator which can also identify the sidewall. that is located between the plies and tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date of production. Maximum Load Rating: The load the tread. Cords may be made from rating for a tire at the maximum per- steel or other reinforcing materials. GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating missible inflation pressure for that Bead: The tire bead contains steel GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight tire. wires wrapped by steel cords that Rating for the Front Axle. Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: hold the tire onto the rim. GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in Rating for the Rear axle. weight; vehicle capacity weight; and which the plies are laid at alternate production options weight. angles less than 90 degrees to the Normal Occupant Weight: The centerline of the tread. number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 pounds).

7 60 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 61

Maintenance

Occupant Distribution: Designated Speed Rating: An alphanumeric Vehicle Maximum Load on the seating positions. code assigned to a tire indicating the Tire: Load on an individual tire due to Outward Facing Sidewall: The side maximum speed at which a tire can curb and accessory weight plus of a asymmetrical tire that has a par- operate. maximum occupant and cargo ticular side that faces outward when Traction: The friction between the weight. mounted on a vehicle. The outward tire and the road surface. The Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire: facing sidewall bears white lettering amount of grip provided. Load on an individual tire that is or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or Tread: The portion of a tire that determined by distributing to each model name molding that is higher or comes into contact with the road. axle its share of the curb weight, deeper than the same moldings on accessory weight, and normal occu- the inner facing sidewall. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow pant weight and driving by 2. bands, sometimes called "wear Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire bars," that show across the tread of a Vehicle Placard: A label permanent- used on passenger cars and some tire when only 2/32 inch of tread ly attached to a vehicle showing the light duty trucks and multipurpose remains. original equipment tire size and rec- vehicles. ommended inflation pressure. UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality Recommended Inflation Pressure: Grading Standards, a tire information Vehicle manufacturer's recommend- system that provides consumers with ed tire inflation pressure and shown ratings for a tire's traction, tempera- on the tire placard. ture and treadwear. Ratings are Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in determined by tire manufacturers which the ply cords that extend to the using government testing proce- beads are laid at 90 degrees to the dures. The ratings are molded into centerline of the tread. the sidewall of the tire. Rim: A metal support for a tire and Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num- upon which the tire beads are seat- ber of designated seating positions ed. multiplied by 68 kg. (150 lbs) plus the Sidewall: The portion of a tire rated cargo and luggage load. between the tread and the bead.

761 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 62

Maintenance

All season tires Snow tires Radial-ply tires have the same load Kia specifies all season tires on If you equip your vehicle with snow carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias some models to provide good per- tires, they should be the same size belted tires of the same size, and use formance for use all year round, and have the same load capacity as the same recommended inflation including snowy and icy road condi- the original tires. Snow tires should be pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires tions. All season tires are identified installed on all four wheels; otherwise, with bias-ply or bias belted tires is by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud poor handling may result. not recommended. Any combina- and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4 psi) tions of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias tires have better snow traction than more air pressure than the pressure belted tires when used on the same all season tires and may be more recommended for the standard tires vehicle will seriously deteriorate appropriate in some areas. on the tire label on the driver's side of vehicle handling. The best rule to fol- the center pillar, or up to the maxi- low is: Identical radial-ply tires should mum pressure shown on the tire side- always be used as a set of four. Summer tires wall, whichever is less. Do not drive Longer wearing tires can be more Kia specifies summer tires on some faster than 120 km/h (75 mph) when susceptible to irregular tread wear. It models to provide superior perform- your vehicle is equipped with snow is very important to follow the tire ance on dry roads. Summer tire per- tires. rotation interval shown in this section formance is substantially reduced in to achieve the tread life potential of snow and ice. Summer tires do not Radial-ply tires these tires. Cuts and punctures in have the tire traction rating M+S radial-ply tires are repairable only in Radial-ply tires provide improved the tread area, because of sidewall (Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall. tread life, road hazard resistance and if you plan to operate your vehicle in flexing. Consult your tire dealer for smoother high speed ride. The radi- radial-ply tire repairs. snowy or icy conditions, Kia recom- al-ply tires used on this vehicle are of mends the use of snow tires or all belted construction, and are selected season tires on all four wheels. to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.

7 62 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 4:46 PM Page 63

Maintenance

Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) CAUTION CAUTION Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than tire damage with your own for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of eyes. But if there is the slight- the low aspect ratio tire is easi- est hint of tire damage, even Because the low aspect ratio tires er to be damaged. So, follow the though you cannot see the tire are optimized for handling and brak- instructions below. damage with your own eyes, ing, it may be more uncomfortable to - When driving on a rough road have the tire checked or ride in and there is more noise com- replaced because the tire pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may damage may cause air leak- be damaged. And after driv- age from the tire. ing, inspect tires and wheels. • If the tire is damaged by driv- - When passing over a pothole, ing on a rough road, off road, speed bump, manhole, or curb pothole, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the stone, it will not be covered by tires and wheels are not dam- the warranty. aged. • You can find out the tire infor- - If the tire is impacted, we rec- mation on the tire sidewall. ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.

763 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 64

Maintenance

FUSES ■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse age by fuses. replacement This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, • Never replace a fuse with any- Normal Blown one located in the driver’s side panel thing but another fuse of the bolster, the other in the engine com- same rating. ■ Cartridge type partment near the battery. • A higher capacity fuse could If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a sories, or controls do not work, check fire. the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or alu- has blown, the element inside the minum foil instead of the fuse will melt. proper fuse - even as a tem- Normal Blown If the electrical system does not porary repair. It may cause ■ Multi fuse work, first check the driver’s side extensive wiring damage and fuse panel. a possible fire. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this CAUTION Normal Blown indicates an electrical problem. Avoid Do not use a screwdriver or any using the system involved and imme- other metal object to remove diately consult an authorized Kia fuses because it may cause a dealer. short circuit and damage the Three kinds of fuses are used: blade system. type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher ✽ NOTICE amperage ratings. Normal Blown The actual fuse/relay panel label OLM079051N may differ from equipped items.

7 64 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 65

Maintenance

Inner panel fuse replacement If you do not have a spare, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse. If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced.

ODM072018

OXM073020 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the removal tool provided 1. Turn the ignition switch and all on the engine compartment fuse other switches off. panel cover. 2. Open the fuse panel cover. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the engine compartment fuse panel. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

765 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 66

Maintenance

Fuse switch Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel. 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, OXM073022 securely install the fuse panel Always, put the fuse switch at the ON OXMA073023 cover. If not, electrical failures may occur from water contact. position. 1. Turn the ignition switch and all If you move the switch to the OFF other switches off. position, some items such as audio 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by and digital clock must be reset and pressing the tab and pulling the transmitter (or smart key) may not cover up. work properly.

CAUTION Always place the fuse switch in the ON position while driving the vehicle.

7 66 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 67

Maintenance

Multi fuse

ODM072047 If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 4. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of removal.

✽ NOTICE If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized Kia dealer.

767 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 68

Maintenance

Fuse/relay panel description

ODM072017 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

✽ NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in OXMA073116 this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

7 68 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 69

Maintenance

Inner fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component Instrument Cluster (IND./MICOM), Steering Angle Sensor, Alternator, Smart Key Control Module, A/V & MODULE 2 10A Navigation Head Unit, STOP_SW, SI_ECU, HLLD LH/RH MODULE 1 7.5A SPORTS MODE SW/KEY_SOL, SPORT_MODE_SW A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), Digital Clock A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module, PODS Module START 7.5A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Relay - Start, Sub Start, Burglar Alarm), PDM WIPER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (Rear Wiper Relay), Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper) WIPER FRT 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper) ESC Off Switch, Front A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster, Audio, MTS, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Power Window Main Switch, 4WD ECU, P_WDW_PASS_SW_IMS, MODULE 3 10A Rear Parking Assist SNSR, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT, CONSOLE_EXTN , IPM (BCM IG1) Front A/C Control Module, Active Incar Sensor, Cluster Ionize, ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay) E/R A/CON 7.5A Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay) AMP 30A AMP P/OUTLET 1 15A - P/OUTLET 2 20A LUGGAGE_POWER_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_DRV BLOWER RR 20A ICM Relay Box (Rear A/C Relay)

769 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 70

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component Driver Power Window Relay, Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LH, Driver Safety P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Module Passenger Power Window Relay, Power Window Main Switch P/WDW RH 25A Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RH Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay), Driver/Passenger Door Lock Actuator, DR LOCK 20A Rear Door Lock Actuator LH/RH, ICM Relay Box (T/GATE LATCH Relay) SMART KEY 4 10A PDM, Start Stop Button Switch, FOB Holder S/HTR FRT 20A FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, FRT_PASS_SEAT_EXT P/SEAT DRV 30A Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver Lumbar Support Switch P/SEAT PASS 20A Passenger Power Seat Switch HTD STRG 15A Steering wheel heater F/LID 15A Fuel Filler Door Switch O/S Mirror Switch, Power Window Switch, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(POWER OUTLET RLY), Digital Clock, MODULE4 10A MTS, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit HTD MIRR 10A Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Front A/C Control Module SMART_KEY_1 25A SMART KEY/SMK_UNIT SMART_KEY_2 7.5A Smart Key Control Module SMART_KEY_3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module S/HEATER RR 15A ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER LH RLY), ICM Relay Box (RR SEAT WARMER RH RLY) DR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW, S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP, INTERIOR LAMP 10A ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP MULTIMEDIA 15A Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS OBD_II, Front A/C Control Module, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH, MEMORY 10A AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW

7 70 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 71

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

OXMA073027

OXMA073131

771 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 72

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component IPM (Fuse - S/HTR FRT, P/Seat SUN ROOF-1 25A, IPS1 (FOG LH/RH, TAIL LAMP LH), ARISU LH I/P B+2 60A (HEAD LAMP LOW LH, HEAD LAMP HI LH, TURN SIG RL, TURN SIG FL) BLOWER 40A Blower Relay RR HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector ABS 2 40A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector MULTI SMART_KEY-1 25A, SMART_KEY-4 10A, MODULE-1 7.5A, SUNROOF-2 25A, (FUSE SW RLY, FUSE INTERIOR LAMP 10A : DR_SCUFF_LP_DRV, DR_SCUFF_LP_PASS, DR_WARNG_SW, S_VISOR_LP_LH/RH, OHC_LAMP, ROOM_LP, RL/RR_PERSONAL_LAMP, CARGO_LAMP, MULTI- I/P B+3 60A MEDIA 15A : Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, MTS, MEMORY 10A : OBD_II, Front A/C Control Module, TPMS, Digital Clock, INSIDE_MIRR, S_WARMER_SW_LH/RH, AIR_VENT_SEAT_SW_LH/ RH, CLUSTER, O_S_MIRR_SW, P_WDW_MAIN_SW, FRT_DRV_SEAT_EXT, P_WDW_PASS_SW) I/P B+1 50A AMP 30A, P/WDW LH 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, S/HEATER_RR 15A MDPS 80A MDPS_ECU C/FAN 60A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (C/FAN RLY) IGN 2 40A Start Relay, W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN2 Relay) TRAILER 30A Trailer Power Outlet IGN 1 40A W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch, With Smart Key - E/R Fuse & Relay Box (IGN1 Relay, ACC Relay ) HORN 15A Horn Relay DEICER 15A Front Wiper Deicer Relay FUSE IPM (DR LOCK 20A, BLOWER RR 20A, FUEL LID 15A, IPS3 (TAIL LAMP RH, TAIL INT LAMP), I/P B+4 50A ARISU RH (HEAD LAMP LOW RH, HEAD LAMP HI RH, TURN SIG RR, TURN SIG FR) ABS 7.5A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector B/UP LP 7.5A Back-Up Lamp Relay (A/T), Back-Up Lamp Switch (M/T) 4WD 20A 4WD_ECU

7 72 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 73

Maintenance

Description Fuse rating Protected component B/A HORN 15A B/A RLY FUSE SENSOR 5 7.5A PCM TCU 15A Transaxle Range Switch, PCM A/CON 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(BLOWER RLY, Front A/C Control Module) AC INVERTER 30A AC_INVERTER_UNIT POWER OUTLET 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (POWER OUTLET RLY), RR_P_OUTLET, FRT_POWER_OUTLET_PASS P/TAILGATE 30A PTGM H/LAMP RH 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box(H/LAMP RH RLY), H_LP_RH AMS 10A E/R Fuse & Relay WIPER LO RLY), PCM EMS BOX(MAIN RLY(IGN_COIL 20A, ECU_1 20A, SNSR_1 10A, SNSR_2 10A, ECU_2 10A, EMS 40A INJECTOR_1 10A), F/PUMP 15A, ECU_4 15A Theta : Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2, Variable Intake Manifold Valve, SENSOR 1 10A Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oxygen Sensor Up/Down EMS Lambda : PCM, Oxygen Sensor #1/2/3/4 BOX Theta : C/FAN RLY, Canister Close Valve Lambda : C/FAN RLY, PCM, Canister Close Valve, Oil Control Valve #1/2 (Exhaust), Oil Control Valve SENSOR 2 10A #1/2 (Intake), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Manifold Valve #1/2, Immobilizer Module ECU 1 20A PCM F/PUMP 15A Fuel Pump Relay Theta : IG_COIL_CAPACITOR, IG_COIL_1/2/3/4, IGN_COIL 20A Lambda : CONDENSOR1/2,IGN_COIL_HARN_LAG, GN_COIL_2/4/6 Theta : Immobilizer Module, F/PUMP RLY, INJECTOR_1 10A Lambda : PCM, F/PUMP RLY ECU 4 15A Theta : PCM, Lambda : PCM, IDB

773 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 74

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Finish maintenance CAUTION Exterior general caution Washing • Do not use strong soap, chem- It is very important to follow the label To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it ical detergents or hot water, directions when using any chemical and do not wash the vehicle in cleaner or polish. Read all warning thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold direct sunlight or when the and caution statements that appear body of the vehicle is warm. on the label. water. If you use your vehicle for off-road • Be careful when washing the driving, you should wash it after each side windows of your vehicle. off-road trip. Pay special attention to Especailly, with high-pressure the removal of any accumulation of water. Water may leak through salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign the windows and wet the inte- materials. Make sure the drain holes rior. in the lower edges of the doors and • To prevent damage to the rocker panels are kept clear and plastic parts and lamps, do clean. not clean with chemical sol- Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, vents or strong detergents. industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle’s finish if not removed immediately. WARNING - Wet brakes Even prompt washing with plain After washing the vehicle, test water may not completely remove all the brakes while driving slowly these deposits. A mild soap, safe for to see if they have been affected use on painted surfaces, may be by water. If braking performance used. is impaired, dry the brakes by After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- applying them lightly while oughly with lukewarm or cold water. maintaining a slow forward Do not allow soap to dry on the fin- speed. ish.

7 74 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 75

Maintenance

Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no CAUTION longer bead on the paint. • Wiping dust or dirt off the Always wash and dry the vehicle body with a dry cloth will before waxing. Use a good quality scratch the finish. liquid or paste wax, and follow the • Do not use steel wool, abra- manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all sive cleaners, acid detergents metal trim to protect it and to main- or strong detergents contain- tain its luster. ing high alkaline or caustic Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- agents on chrome-plated or als with a spot remover will usually anodized aluminum parts. OJB037800 strip the wax from the finish. Be sure This may result in damage to to re-wax these areas even if the rest the protective coating and CAUTION of the vehicle does not yet need wax- cause discoloration or paint deterioration. • Water washing in the engine ing. compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment. • Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

775 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 76

Maintenance

Finish damage repair Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance Deep scratches or stone chips in the • To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and painted surface must be repaired use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may promptly. Exposed metal will quickly other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these rust and may develop into a major • To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler- repair expense. metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, ✽ vative and rub to a high luster. floor pan and exhaust system, even NOTICE though they have been treated with If your vehicle is damaged and • During winter weather or in coastal rust protection. areas, cover the bright metal parts requires any metal repair or Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- replacement, be sure the body shop with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the body and wheel openings with luke- applies anti-corrosion materials to warm or cold water once a month, the parts repaired or replaced. parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound. after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

7 76 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 77

Maintenance

Aluminum or chrome wheel main- Corrosion protection WARNING tenance Protecting your vehicle from corro- After washing the vehicle, test The aluminum or chrome wheels are sion the brakes while driving slowly coated with a clear protective finish. By using the most advanced design to see if they have been affected • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, and construction practices to combat by water. If braking performance polishing compound, solvent, or corrosion, we produce vehicles of is impaired, dry the brakes by wire brushes on aluminum or the highest quality. However, this is applying them lightly while chrome wheels. They may scratch only part of the job. To achieve the maintaining a slow forward or damage the finish. long-term corrosion resistance your speed. • Clean the wheel when it has vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooled. cooperation and assistance is also required. • Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, be sure to clean Common causes of corrosion the wheels after driving on salted The most common causes of corro- roads. This helps prevent corrosion on your vehicle are: sion. • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is • Avoid washing the wheels with allowed to accumulate underneath highspeed vehicle wash brushes. the vehicle. • Do not use any alkaline or acid • Removal of paint or protective detergents It may damage and cor- coatings by stones, gravel, abra- rode the aluminum or chrome sion or minor scrapes and dents wheels coated with a clear protec- which leave unprotected metal tive finish. exposed to corrosion.

777 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:37 PM Page 78

Maintenance

High-corrosion areas High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your vehicle clean If you live in an area where your vehi- ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is cle is regularly exposed to corrosive properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your vehicle clean and free materials, corrosion protection is can be dispersed. For all these rea- of corrosive materials. Attention to particularly important. Some of the sons, it is particularly important to the underside of the vehicle is partic- common causes of accelerated cor- keep your vehicle clean and free of ularly important. rosion are road salts, dust control mud or accumulations of other mate- chemicals, ocean air and industrial rials. This applies not only to the vis- pollution. ible surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area underside of the vehicle. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Moisture breeds corrosion pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you To help prevent corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in should take extra care to prevent which corrosion is most likely to You can help prevent corrosion from corrosion. In winter, hose off the occur. For example, corrosion is beginning by observing the following: underside of your vehicle at least accelerated by high humidity, partic- once a month and be sure to clean ularly when temperatures are just the underside thoroughly when above freezing. In such conditions, winter is over. the corrosive material is kept in con- • When cleaning underneath the tact with the vehicle’s surface by vehicle, give particular attention to moisture that evaporates slowly. the components under the fenders Mud is particularly corrosive and other areas that are hidden because it dries slowly and holds from view. Do a thorough job; just moisture in contact with the vehicle. dampening the accumulated mud Although the mud appears to be dry, rather than washing it away will it can still retain the moisture and accelerate corrosion rather than promote corrosion. prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.

7 78 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 79

Maintenance

• When cleaning lower door panels, Keep paint and trim in good con- Interior care rocker panels and frame members, dition Interior general precautions be sure that drain holes are kept Scratches or chips in the finish Prevent chemicals such as perfume, open so that moisture can escape should be covered with "touch-up" cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- and not be trapped inside to accel- paint as soon as possible to reduce er, and air freshener from contacting erate corrosion. the possibility of corrosion. If bare the interior parts because they may metal is showing through, the atten- cause damage or discoloration. If tion of a qualified body and paint Keep your garage dry they do contact the interior parts, shop is recommended. Don't park your vehicle in a damp, wipe them off immediately. If neces- poorly ventilated garage. This cre- sary, use a vinyl cleaner, see product ates a favorable environment for cor- Bird droppings : Bird droppings are instructions for correct usage. rosion. This is particularly true if you highly corrosive and may damage wash your vehicle in the garage or painted surfaces in just a few hours. drive it into the garage when it is still Always remove bird droppings as CAUTION wet or covered with snow, ice or soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq- mud. Even a heated garage can con- uids to come in contact with tribute to corrosion unless it is well electrical/electronic compo- ventilated so moisture is dispersed. Don't neglect the interior nents inside the vehicle as this Moisture can collect under the floor may damage them. mats and carpeting and cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

779 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 80

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt CAUTION rior trim webbing When cleaning leather products Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild (steering wheel, seats etc.), use Remove dust and loose dirt from soap solution recommended for neutral detergents or low alco- vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow hol content solutions. If you use cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a the instructions provided with the high alcohol content solutions vinyl cleaner. soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the or acid/alkaline detergents, the webbing because this may weaken color of the leather may fade or it. the surface may get stripped off. Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- glass tion recommended for upholstery or If the interior glass surfaces of the carpets. Remove fresh spots imme- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov- diately with a fabric spot cleaner. If ered with an oily, greasy or waxy fresh spots do not receive immediate film), they should be cleaned with a attention, the fabric can be stained glass cleaner. Follow the directions and its color can be affected. Also, its on the glass cleaner container. fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper- CAUTION ly maintained. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This CAUTION may result in damage of the rear Using anything but recommend- window defroster grid. ed cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

7 80 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 81

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system) The positive crankcase ventilation information contained in the • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air Warranty & Maintenance booklet in firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases your vehicle. ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase. Your vehicle is equipped with an Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air emission control system to meet all pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air applicable emission regulations. • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase, There are three emission control completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by systems, as follows. back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the switch again. PCV valve into the induction system. (1) Crankcase emission control system 2. Evaporative emission con- (2) Evaporative emission control sys- trol (including ORVR: tem Onboard Refueling Vapor (3) Exhaust emission control system Recovery) system The Evaporative Emission Control In order to assure the proper function System is designed to prevent fuel of the emission control systems, it is vapors from escaping into the atmos- recommended that you have your phere. vehicle inspected and maintained by (The ORVR system is designed to an authorized Kia dealer in accor- allow the vapors from the fuel tank to dance with the maintenance sched- be loaded into a canister while refu- ule in this manual. eling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

781 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 82

Maintenance

Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide) tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. running, the fuel vapors absorbed in Therefore, if you smell exhaust the canister are drawn into the surge which controls exhaust emissions tank through the purge control sole- while maintaining good vehicle per- fumes of any kind inside your vehi- noid valve. formance. cle, have it inspected and repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into Vehicle modifications Purge Control Solenoid Valve your vehicle, drive it only with all (PCSV) This vehicle should not be modified. the windows fully open. Have your The purge control solenoid valve is Modification of your vehicle could vehicle checked and repaired controlled by the Engine Control affect its performance, safety or immediately. Module (ECM); when the engine durability and may even violate gov- coolant temperature is low during ernmental safety and emissions reg- idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ulations. WARNING - Exhaust orated fuel is not taken into the In addition, damage or performance Engine exhaust gases contain engine. After the engine warms up carbon monoxide (CO). Though during ordinary driving, the PCSV problems resulting from any modifi- opens to introduce evaporated fuel to cation may not be covered under colorless and odorless, it is the engine. warranty. dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions • If you use unauthorized electronic on this page to avoid CO poi- devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning. operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

7 82 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 83

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat- fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) alytic converter emission control garages) any more than what is device. necessary to move the vehicle in or WARNING - Fire Therefore, the following precautions out of the area. must be observed: • When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for open area for more than a short gasoline engines. time with the engine running, your vehicle. Do not park, idle adjust the ventilation system (as or drive the vehicle over or • Do not operate the vehicle when needed) to draw outside air into the near flammable objects, such there are signs of engine malfunc- vehicle. as grass, vegetation, paper, tion, such as misfire or a noticeable leaves, etc. loss of performance. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with • The exhaust system and cat- • Do not misuse or abuse the the engine running. alytic system are very hot engine. Examples of misuse are while the engine is running or coasting with the ignition off and • When the engine stalls or fails to immediately after the engine descending steep grades in gear start, excessive attempts to restart is turned off. Keep away from with the ignition off. the engine may cause damage to the exhaust system and cat- the emission control system. • Do not operate the engine at high alytic, you may get burned. idle speed for extended periods (5 Also, do not remove the heat minutes or more). sink around the exhaust sys- • Do not modify or tamper with any tem, do not seal the bottom of part of the engine or emission con- the vehicle or do not coat the trol system. All inspections and vehicle for corrosion control. adjustments must be made by an It may present a fire risk under authorized Kia dealer. certain conditions. • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.

783 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 7.QXP 1/23/2013 3:38 PM Page 84

Maintenance

Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could void your warranties.

784 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 1

Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions ...... 8-2 Engine ...... 8-2 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Tires and wheels ...... 8-4 Gross vehicle weight...... 8-5 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 • Recommended sae viscosity number...... 8-8 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-9 Vehicle certification label...... 8-9 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-10 Engine number ...... 8-10 Refrigerant label...... 8-10

8 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 2

Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS Item mm (in) Overall length 4,685 (184.4) Overall width 1,885 (74.2) Overall height 1,700 (66.9)/1,735 (68.3)*1/1,745 (68.7)*2 P235/65 R17 1,626 (64.0) Front tread 235/60 R18 1,621 (63.8) P235/55 R19 1,621 (63.8) P235/65 R17 1,623 (63.8) Rear tread 235/60 R18 1,618 (63.7) P235/55 R19 1,618 (63.7) Wheelbase 2,700 (106.29)

*1 with roof rack *2 with sunroof and roof rack

ENGINE Gasoline Theta Item Gasoline 3.3L II 2.4 Displacement 2,359 3,342 cc (cu. in) (143.95) (203.9)

Bore x Stroke 88x97 92 x 83.8 mm (in.) (3.46X3.81) (3.62 x 3.30) Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-2-3-4-5-6 No. of cylinders 4. In-line V-type

28 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 3

Specifications & Consumer information

BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Headlamps(Low) 55 H7SLL Headlamps(Low)- HID type* 35 D3S Headlamps(High) 55 H7LL Front turn signal lamps 28 PY28/8W Front Front position lamps LED LED Front fog lamps 27 GE881 Front Side marker LED LED Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror)* LED LED Rear Stop/Tail lamps (outside) 27 or 8 P27/8W Bulb type Rear tail lamps (Inside) 8 P27/8W Side marker 5 W5W Rear Stop lamps LED LED LED type Rear Tail lamps LED LED Rear Side marker LED LED Rear turn signal lamps 27 PY27W Back-up lamps 18 W18W High mounted stop lamp* LED LED License plate lamps 5 FESTOON Map lamps 10 W10W Room lamps 10 FESTOON Personal lamps* 8 FESTOON Interior Vanity mirror lamps* 5 FESTOON Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON Luggage lamp 10 FESTOON * If equipped

83 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 4

Specifications & Consumer information

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure kPa (psi) Normal load Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque Item Tire size Wheel sizee () ()kg•m (lb•ft, N•m) Front Rear Front Rear P235/65R17 7.0J×17 Full size tire 235/60R18 7.5J×18 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) 230 (33) P235/55R19 7.5J×19 9~11 (65~79, 88~107) Compact spare tire T165/90R17 4.0T×17 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) 420 (60) (if equipped)

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

48 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 5

Specifications & Consumer information

GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT 2.4GDI 3.3GDI AT AT AT 2WD 2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD 5 Seater 2130 kg (4696 lbs.) 2180 kg (4806 lbs.) 2260 kg (4982 lbs.) 2270 kg (5004 lbs.) 2350 kg (5181 lbs.) 7 Seater 2250 kg (4960 lbs.) 2300 kg (5071 lbs.) 2380 kg (5247 lbs.) 2400 kg (5291 lbs.) 2480 kg (5467 lbs.)

LUGGAGE VOLUME

ltem 5 Seater 7 Seater MIN. 660 l (23.3 cu ft) 116 l (4.1 cu ft) VDA MAX. 1,675 l (59.2 cu ft) 1,530 l (54.0 cu ft)

Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back. Max : Behind front seat to roof.

85 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 6

Specifications & Consumer information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle. Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill) 2.4 Engine 5.0 l (5.28 US qt.) API Service SM*3, ILSAC GF-4 or above 3.3 Engine 5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)

Manual transaxle fluid 2.4 Engine 1.8 l (1.90 US qt.) API GL-4, SAE 75W/85 MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA 2.4 Engine 7.1 l (7.50 US qt.) ATF SP-IV Kia genuine ATF & SP-IV or other Automatic transaxle fluid brands meeting the above specification 3.3 Engine 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.) approved by Kia motors corp. AT 7.4 l (7.8 US qt.) 2.4 Engine MT 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.) Without Trailer Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant Packege: 8.7 l (Ethylene glycol base coolant (9.2 US qt.) 3.3 Engine AT for aluminum radiator) With Trailer Packege : 9.1 l (9.6 US qt.)

68 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 7

Specifications & Consumer information

Lubricant Volume Classification 0.7~0.8 l Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4 (0.7~0.8 US qt.) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 Rear differential oil (AWD) 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.) (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent) 2.4 Engine 0.6 l (0.63 US qt.) HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90 Transfer case oil (AWD) 3.3 Engine 0.7 l (0.74 US qt.) (SHELL SPIRAX X or equivalent)

Fuel 66 l (17.4 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page. *2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.

87 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:01 PM Page 8

Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has Using oils of any viscosity other than number an effect on fuel economy and cold those recommended could result in weather operating (engine start and engine damage. CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- When choosing an oil, consider the ty engine oils can provide better fuel Always be sure to clean the area range of temperature your vehicle economy and cold weather perform- will be operated in before the next oil around any filler plug, drain ance, however, higher viscosity plug, or dipstick before check- change. Proceed to select the rec- engine oils are required for satisfac- ommended oil viscosity from the ing or draining any lubricant. tory lubrication in hot weather. This is especially important in chart. dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers roads. Cleaning the plug and °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature dipstick areas will prevent dirt (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 and grit from entering the Gasoline 5W-30, 5W-40 engine and other mechanisms Engine Oil *1 5W-20 (5W-30) that could be damaged. 1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

88 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:02 PM Page 9

Specifications & Consumer information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION Frame Number VIN Label (if equipped) LABEL

OXM089001 OEN086004N The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OCM056002 (VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label ing your vehicle and in all legal mat- number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s side center ters pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from pillar gives the vehicle identification The number is punched on the floor outside. number (VIN). under the front passenger seat. To check the number, open the carpet flap.

89 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) 8.QXP 1/23/2013 4:02 PM Page 10

Specifications & Consumer information

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER REFRIGERANT LABEL PRESSURE LABEL ■ 2.4L

OXM089003 OXMA073130 ■ 3.3L OXM079101L The refrigerant label is located at the front of the engine room. The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.

OHG080004 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

8 10 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 1

Index

I XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 2

Index

A Alarm system ...... 4-19 All wheel drive ...... 5-23 A/V Mode ...... 4-80 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...... 5-34 AC Inverter ...... 4-152 Appearance care ...... 7-74 Active eco system...... 5-54 Exterior care...... 7-74 Active eco operation ...... 5-54 Interior care ...... 7-79 Air bag warning label ...... 3-77 Armrest (rear) ...... 3-24 Air bag warning light ...... 3-50 Ashtray ...... 4-154 Air bags...... 3-47 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-131 Operation ...... 3-48 Automatic heating and air conditioning...... 4-133 Do not install a child restraint on the Manual heating and air conditioning ...... 4-134 Front passenger’s seat ...... 3-50 Air conditioning ...... 4-139 Air bag warning light ...... 3-50 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-16 SRS components and functions ...... 3-51 Sports mode ...... 5-18 Driver's and passenger's front air bag ...... 3-60 Shift-lock override ...... 5-20 Side air bag...... 3-66 Curtain air bag ...... 3-67 B SRS care...... 3-74 Air bag warning label...... 3-77 Battery...... 7-47 Air cleaner ...... 7-39 Battery saver function...... 4-108 Airconditioning system...... 4-121 Blind spot detection system ...... 5-49 Manual climate control system ...... 4-121 Warning type ...... 5-50 Airconditioning system...... 4-131 Detecting sensor...... 5-51 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-131 Warning Message ...... 5-51 Non operating condition...... 5-53 Bottle holder ...... 4-150 Brake system...... 5-30 Power brakes ...... 5-30

I 2 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 3

Index

Parking brake ...... 5-32 Compact spare tire ...... 6-15 Anti-lock brake system (ABS)...... 5-34 Compact spare tire replacement ...... 7-55 Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-36 Coolant ...... 7-33 Vehicle stability management ...... 5-40 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ...... 7-33 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-81 Brakes/clutch fluid ...... 7-36 Cruise control system ...... 5-44 Bulb wattage ...... 8-3 Cruise control switch ...... 5-45 To set cruise control speed...... 5-45 C Cup holder ...... 4-149 Curtain air bag ...... 3-67 Camera (Rear view) ...... 4-106 Capacities (Lubricants)...... 8-6 D Care...... 7-50 Tire care ...... 7-50 Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel Exterior care...... 7-74 illumination ...... 4-69 Interior care ...... 7-79 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ...... 4-68 Center console storage ...... 4-146 Day/night rearview mirror ...... 4-55 Central door lock switch...... 4-23 Daytime running light...... 4-109 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-38 Defogging (Windshield) ...... 4-142 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-51 Defogging logic ...... 4-144 Child restraint system ...... 3-38 Defroster (Rear window) ...... 4-120 Seat belt ...... 3-40 Defrosting (Windshield) ...... 4-142 Tether anchor system ...... 3-43 Dimensions ...... 8-2 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-24 Display illumination, see instrument panel Climate control air filter ...... 7-41 illumination ...... 4-69 Clock...... 4-154 Displays, see instrument cluster ...... 4-68 Clothes hanger ...... 4-155 Do not install a child restraint on the Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ...... 4-68 front passenger’s seat ...... 3-50

I 3 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 4

Index

Door locks...... 4-21 Emission control system...... 7-81 Central door lock switch ...... 4-23 Crankcase emission control system ...... 7-81 Child-protector rear door lock ...... 4-24 Evaporative emission control System ...... 7-81 Drinks holders, see cup holders ...... 4-149 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-82 Driver position memory system ...... 3-8 Engine ...... 8-2 Storing positions...... 3-9 Engine compartment...... 2-6 Recalling positions...... 3-9 Engine coolant ...... 7-33 Easy access function ...... 3-10 Engine Coolant Temperature guage ...... 4-72 Driver's and passenger's front air bag...... 3-60 Engine number ...... 8-10 Driving at night...... 5-60 Engine oil ...... 7-31 Driving in flooded areas ...... 5-61 Engine overheats...... 6-7 Driving in the rain ...... 5-60 Engine start/stop button ...... 5-8 Driving off-road ...... 5-61 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-8 DRL see Daytime running light ...... 4-109 Engine start/stop button position ...... 5-8 Engine will not start ...... 6-4 E Evaporative emission control System ...... 7-81 Exhaust emission control system ...... 7-82 Economical operation ...... 5-55 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-27 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-56 Exterior care ...... 7-74 Electric power steering ...... 4-49 Exterior overview (Front)...... 2-2 Electronic stability control (ESC) ...... 5-36 Exterior overview (Rear) ...... 2-3 Emergency starting ...... 6-5 Jump starting ...... 6-5

I 4 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 5

Index

F G Flat tire ...... 6-8 Gauges ...... 4-71 Jack and tools...... 6-8 Glove box ...... 4-146 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-9 Gross vehicle weight ...... 8-5 Changing tires ...... 6-11 Compact spare tire ...... 6-15 H Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-155 Fluid ...... 7-36 Hazard warning flasher...... 4-107 Brakes/clutch fluid ...... 7-36 Hazardous driving conditions...... 5-57 Washer fluid ...... 7-37 Headlamp escort function...... 4-108 Fog light (front) ...... 4-112 Headlamp welcome ...... 4-108 Front seat adjustment - Manual ...... 3-5 Headlamp welcome function ...... 4-108 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-6 Headrest(front) ...... 3-10 Fuel Economy...... 4-89 Headrest(rear) ...... 3-22 Fuel filler lid ...... 4-40 Heated steering wheel...... 4-51 Fuel Gauge ...... 4-72 Heater ...... 4-131 Fuel requirements ...... 1-3 Automatic climate control system ...... 4-131 Fuse switch ...... 7-66 High - beam operation ...... 4-111 Fuses ...... 7-64 Hight adjustment...... 3-28 Instrument panel fuse ...... 7-65 Highway driving ...... 5-61 Fuse switch...... 7-66 Hill-start assist control (HAC) ...... 5-41 Multi fuse ...... 7-67 Hood ...... 4-38 Fuse/relay panel description...... 7-68 Horn ...... 4-51 How to use this manual ...... 1-2

I 5 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 6

Index

Vanity mirror lamp...... 4-119 I Interior overview ...... 2-4 Ignition switch position ...... 5-5 Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 J Indicator light ...... 4-91 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-55 Jack and tools ...... 6-8 Instrument cluster ...... 4-68 Jump starting...... 6-5 Instrument panel illumination ...... 4-69 LCD Display Control...... 4-70 K Gauges ...... 4-71 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-74 KEY ...... 5-5 Instrument panel fuse ...... 7-65 Ignition switch position ...... 5-5 Instrument panel overview ...... 2-5 Keys ...... 4-4 Interior care...... 7-99 Immobilizer system ...... 4-8 Interior features...... 4-149 Cup holder ...... 4-149 L Sunvisor ...... 4-150 Bottle holder...... 4-150 Label ...... 3-77 Power outlet ...... 4-151 Air bag warning label...... 3-77 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 4-155 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-56 Luggage net (holder) ...... 4-156 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-10 Side curtain...... 4-156 Refrigerant label...... 8-10 Interior lamp AUTO cut ...... 4-117 Lap/shoulder belt ...... 3-27 Interior light ...... 4-117 LCD display ...... 4-75 Interior lamp AUTO cut ...... 4-117 LCD modes ...... 4-75 Map lamp ...... 4-118 Service Mode ...... 4-76 Room lamp ...... 4-117 User Settings Mode ...... 4-78 Luggage lamp...... 4-119 A/V Mode...... 4-80

I 6 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 7

Index

Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-80 Maintenance schedule ...... 7-10 Warning Messages ...... 4-81 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 LCD Display Control ...... 4-70 Manual climate control system...... 4-121 LCD modes...... 4-75 Manual transaxle...... 5-13 Lighting...... 4-108 Map lamp ...... 4-118 Battery saver function ...... 4-108 Mirrors ...... 4-55 Headlamp escort function ...... 4-108 Day/night rearview mirror ...... 4-55 Headlamp welcome function ...... 4-108 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ...... 4-56 Lighting control ...... 4-109 Inside rearview mirror ...... 4-55 High - beam operation ...... 4-111 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-64 Turn signals ...... 4-112 Moonroof, see panorama sunroof...... 4-44 Front fog light ...... 4-112 Multi fuse ...... 7-67 Daytime running light ...... 4-109 Lighting control ...... 4-109 O Autolight...... 4-110 Lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 Odometer ...... 4-73 Luggage net (holder) ...... 4-156 Oil (Engine) ...... 7-31 Luggage room lamp ...... 4-119 Outside rearview mirror ...... 4-64 Luggage volume ...... 8-5 Overheats ...... 6-7 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 M P Maintenance ...... 7-5 Maintenance services ...... 7-5 Panorama sunroof ...... 4-44 Owner maintenance ...... 7-7 Parking brake ...... 5-32 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-9 Checking the parking brake ...... 7-38 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 7-27 Power brakes...... 5-30 Tire maintenance ...... 7-55 Power outlet ...... 4-151

I 7 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 8

Index

Power window lock button...... 4-36 Pre-tensioner seat belt ...... 3-31 Pre-tensioner seat belt...... 3-31 Seat belt Precautions ...... 3-34 Seat warmer (front)...... 3-12 R Seat warmer (rear) ...... 3-21 Seat warmer with air ventilation (front)...... 3-14 Rear parking assist system ...... 4-102 Seatback pocket ...... 3-14 Rear seat adjustment...... 3-15 Seats ...... 3-2 Rear view camera ...... 4-106 Front seat adjustment - Manual ...... 3-5 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 7-50 Front seat adjustment - power ...... 3-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities ...... 8-6 Headrest(front) ...... 3-10 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 8-6 Seat warmer (front) ...... 3-12 Refrigerant label ...... 8-10 Seat warmer with air ventilation (front) ...... 3-14 Road warning ...... 6-2 Seatback pocket ...... 3-14 Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-58 Rear seat adjustment ...... 3-15 Room lamp ...... 4-117 Armrest (rear)...... 3-24 Rotation (Tire) ...... 7-58 Headrest(rear)...... 3-22 Seat warmer (rear) ...... 3-21 S Service Mode ...... 4-76 Shift-lock override ...... 5-20 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 7-9 Side air bag ...... 3-66 Seat belt Precautions...... 3-34 Side curtain ...... 4-156 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-25 Smart key ...... 4-11 Seat belt warning ...... 3-26 Battery replacement ...... 4-18 Seat belts...... 3-25 Smooth cornering ...... 5-59 Seat belt restraint system ...... 3-25 Snow tires ...... 5-63 Seat belt warning ...... 3-26 Spare tire...... 6-9 Lap/shoulder belt ...... 3-27 Removing and storing the spare tire ...... 6-9 Hight adjustment ...... 3-28 Changing tires ...... 6-11

I 8 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 9

Index

Compact spare tire ...... 6-15 Sunglass holder...... 4-147 Compact spare tire replacement...... 7-55 Sunvisor ...... 4-150 Special driving conditions ...... 5-57 Hazardous driving conditions ...... 5-57 T Rocking the vehicle ...... 5-58 Smooth cornering...... 5-59 Tachometer ...... 4-71 Driving at night ...... 5-60 Tailgate ...... 4-25 Driving in the rain ...... 5-60 Tether anchor system ...... 3-43 Driving in flooded areas...... 5-61 Theft-alarm system ...... 4-19 Highway driving...... 5-61 Tilt and telescopic steering ...... 4-50 Driving off-road ...... 5-61 Tire and wheels...... 8-4 Speedometer ...... 4-71 Tire rotation ...... 7-52 Sports mode ...... 5-18 Tire specification and pressure label ...... 8-10 SRS care ...... 3-74 Tires and wheels ...... 7-50 SRS components and functions ...... 3-51 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures...... 7-50 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start...... 6-4 Tire care ...... 7-50 Steering wheel...... 4-49 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 7-51 Electric power steering...... 4-49 Tire rotation ...... 7-52 Tilt and telescopic steering...... 4-50 Tire replacement...... 7-54 Horn ...... 4-51 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-53 Heated steering wheel ...... 4-51 Wheel replacement...... 7-55 Flex steer ...... 4-52 Tire maintenance ...... 7-55 Storage compartment ...... 4-146 Tire sidewall labeling...... 7-56 Center console storage ...... 4-146 Tire traction ...... 7-55 Glove box...... 4-146 Compact spare tire replacement...... 7-55 Sunglass holder ...... 4-147 Luggage box...... 4-148

I 9 XM(FL) CAN(ENG) Index.qxp 1/23/2013 3:41 PM Page 10

Index

Towing ...... 6-17 W Towing service ...... 6-17 Trailer towing ...... 5-66 Warning light ...... 4-91 Transaxle...... 5-13 Warning Messages ...... 4-81 Manual transaxle ...... 5-13 Washer fluid ...... 7-37 Automatic transaxle ...... 5-16 Welcome system ...... 4-108 Transaxle Shift Indicator ...... 4-74 Headlamp welcome ...... 4-108 Trip A/B ...... 4-88 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 7-53 Trip computer ...... 4-87 Wheel replacement ...... 7-55 Trip A/B ...... 4-88 Windows ...... 4-33 Fuel Economy ...... 4-89 Power window lock button ...... 4-36 Turn By Turn Mode ...... 4-80 Windshield defrosting and defogging...... 4-142 Turn signals...... 4-112 Windshield washers ...... 4-115 Windshield wipers ...... 4-114 U Winter driving...... 5-63 Snow tires...... 5-63 User Settings Mode ...... 4-78 Wiper blades ...... 7-43 Wipers and washers ...... 4-113 V Windshield wipers ...... 4-114 Windshield washers ...... 4-115 Vanity mirror lamp ...... 4-119 Vehicle break-in process...... 1-5 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ...... 8-9 Vehicle stability management...... 5-40 Vehicle weight ...... 5-81

I 10